diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/52386-0.txt | 7688 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/52386-0.zip | bin | 115670 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/52386-h.zip | bin | 338705 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/52386-h/52386-h.htm | 8188 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/52386-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 113930 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/52386-h/images/p00.jpg | bin | 77912 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/52386-h/images/p01.jpg | bin | 19704 -> 0 bytes |
10 files changed, 17 insertions, 15876 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a65061 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #52386 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/52386) diff --git a/old/52386-0.txt b/old/52386-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index aced752..0000000 --- a/old/52386-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7688 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Gun Club Boys of Lakeport, by Edward -Stratemeyer - - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - - - - -Title: The Gun Club Boys of Lakeport - Or, The Island Camp - - -Author: Edward Stratemeyer - - - -Release Date: June 23, 2016 [eBook #52386] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - - -***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE GUN CLUB BOYS OF LAKEPORT*** - - -E-text prepared by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan, and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net) - - - -Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this - file which includes the original illustration. - See 52386-h.htm or 52386-h.zip: - (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/52386/52386-h/52386-h.htm) - or - (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/52386/52386-h.zip) - - -Transcriber’s note: - - Text enclosed by underscores is in italics (_italics_). - - - - - -[Illustration: The old hunter was at hand] - - -Lakeport Series - -THE GUN CLUB BOYS OF LAKEPORT - -Or - -The Island Camp - -by - -EDWARD STRATEMEYER - -Author of “The Baseball Boys of Lakeport,” “Dave Porter at Oak Hall,” -“Old Glory Series,” “Pan-American Series,” Etc. - -Illustrated - - - - - - - -[Illustration: (uncaptioned)] - -Boston -Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co. - -Copyright, 1904, by A. S. Barnes & Co., under the Title -“The Island Camp.” -Copyright, 1908, by Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co. - - - - - PREFACE. - - -This story is a complete tale in itself, and it also forms the first -volume of a series to be devoted to sport in the forest, on the water, -and on the athletic field. - -My object in writing this tale was two-fold: first, to present to the -boys a story which would please them, and, second, to give my young -readers an insight into Nature as presented in the depths of the forest -during the winter. - -The young hunters of Lakeport are no different from thousands of other -youths of to-day. Although they do some brave deeds, they are no heroes -in the accepted sense of that term, and at certain times they get scared -just as others might under similar circumstances. They are light-hearted -and full of fun, and not above playing some odd practical jokes upon -each other. In the old and experienced hunter, who goes with them on -this never-to-be-forgotten outing, they find a companion exactly to -their liking, and one who teaches them not a few “points” about hunting -that are worth knowing. - -The scene of this tale is laid in one of our eastern states. A few years -ago small game of all kinds was plentiful there, and deer, moose, and -even bears, could also be laid low. But some of the larger animals are -fast disappearing, and it is now only a question of time when they will -be wiped out altogether. This seems a great pity; but the march of the -lumberman and the progress of the farmer cannot be stayed. - - Edward Stratemeyer. - - - - - CONTENTS - - - CHAPTER PAGE - I. What Happened in a Snowstorm 1 - II. The Dugans to the Rescue 12 - III. A Fruitless Search 24 - IV. Skating 37 - V. A Quarrel on the Ice 44 - VI. Organizing the Club 56 - VII. The First Day in Camp 71 - VIII. What Happened at Night 83 - IX. At a Deer Hunt 95 - X. Among the Wolves 104 - XI. Confronted by the Enemy 116 - XII. Driven from the Lodge 125 - XIII. Lost in a Blizzard 137 - XIV. The Enemy Asks a Favor 149 - XV. A Midnight Visitor 161 - XVI. Back to the Lodge 173 - XVII. A Search and a Bear 185 - XVIII. A Fire, and What Followed 197 - XIX. A Gathering of Young Hunters 209 - XX. Building the New Shelter 219 - XXI. The Fight of the Pine Martens 229 - XXII. Teddy Meets “The Indians” 239 - XXIII. Pike Spearing through the Ice 249 - XXIV. A Battle with a Wolverene 261 - XXV. Teddy Evens the Score 270 - XXVI. The House in the Woods 279 - XXVII. A Plan for a Capture 286 - XXVIII. The Last of the Tramps 294 - XXIX. A Great Moose Hunt 303 - XXX. The Find—End of the Outing 312 - - - - - THE GUN CLUB BOYS OF LAKEPORT - - - - - CHAPTER I - WHAT HAPPENED IN A SNOWSTORM - - -“How many miles have we still to go, Harry?” - -“I think about four,” answered Harry Westmore, as he looked around him -on the country road he and his brother were traveling. “I must say, I -didn’t think the walk would be such a long one, did you?” - -“No, I thought we’d be back home before this,” came from Joe Westmore. -“I wish we could find some sort of a signboard. For all we know, we may -be on the wrong road.” - -“There used to be signboards on all of these roads, but I heard Joel -Runnell tell that some tramps had torn them down and used them for -firewood.” - -“Yes, they did it for that, and I guess they took ’em down so that folks -could miss their way, too. Those tramps are not above waylaying folks -and making them give up all they’ve got in their pockets.” - -“I believe you there. But since Sheriff Clowes rounded up about a dozen -of ’em last month they have kept themselves scarce. Phew! How the wind -blows!” - -“Yes, and how the snow is coming down! If we are not careful, we’ll not -get home at all. I hadn’t any idea it was going to snow when we left -home.” - -“I’m afraid if we don’t get home by dark mother will worry about us.” - -“Oh, she knows we are old enough to take care of ourselves. If it snows -too hard we can seek shelter at the next farmhouse we come to and wait -until it clears off.” - -The two Westmore boys, of whom Joe was the older by a year and a day, -had left their home at Lakeport early that morning for a long tramp into -the country after some late fall nuts which a friend had told them were -plentiful at a locality known as Glasby’s Hill. They knew the Hill was a -long way off, but had not expected such a journey to get to it. The -bridge was down over one of the country streams and this had -necessitated a walk of over a mile to another bridge, and here the road -was not near as good as that on which they had been traveling. Then, -after the nuts were found and two fair-sized bags gathered, it had begun -to snow and blow, until now the wind was sailing by them at a great rate -and the snow was coming down so fast that it threatened to obliterate -the landscape around them. - -The Westmore family were six in number, Mr. Horace Westmore and his -wife, the boys just introduced, and two younger children named Laura and -Bessie. Mr. Westmore was a flour and feed dealer, and had the principal -establishment of that kind in Lakeport, at the lower end of Pine Lake. -While the merchant was not rich, he was fairly well-to-do, and the -family moved in the best society that the lake district afforded. On -Mrs. Westmore’s side there had once been much wealth, but an unexpected -turn of fortune had left her father almost penniless at his death. There -was a rumor that the dead man had left to his daughter the rights to a -valuable tract of land located at the head of the lake, but though Mr. -Westmore tried his best he could not establish any such claim. The land -was there, held by a miserly real estate dealer of Brookside named Hiram -Skeetles; but Skeetles declared that the property was his own, free and -clear, and that Mrs. Westmore’s father had never had any right to it -whatsoever. - -“What’s mine is mine, and don’t ye go for to forgit it!” Hiram Skeetles -had snarled, during his last interview with Horace Westmore on the -subject. “Ye ain’t got nary a slip o’ paper to show it ever belonged to -Henry Anderson. I don’t want ye to bother me no more. If ye do, I’ll -have the law on ye!” And Mr. Westmore had come away feeling that the -case was decidedly a hopeless one. - -“It’s a shame mother and father can’t bring old Skeetles to time,” had -been Joe’s comment, when he heard of the interview. “I wouldn’t trust -that old skinflint to do the square thing.” - -“Nor I,” had come from Harry. “But if Grandfather Anderson had any deeds -or other papers what did he do with them?” - -“I’m sure I don’t know. Mother said she saw some papers once—years ago, -when she was a young girl—but she never saw them after that,” had been -Joe’s comment; and there the subject had been dropped. - -With their bags of nuts over their shoulders the two boys continued to -trudge along in the direction of home. The loads had not seemed heavy at -starting, but now each bag was a dead weight that grew harder to carry -at every step. - -“Let us rest for awhile,” said Joe, at length. “I must have a chance to -get my wind.” - -“Isn’t there wind enough flying around loose,” returned his brother, -with a faint grin. “Just open your mouth wide and you’ll gather in pure, -unadulterated ozone by the barrelful.” - -“It’s the wind that’s taking my wind, Harry. I feel as if I’d been -rowing a two-mile race, or just made a home run on the baseball field.” - -“Or a touchdown on the gridiron, eh? Say, but that last game of football -with the Fordhams was great, wasn’t it?” - -The two boys had moved on a few steps further, and now, through the -flying snow, caught sight of a dilapidated barn standing close to the -roadway. - -“Hurrah! here’s a shelter, made to order!” cried Joe. “Let us go in and -take a quarter of an hour’s rest.” - -“Yes, and eat a few of the nuts,” added Harry. “My! but ain’t I hungry. -I’m going to eat all there is on the table when I get home.” - -“Then you wouldn’t refuse a mince pie right now, would you?” - -At this question Harry gave a mock groan. “Please don’t mention it! -You’ll give me palpitation of the heart. If you’ve got a mince pie -tucked away in your vest pocket, trot it out.” - -“Wish I had. But stop talking and come into the barn. It isn’t a -first-class hotel, but it’s a hundred per cent. better than nothing, -with a fraction added.” - -Like many a similar structure, the old barn had no door or window on the -road side, so they had to go around to the back to get in. As they -turned the corner of the building they caught sight of two men who stood -in the tumble-down doorway. The men were rough-looking individuals and -shabbily dressed, and when they saw them the lads came to a halt. - -“Hullo, who are you?” demanded one of the men, who possessed a head of -tangled red hair and an equally tangled red beard. - -“We were traveling on the road and came around here for a little shelter -from the storm,” answered Joe. He did not like the appearance of the two -tramps—for such they were—and neither did Harry. - -At the explanation the tramp muttered something which the two boys did -not catch. At the same time a third tramp came forth from the barn, -wiping his mouth with the back of his hand. - -“Maybe they’re from that farm back here,” he said, with a jerk of his -head over the shoulder. “I believe there was a couple o’ boys up there.” - -“No, we’re not from any farm,” answered Harry. “We come from Lakeport.” - -“What have ye in them bags?” put in the tramp who had not yet spoken. - -“Nuts. We have been out nutting.” - -“Humph! Thought as how nuts was all gone by this time.” - -“We heard of a spot that hadn’t been visited,” said Joe. He looked at -his brother significantly. “Guess we had better be moving on.” - -“Oh, don’t hurry yourselves, gents,” came quickly from the tramp with -the red and tangled beard. “Come in an’ rest all yer please. We’re -keepin’ open house to-day,” and he gave a low laugh. - -“Thank you, but we haven’t a great deal of time to spare,” said Harry. -“Come, Joe,” he went on, and started to move toward the roadway once -more. - -He had scarcely taken two steps when the tramp with the red beard caught -him by the shoulder. - -“Don’t go,” he said pointedly. “Come in an’ warm up. We’ve got a bit o’ -a fire in there.” - -“A fire?” queried Harry, not knowing what else to say. “Aren’t you -afraid you’ll burn the barn down?” - -“Not much! Even if she went, the buildin’ ain’t worth much. Come on in.” - -The tramp had a firm grip on Harry’s arm by this time and now the other -two got between Joe and the roadway. - -It must be confessed that the two lads were much dismayed. As already -noted, they knew that folks in that neighborhood had been waylaid by -tramps in the past, and they now felt that a similar experience was in -store for them. How to get out of such a dilemma was a serious question. - -“We don’t want to stop with you,” said Joe, as sharply as he could, -although his heart beat violently. “Let me pass, please.” - -“But we ain’t goin’ to let yer pass just yet, young feller,” said one of -the tramps. “Come on in an’ be sociable.” - -“We don’t mean for to hurt ye!” put in another. “So don’t git scart. If -ye belong down to Lakeport we’ll treat yer right.” - -“We don’t wish to stay, I tell you,” went on Joe. “Let me pass, do you -hear?” - -“And let me go, too,” added Harry. He tried to twist himself loose but -could not, for the tramp was strong and had a good clutch. - -“Peppery youngsters,” drawled the tramp with the red hair. “Got to teach -’em manners, I guess. Shove ’em into the barn, boys. There don’t seem to -be nobuddy else around, an’ it looks like we had run up against a real -good thing!” - -“Do you mean to say that you intend to rob us?” cried Joe, as he -struggled to free himself from the man who had him by the collar. - -“Rob yer? Who said anything ’bout robbin’ yer? We’re honest men, we are! -Come on inside, an’ behave yerself!” - -And with this Joe was shoved toward the barn door. He tried to struggle, -but it was useless. Using brute force the tramps almost pitched him -inside, and Harry followed in a similar manner. Then the tramp with the -red beard set up the broken-down door before the opening and stood on -guard with a club in his hand. - - - - - CHAPTER II - THE DUGANS TO THE RESCUE - - -It was a situation which no boy would care to confront, and as Joe and -Harry looked from one brutal face to another, their hearts sank within -them. They could see at a glance that the tramps were among the worst of -their class and would hesitate at little or nothing to accomplish their -ends. - -To one side of the barn, where the flooring had rotted away, a fire was -burning, the smoke drifting forth through a broken-out window and the -numerous holes in the roof. Beside the fire lay the remains of two -chickens, which the tramps had probably stolen from some farmer’s -hen-roost. Three soda water bottles were also on the floor, but there -was no telling what they had contained, since all were empty. But as the -breath of each tramp smelt strongly of liquor, it is safe to say that -the bottles had contained—at least one of them—something stronger than a -temperance drink. - -“See here, you haven’t any right to treat us in this fashion,” said Joe, -as soon as he could recover from the attack which had been made upon -him. - -“You ain’t got no right to call us thieves,” was the answer, and the -speaker leered in a knowing manner at his fellows. - -“That’s it,” spoke up another of the tramps. “It’s a downright insult to -honest men like us.” - -“Thet’s wot it is,” came from the third tramp. “Boys, yer ought to -’polergize.” - -“I want you to let us go,” went on Joe. - -“Right away,” put in Harry. “If you don’t——” - -“If we don’t,—what?” demanded the tramp who stood guard with the club. - -“It may be the worse for you, that’s all.” - -At this all three of the tramps set up a low laugh. Then the fellow at -the doorway called one of the others to his side and whispered something -in his ear. - -“Dat’s all right, Noxy; but I don’t care to go until I see wot we -strike,” answered the man addressed. - -“Oh, you’ll get your fair share, Stump,” was the answer, but Stump -refused to leave even when urged a second time. - -“Say, just you tell us wot time it is,” put in the other tramp, who went -by the name of Muley. He had noticed that Joe carried a watch—a silver -affair, given to him by his father on his last birthday. - -“It’s time you let us go,” answered Joe. He understood perfectly well -what the fellow was after. - -He had scarcely spoken when Muley stepped forward and grabbed the watch -chain. The watch came with it, and despite Joe’s clutch for his property -it was quickly transferred to the tramp’s possession. - -“Give me that watch!” - -“They are nothing but robbers!” burst out Harry. “Joe, let us get out -right away!” - -Unable to pass the tramp at the doorway, Harry made for one of the barn -windows, and feeling it would be useless to argue just then about the -timepiece, Joe followed his brother. - -“Hi, stop ’em!” roared Stump. “Don’t let ’em get away!” - -Instantly all three of the tramps went after the two lads. Muley was the -quickest of the number and in a trice he had placed himself in front of -the window. - -“Not so fast!” he sang out. “We want what you have in your pockets -first!” - -Cut off from escape by the window, the two boys turned around. They now -saw that the doorway was unguarded, and ran for the opening with all -speed. Harry reached the door first and tumbled it aside, and both ran -into the open. - -“Stop!” yelled Noxy. “Stop, or we’ll fix ye!” And then, his foot -catching in a loose board of the flooring, he pitched headlong, and -Stump and Muley came down on top of him. - -“Run, Harry, run, or they’ll catch us sure!” cried Joe. - -Harry needed no urging, and in a minute the two lads were on the roadway -once again and running harder than they had ever done in any footrace. -For the moment they forgot how tired they had been, and fear possibly -gave them additional strength. - -“Ar—are the—they coming?” panted Harry, after quarter of a mile had been -covered. - -“I don’t—don’t know!” puffed his brother. “Do—don’t se—see anything of -’em.” - -“What mean rascals, Joe!” - -“Yes, they ought to be in jail!” - -The boys continued to run, but as nobody appeared to be following they -gradually slackened their pace and at length came to a halt. - -“Joe, I’m almost ready to drop.” - -“So am I, but we had better not stop here. Let us keep on until we reach -some farmhouse. I’m going to get back my watch and chain if I can.” - -“And the nuts. Think of losing them after all the trouble we had in -gathering them.” - -“Yes, Harry, but the watch and chain are worth more than the nuts. If -you’ll remember, they were my birthday present from father.” - -“Oh, we’ve got to get back the watch and chain. Come on—the sooner we -find a farmhouse and get assistance the better. More than likely those -tramps won’t stay at the barn very long.” - -Scarcely able to drag one foot after the other, the two Westmore boys -continued on their way. The snow had now stopped coming down, yet the -keen fall wind was as sharp as ever. But presently the wind shifted and -then they made better progress. - -“I see a farmhouse!” cried Harry, a little later. - -“Not much of a place,” returned his brother. “Yet we may get help -there,—who knows?” - -When the cottage—it was no more than that—was reached, Joe knocked -loudly on the door. - -“Who is there?” came in a shrill voice from inside. - -“Two boys,” answered Joe. “We want help, for some tramps have robbed -us.” - -“I can’t help you. The tramps robbed me, too—stole two of my best -chickens. I’m an old man and I must watch my property. You go to -Neighbor Dugan’s—he’ll help you, maybe.” - -“Where is Dugan’s place?” - -“Down the road a spell. Keep right on an’ you can’t miss it.” And that -was all the boys could get out of the occupant of the cottage. - -“He must be a crabbed old chap,” was Harry’s comment, as they resumed -their weary tramp. - -“Well, an old man can’t do much, especially if he is living all alone. I -suppose he’s afraid to leave his place for fear the tramps will visit it -during his absence,” and in this surmise Joe was correct. - -Fortunately the farm belonging to Andy Dugan was not far distant. The -farmer was a whole-souled Irishman and both boys had met him on more -than one occasion at Mr. Westmore’s store. - -“Sure, an’ where did you b’ys spring from?” said Dugan, on opening the -door. “’Tis a likely walk ye are from town.” - -“We’ve been out for some nuts, over to Glasby’s Hill,” answered Harry. - -“Ah now, so ye’ve got there before me, eh? I didn’t know ’twas known -there was nuts there.” - -“Mr. Dugan, we want your help,” put in Joe, quickly. - -“Phat for, Joe—to help carry home the nuts? Where’s the bags?” - -“We met some tramps, and——” - -“Tramps? On this road ag’in?” Andy Dugan was all attention and his face -grew sober. “Tell me about thim at onct!” - -The boys entered the farmhouse, where were collected the Dugan family, -consisting of Mrs. Dugan, who weighed about two hundred and fifty -pounds, and seven children, including three half-grown sons. All -listened with close attention to what the Westmore boys had to relate. - -“Th’ schamps!” cried Andy Dugan. “Sure an’ they should be in the town -jail! An’ was the watch an’ chain worth much?” - -“Twelve or fifteen dollars. And a birthday present, too.” - -“I’ll go after thim, that I will. Pat, git me gun, and you go an’ take -yer own gun, too—an’, Teddy, git the pistol, an’ see if it’s after bein’ -loaded. We’ll tache thim scallywags a lisson, so we will!” - -“That’s the talk, Mr. Dugan!” said Joe, brightening. “But you’ll have to -hurry, or they’ll be gone.” - -“I’ll hurry all I can, lad. But phat about you? You’re too tired to walk -back, ain’t ye?” - -“Lit thim roide the mare, Andy,” came from Mrs. Dugan. “Th’ mare wants -exercise annyway.” - -“So they shall, Caddy,” answered the husband, and one of the smaller -boys of the family was sent to bring the mare forth. - -In less than ten minutes the party was ready to set out, Andy Dugan and -his son Pat with guns, Teddy, who boasted of a face that was nothing but -a mass of freckles, with the pistol, and Joe and Harry, on the mare’s -back, with clubs. - -The mare was rather a frisky creature, and both boys had all they could -do to make her walk along as they wished. - -“She’s been in the sthable too long,” explained Andy Dugan. “She wants a -run av a couple o’ miles to take the dancin’ out av her heels.” - -“Well, she mustn’t run now,” said Harry, who had no desire to reach the -old barn before the others could come up. - -The wind was gradually going down, so journeying along the road was more -agreeable than it had been. When they passed the little cottage they saw -the old man peeping from behind a window shutter at them. - -“He’s a quare sthick, so he is,” said Andy Dugan. “But, as he is afther -lavin’ us alone, we lave him alone.” - -The party advanced upon the barn boldly and when they were within a -hundred yards of the structure, Joe and Harry urged the mare ahead. Up -flew the rear hoofs of the steed and away she went pell-mell along the -road. - -“Whoa! whoa!” roared Joe. “Whoa, I say!” - -But the mare did not intend to whoa, and reaching the barn, she flew by -like a meteor, much to the combined chagrin of the riders. Joe was in -front, holding the reins, and Harry in the rear, with his arms about his -brother’s waist. Both kept bouncing up and down like twin rubber balls. - -“Do stop her, Joe!” - -“Whoa!” repeated Joe. “Whoa! Confound the mare, she won’t listen to me!” - -“She is running away with us!” - -“Well, if she is, I can’t help it.” - -“Pull in on the reins.” - -“That’s what I am doing—just as hard as I can.” - -“Hi! hi!” came in Andy Dugan’s voice. “Phy don’t ye sthop? Ain’t this -the barn ye was afther spakin’ about?” - -“Yes!” yelled back Joe. “But your mare won’t stop!” - -“Hit her on th’ head wid yer fist!” screamed Pat Dugan. - -“I don’t believe that will stop her,” said Harry. - -“Perhaps it will, if she’s used to it,” said his brother, and an instant -later landed a blow straight between the mare’s ears. - -Up went the creature’s hind quarters in a twinkling and over her head -shot the two boys, to land in the snow and brushwood beside the roadway. -Then the mare shied to one side and pranced down the road, and soon a -turn hid her from view. - - - - - CHAPTER III - A FRUITLESS SEARCH - - -“B’ys! b’ys! Are ye after bein’ hurted?” - -It was Andy Dugan who asked the question, as he came rushing to Joe and -Harry’s assistance and helped to set them on their feet. - -“I—I guess I’m all right, Mr. Dugan,” panted Harry. “But I—I thought my -neck was broken at first!” - -“So did I,” put in Joe. His left hand was scratched but otherwise he was -unharmed. - -“Oh, father, the mare’s run away!” chimed in Teddy Dugan. “We won’t -never git her back anymore!” - -“Hould yer tongue!” answered the parent. “She’ll come back as soon as -it’s feedin’ time, don’t worry.” - -“Oh, father, are you sure?” - -“To be course I am. Didn’t she run away twice before, an’ come back that -same way, Teddy? Come on after thim tramps an’ let the mare take care av -hersilf.” - -“We’ve made noise enough to bring the tramps out—if they’re still in the -barn,” was Joe’s comment. “I believe they’ve gone.” - -“Exactly my opinion,” answered Harry. - -Advancing boldly to the doorway of the barn, Andy Dugan pointed his gun -and cried: - -“Come out av there, ye rascals! Sure an’ it won’t do ye any good to -hide!” - -To this demand no answer was returned, and a moment of painful silence -followed. - -“Are ye comin’ out or not?” went on Dugan the elder. “Answer me.” - -“How can they answer, father, if they ain’t there?” put in Teddy Dugan, -with a broad smile on his freckled face. - -To this query the father made no reply, but advancing cautiously, he -gazed into the barn and then stepped inside. - -“Are they there, Mr. Dugan?” queried Joe. - -“If they are, they’re mighty good at hidin’.” - -“Let us make a search,” said Harry. “Pat, you remain on guard outside.” - -“That I will,” answered Pat. “Run ’em out here till I shoot ’em first, -an’ have ’em arrested afterwards!” - -The barn was speedily searched, but the tramps had taken their -departure, and soon they discovered the track of the rascals, leading -across the fields to another road. - -“I believe they left almost as soon as we did,” said Joe. “They knew -we’d come back with help.” - -“Shall we follow?” asked Harry. - -“Av course,” replied Andy Dugan. - -“It’s getting rather dark,” went on Joe. “I’m afraid they have given us -the slip.” - -The matter was talked over, and it was decided that all of the Dugans -should go forward, and Joe and Harry were to follow if they could find -the mare. If not, they were to tramp back to the Dugan homestead and -await news. - -Half an hour was spent by the two boys in looking for the runaway steed, -and by that time both could hardly walk. - -“I wish I was at the Dugan house this instant,” said Harry. - -“Ditto myself, Harry. And I wish I had my watch and chain back. Did you -notice, the tramps didn’t touch the bags of nuts.” - -“I guess they were too excited to remember them. Maybe they thought we’d -come back quicker than we did.” - -The boys rested for awhile at the barn, and then, with their bags of -nuts on their shoulders, set out on the roadway once again. - -“Tired out, are ye,” said Mrs. Dugan, on seeing them. “Where are the -others?” - -They told their story, to which she listened with many a nod of her -head. - -“The ould b’y take that mare!” she cried. “Sure an’ didn’t she run away -wid me wance an’ nearly scare me to death, so she did. Andy must trade -her th’ furst chanct he gits.” - -She had prepared a hot supper and invited the boys to sit down, which -they did willingly, for, as Harry expressed it, “they were hollow clear -down to their shoes.” - -The meal was just finished when one of the little children, who was at -the window gazing into the oncoming darkness, set up a shout: - -“There’s Kitty now!” - -“Who’s Kitty?” asked Joe. - -“Sure an it’s the mare. She’s walkin’ in the yard just as if nothin’ had -happened at all!” - -The youngster was right, and by the time the boys were outside the mare -was standing meekly by the barn door, waiting to be put in her stall. - -“Now ain’t she aggravatin’?” came from Mrs. Dugan. “Ye can’t bate her -when she looks loike that, can ye? Poor Kitty! It’s a fool thing that ye -are entoirely!” And she hurried out, opened the stable and let the mare -find her proper place inside. “Fer sech a thrick, ye’ll git only half -yer supper this night,” she added, shaking her fist at the animal. - -The boys knew that they would be expected home, and waited anxiously for -news of the Dugans. Fully an hour and a half passed, before they came -back, worn out and downcast. - -“They give us the shlip,” said Andy Dugan. “They came around be the lake -road an’ thet’s the last we could find av thim.” - -“And I guess that’s the last of my watch,” added Joe, soberly. - -Andy Dugan had a faithful old horse in his stable and this animal he -harnessed to his family carriage, an old affair that had seen far better -days. - -“Ye can drive yerselves home,” he said. “An’ leave the turnout at -Bennett’s stable. Tell him I’ll call for it to-morrow.” - -“Thank you, Mr. Dugan,” said Joe. “We’ll settle for the keeping, and get -father to pay you——” - -“That’s all right, Joe. I want no pay. Your father is a fri’nd av mine. -I’m sorry we didn’t catch the thramps, that’s all,” was Andy Dugan’s -reply. - -It was not until nine o’clock at night that Joe and Harry drove into the -town of Lakeport. All the stores were closed, but the livery stable was -still open, and there they left the horse and carriage, as Andy Dugan -had directed. It was but a short walk from the stable to the house. - -“I thought you would be back to supper,” said Mrs. Westmore, when they -entered. “I kept everything hot for over an hour.” - -“We’ve had an adventure, mother,” answered Joe, and as the family -gathered around he told his story. - -“Oh, Joe, weren’t you awfully scared!” cried Laura. - -“I don’t like tramps at all!” piped in little Bessie. - -“This is certainly an outrage,” said Mr. Westmore. “So the Dugans could -find no trace of them after they got on the lake road?” - -“No.” - -“I must have one of the constables look into this, and I’ll notify -Sheriff Clowes, too.” - -“You can be thankful that the tramps did not injure you,” said Mrs. -Westmore, with a shudder. - -“Yes, I am thankful for that,” said Harry. - -“So am I, mother,” added Joe. “Just the same, I’m downright sorry to -lose that watch and chain.” - -“Perhaps we’ll get on the track of it. If not, we’ll have to see what we -can do about getting you another,” added the fond mother. - -The fact that Joe and Harry had been held up by tramps was speedily -noised around the town, and for the next few days the authorities and -several other people did what they could to locate the evildoers. But -the tramps had made good their escape, and, for the time being nothing -more was heard from them. But they were destined to turn up again, and -in a most unexpected fashion, as the pages to follow will testify. - -Joe and Harry had many friends in Lakeport, boys who went to school with -them, and who played with them on the local baseball and football teams. -All of these were interested in the “hold-up,” as they called it, and -anxious to see the tramps captured. - -“Glad it wasn’t me,” said one of the lads. - -“I’ve got a gold watch—one my uncle left when he died.” - -“Why didn’t you punch their heads?” questioned another, who had quite a -reputation as an all-around athlete. “That is what I should have done.” - -“Yes, and maybe got killed for doing it,” came from a third. “Joe and -Harry were sharp enough to escape with whole skins, and that is where -they showed their levelheadedness.” - -The adventure had happened on Saturday, and Monday found the boys at -school as usual. They were so anxious to get news concerning the tramps -that they could scarcely learn their lessons, but as day after day went -by without news, this feeling wore away; and presently the incident was -almost forgotten. - -It was customary at Lakeport to close the schools for about a month -around the winter holidays and all of the pupils counted the days to -when the vacation would begin. At last the time came, and with a whoop, -Joe, Harry, and several dozen other lads rushed forth, not to return -until near the end of January. - -“And now for Christmas!” cried Joe. Deep down in his heart he was -wondering if he would get another watch and chain. - -Ice had already formed on Pine Lake, but just before Christmas it began -to snow and blow heavily, so that skating was out of the question. This -put something of a damper on the lads and they went around feeling -somewhat blue. - -Christmas morning dawned bright and fair. The ground was covered with -over a foot of snow, and the merry jingle of sleighbells filled the air. - -As may be surmised the Westmore boys were up early. There were many -presents to be given and received, and it was a time of great surprises -and not a little joy. - -What pleased Joe most of all was the new watch he received. It was -decidedly better than the first watch had been, and so was the chain -better than the other. - -“Just what I wanted!” he declared. “It tops all the presents—not but -what I like them, too,” he added, hastily. - -Harry had slipped off without the others noticing. Now he came back, his -face aglow with enthusiasm. - -“Oh, Joe, what do you think?” he cried. “The wind has swept Pine Lake as -clean as a whistle.” - -“If that’s the case, Harry, we can go skating this morning instead of -waiting until after dinner. But how do you know the ice on the lake is -clear?” - -“Didn’t I just come from there?” Harry held up a shining pair of -nickel-plated skates. “Couldn’t resist trying ’em, you know. Say, it was -just all right of Uncle Maurice to give each of us a pair, wasn’t it?” - -“It certainly was,” returned Joe. “But I rather think I love that -double-barreled shotgun a little better. I am fairly aching to give it a -trial on a bird or a rabbit, or something larger.” - -“Well, as for that, I don’t go back on the camera Aunt Laura sent up -from New York. Fred Rush was telling me it was a very good one, and he -ought to know, for he has had four.” - -“What did Fred get for Christmas’?” - -“A shotgun something like yours, a big bobsled, some books, and a whole -lot of other things. One book is on camping out, and he is just crazy to -go. He says a fellow could camp out up at Pine Island, and have a -bang-up time.” - -“To be sure!” ejaculated Joe, enthusiastically. “Just the thing! If he -goes I’m going, too!” - -“You don’t know yet if father will let you go. He says no boy should go -hunting without some old hunter with him.” - -“I’m seventeen,” answered Joe, drawing himself up to his full height; he -was rather tall for his age. “And Fred is almost as old. I reckon we -could take care of ourselves.” - -“If I went I’d like to take my camera,” said Harry. “I was reading an -article in the paper the other day about how to hunt game with a -snap-shot machine. That would just suit me. Think of what a famous -collection of pictures I might get—wild turkeys, deer and maybe a -bear——” - -“If you met a bear I don’t think you’d stand to take his photograph. -I’ll wager you’d leg it for all you were worth—or else shoot at him. But -come on. If skating is so good there is no use of our wasting time here -talking,” concluded Joe, as he moved off. - - - - - CHAPTER IV - SKATING - - -Lakeport was a thriving town with a large number of inhabitants. Early -as it was many people were out, and nearly every passer-by was greeted -with a liberal dose of snowballs, for the lads of this down-East town -were as fun-loving as are boys anywhere, and to leave a “good mark” slip -past unnoticed was considered nothing short of a crime. - -When Joe and Harry reached the lake front they found a crowd of fully -fifty men and boys, with a fair sprinkling of girls, engaged in skating -and in ice-boating. The majority of the people were in the vicinity of -the steamboat dock, for this was at the end of the main street, and a -great “hanging-out” spot during the summer. But others were skating up -the lake shore, and a few were following Dan Marcy’s new ice yacht, -_Silver Queen_, as she tacked along on her way to the west shore, where -an arm of the lake encircled the lower end of Pine Island. - -“Marcy’s going to try to beat the lake record,” Joe heard one boy call -to another. “He says his new boat has got to knock the spots out of -anything that ever sailed on the lake, or he’ll chop her up for -firewood.” - -“Well, she’ll have to hum along if she beats the time made by the old -_Whizzer_ last winter,” came from the other boy. “She sailed from the -big pine to Hallett’s Point in exactly four minutes and ten seconds. My, -but didn’t she scoot along!” - -It took but a few minutes for Joe and Harry to don their skates. As they -left the shore they ran into Fred Rush, who was swinging along as if his -very life depended upon it. - -“Hello, so you fellows have come down at last!” sang out Fred, who was -short and stout, and as full of fun as a lad can be. “Thought you had -made up your mind to go to bed again, or stay home and look for more -Christmas presents. Been having dead loads of fun—had a race and come in -second best, got knocked down twice, slipped on the ice over yonder, and -got a wet foot in a hole some fellow cut, and Jerry Little hit me in the -shin with his hockey stick. Say, but you fellows are positively missing -the time of your lives.” - -“I want to miss it, if I’m going to have all those things happen to me,” -returned Joe, dryly. Then he added: “Harry tells me you got a -double-barreled shotgun almost like mine. How do you like it?” - -“Like it? Say, that gun is the greatest thing that ever happened. I -tried it just before I came down to skate—fired both barrels at once, -because I didn’t have time to fire ’em separately. It knocked me flat, -and a snowbank was all that saved my life. But she’s a dandy. I’m going -to bring down a bear with that gun before the winter is over, you see if -I don’t.” - -“How are you going to do it?” put in Harry. “Offer to let the animal -shoot off the gun, and kill him that way?” - -“Don’t you make fun of me, Harry. You’ll see the bear sooner or later, -mark the remark.” - -The three boys skated off, hand in hand, with Fred in the center. The -fun-loving youth was the only son of the town hardware dealer, and he -and the Westmore lads had grown up together from childhood. At school -Fred had proved himself far from being a dunce, but by some manner of -means he was almost constantly in “hot water;” why, nobody could -explain. - -“Let Fred Rush pick up a poker, and he’ll get the hot end in his hand,” -said one of the girls one day, and this remark came close to hitting the -nail squarely on the head. Yet with all his trials and tribulations Fred -rarely lost his temper, and he was always ready to promise better things -for the future. - -The boys skated a good half mile up the lake shore. At this point they -met several girls, and one of them, Cora Runnell, asked Joe if he would -fix her skate for her. - -“Certainly I will,” replied the youth, and on the instant he was -kneeling on the ice and adjusting a clamp that had become wedged fast to -the shoe plate of the skate. Cora was the daughter of an old hunter and -trapper of that vicinity, and as he worked Joe asked her what her father -was doing. - -“He isn’t doing anything just now,” was the girl’s answer. “He was out -acting as a guide for a party of New York sportsmen, but they went back -to the city last week.” - -“Did you hear him say anything about game?” - -“Yes, he said the season was a very good one. The party got six deer -over at Rawson Hill and a moose at Bender’s, and any quantity of small -game. I think pa’s going out alone in a day or two—just to see what he -can bring down for the market at Brookside.” - -“I wish he’d take me along. I’ve got a new double-barreled shotgun that -I want to try the worst way.” - -“And I’ve got one, too,” broke in Fred. “I’m sure we could bring down -lots of game between us.” - -Cora Runnell looked at the stout youth, and began to giggle. “Oh, dear, -if you went along I guess pa’d have to hide behind a tree when you took -your turn at shooting.” - -“Whoop, you’re discovered, Fred!” burst out Harry. “Cora must have heard -how you shot off both barrels at once, and——” - -“Oh, I can shoot straight enough,” came doggedly from Fred. “Just you -give me the chance and see.” - -“Well, you’ll have to see pa about going out with him,” answered Cora, -and then started to skate after her girl friends, who had moved off a -minute before, and were getting farther and farther away. - -“Hi, there!” came suddenly in a shout from the lake shore. “Beware of -the ice boat!” - -“The ice boat?” repeated Harry. “Where—— Oh!” - -He glanced up the lake, and saw the _Silver Queen_ coming along as -swiftly as the stiff breeze could drive the craft over the glassy -surface. The ice boat was headed directly for the three boys, but now -the course was shifted slightly, and the craft pointed fairly and -squarely for the spot where Cora Runnell was skating along, all -unconscious of her danger. - -“By gracious, Dan Marcy will run Cora down!” ejaculated Fred. He raised -his voice to a yell. “Stop! stop! you crazy fool! Do you want to kill -somebody?” - -“Save my girl!” came from the shore. “Cora! Cora! Look out for the ice -boat!” But the girl did not heed the warning, and now the ice boat, -coming as swiftly as ever, was almost on top of her. Then the girl -happened to glance back. She gave a scream, tried to turn, but slipped, -and then sank in a heap directly in the track of the oncoming danger. - - - - - CHAPTER V. - A QUARREL ON THE ICE - - -It was a moment of extreme peril, and the heart of more than one -onlooker seemed to stop beating. The ice boat was a heavy affair, with -runners of steel, and a blow from that bow, coming at such a speed, -would be like a blow from a rushing locomotive. It looked as if Cora -Runnell was doomed. - -But as all of the others stood helpless with surprise and consternation, -Joe Westmore dashed forward with a speed that astonished even himself. -He fairly flew over the ice, directly for Cora, and, reaching the fallen -girl, caught her by the left hand. - -“Quick! we must get out of the way!” he cried, and without waiting to -raise her to her feet he dragged her over the smooth ice a distance of -four or five yards. Then the _Silver Queen_ whizzed past, sending a -little drift of snow whirling over them. - -“Git out of the way!” came rather indistinctly from Dan Marcy. “Can’t -you see I’m trying to beat the record?” And then he passed out of -hearing. - -“Are you hurt?” questioned Joe, as he assisted the bewildered girl to -her feet. - -“I—I guess not, Joe,” she stammered. “But, oh! what a narrow escape!” -And Cora shuddered. - -“Dan Marcy ought to be locked up for such reckless sailing.” - -“I think so myself.” Cora paused for a moment. “It was awfully good of -you to help me as you did,” she went on, gratefully. - -By this time the others were coming up, and the story of the peril and -escape had to be told many times. Among the first to arrive was Joel -Runnell, Cora’s father, who had shouted the warning from the shore. He -had been out hunting, and carried an old-fashioned shotgun and a game -bag full of birds. - -“Not hurt, eh?” he said, anxiously. “Thank fortune for that! Who was -sailing that boat?” And when told, he said he would settle with Marcy -before the day was done. “Can’t none of ’em hurt my girl without hearing -from me,” he added. - -The excitement soon died down, and the skaters scattered in various -directions. In the meantime, to avoid being questioned about the affair, -Dan Marcy, who was a burly fellow of twenty, and a good deal of a bully, -turned his ice boat about, and went sailing up the lake once more. - -Some of the lads on the lake were out for a game of snap the whip, and -Joe, Harry and Fred readily joined in this sport. At the third snap, -Fred was placed on the end of the line. - -“Oh, but we won’t do a thing to Fred,” whispered one of the boys, and -word was sent along to make this snap an extra sharp one. - -“You can’t rattle me!” sang out Fred, as the skating became faster and -faster. “I’m here every time, I am. Let her go, everybody, whoop!” And -then he had to stop talking, for he could no longer keep up. The line -broke, and like a flash Fred spun around, lost his footing, and turned -over and over, to bring up in a big snowbank on the shore. - -“Hello, Fred, where are you bound?” sang out Harry. - -“Where—where am I bound?” spluttered the stout youth, as he emerged and -cleaned the snow from out of his collar and sleeves. “I don’t know.” He -paused to catch his breath. “Reckon I’m in training for a trip to the -North Pole.” - -Half an hour later found the Westmore boys at home for dinner. There was -something of a family gathering this Christmas day, mostly elderly -people, so neither Joe nor Harry had a chance to speak to their father -about the hunting trip they had in mind. Everybody was in the best of -humor, and the table fairly bent beneath the load of good things placed -upon it—turkey with cranberry sauce, potatoes, onions, squash, celery, -and then followed pumpkin and mince pies, and nuts and raisins, until -neither of the boys could eat a mouthful more. Both voted that Christmas -dinner “just boss,” and the other folks agreed with them. - -The middle of the afternoon found the lads at the lake again. It had -clouded over once more, and they were afraid that another fall of snow -might stop skating for several weeks, if not for the balance of the -season. - -“We want to take the good of it while it lasts,” said Harry. - -Dan Marcy was again out on his ice boat, and Joe and Harry, accompanied -by Fred, followed the craft to a cove on the west shore. There seemed to -be something the matter with the sail of the _Silver Queen_, and Marcy -ran the craft into a snowbank for repairs. - -“Say, what do you want around here?” demanded Dan Marcy, as soon as he -caught sight of the Westmore boys. His face wore an ugly look, and his -tone of voice was far from pleasant. - -“I don’t know as that is any of your business, Dan Marcy,” returned Joe. - -“Ain’t it? We’ll see. I understand you’ve been telling folks that I -tried to run into you and that Runnell girl on purpose.” - -“You didn’t take much care to keep your ice boat out of the way.” - -“It was your business to keep out of the way. You knew I was trying to -beat the record?” - -“Do you own the lake?” came from Harry. - -“Maybe you’ve got a mortgage on the ice?” put in Fred. - -Now the year before, Dan Marcy had been in the ice business, and had -made a failure of it, and this remark caused him to look more ugly than -ever. - -“See here, for two pins I’d pitch into the lot of you, and give you a -sound thrashing!” he roared. - -“Would you?” came sharply from Joe. “Sorry I haven’t the pins.” - -“I’ll give you an order on our servant girl for two clothespins, if -they’ll do,” put in Fred. - -“Then you want that thrashing, do you?” growled Dan Marcy; but as he -looked at the three sturdy lads he made no movement to begin the -encounter. - -“If anybody needs a thrashing it is you, for trying to run down Cora -Runnell,” said Joe. “It was a mean piece of business, and you know it as -well as we do.” - -“You shut up, Joe Westmore!” Marcy picked up a hammer with which he had -been driving one of the blocks of the sail. “Say another word, and I’ll -crack you with this!” He advanced so threateningly that Joe fell back a -few steps. As he did this, a form appeared on the lake shore, and an -instant later Dan Marcy felt himself caught by the collar and hurled -flat on his back. - -“I reckon as how this is my quarrel,” came in the high-pitched voice of -Joel Runnell. “I’ve been looking for you for the past hour, Dan Marcy. -I’ll teach you to run down my girl. If it hadn’t a-been for Joe Westmore -she might have been killed.” - -“Let go!” roared Marcy, and scrambled to his feet, red with rage. He -rushed at the old hunter with the hammer raised as if to strike, but -before he could land a blow, Joe caught hold of the tool and wrenched it -from his grasp. - -“Give me that hammer! Do you hear? I want that hammer!” went on the -bully. Then he found himself on his back a second time, with his nose -bleeding profusely from a blow Joel Runnell had delivered. - -“Have you had enough?” demanded the old hunter, wrathfully. “Have you? -If not, I’ll give you some more in double-quick order.” - -“Don’t—don’t hit me again,” gasped Dan Marcy. All his courage seemed to -desert him. “It ain’t fair to fight four to one, nohow!” - -“I can take care of you alone,” retorted Joel Runnell, quickly. “I asked -you if you had had enough. Come, what do you say?” And the old hunter -held up his clinched fists. - -“I—I don’t want to fight.” - -“That means that you back down. All right. After this you let my girl -alone—and let these lads alone, too. If you don’t, you’ll hear from me -in a way you won’t like.” - -There was an awkward pause, and Dan Marcy wiped the blood from his face, -and shoved off on his ice boat. - -“We’ll see about this some other time,” he called out when at a safe -distance. “I shan’t forget it, mind that!” - -“He’s a bully if there ever was one,” observed Harry. - -“And a coward into the bargain,” put in Joel Runnell. “Watch out for -him, or he may play you foul.” - -“I certainly shall watch him after this,” said Joe. - -“We’re glad you came along,” came from Fred. “We want to ask you -something about hunting. I’ve got a new double-barreled shotgun and so -has Joe, and we want to go out somewhere and try for big game.” - -“And I’ve got a new camera, and I want to get some pictures of live -game,” added Harry. - -“You can’t get any big game around Lakeport. If you want anything worth -while you’ll have to go out for several days or a week.” - -“We’re willing to go out as long as our folks will let us,” explained -Harry. “We haven’t said much about it yet, for we wanted to see you.” - -“We thought you might like to take us out, or rather go with us,” came -from Joe. “If you’d go with us we’d pay the expenses of the trip, and -give you your full share of whatever game we managed to bring down.” - -At this Joel Runnell’s gray eyes twinkled. He loved boys, and knew the -lads before him very well. All the powder and shot he used came from Mr. -Rush’s hardware establishment, and his flour from the Westmore mill, and -he was always given his own time in which to pay for the articles. -Moreover, he was not the one to forget the service Joe had rendered his -daughter. - -“I’ll go out with you willingly,” he said. “I’ll show you all the big -game I can, and what you bring down shall be yours.” - -“Hurrah! It’s settled!” cried Fred, throwing up his cap. “We’ll have -just the best time that ever was!” - -“Where do you want to go to?” - -“I was thinking of camping out up on Pine Island,” answered Harry. “But -of course we have got to see my father about it first.” - -“Pine Island is a nice place. There is an old lodge up there—put up five -years ago by some hunting men from Boston. It’s a little out of repair, -but we could fix it up, and then use that as a base of supplies.” - -“Just the thing!” said Joe, enthusiastically. “If we liked it would you -stay out with us for two or three weeks?” - -“To be sure. There is a little game on the island, and we could easily -skate to shore when we wished. When do you want to go?” - -“As soon as we get permission,” said Harry. “We’ll find out about it -to-morrow.” - -After that the boys could talk of nothing but the proposed outing and -what they hoped to bring down in the way of game. Harry wanted pictures -worse than he wanted to bring down game; nevertheless, he said he would -take along a gun and a pistol. “Then I can snapshot my bear first, and -shoot him afterward,” he said. - -It was not until the day after Christmas that the Westmore lads got a -chance to speak to their parents about what was uppermost in their -minds. At first Mrs. Westmore was inclined to demur, but her husband -said the outing might do their sons some good. - -“And they couldn’t go out with a better fellow than Joel Runnell,” added -Mr. Westmore. “They’ll be as safe with him as they would be with me.” - -As soon as it was settled that they were really to go, Harry rushed over -to Fred’s house. Fred had already received permission to go, and now all -they had to settle on was the time for their departure and what was to -be taken along. Christmas had fallen on Thursday, and it was decided to -leave home on the following Monday morning, weather permitting. As to -the stores to be taken along, that was to be left largely to the -judgment of Joel Runnell and to Mr. Westmore, who also knew a good bit -about hunting and life in camp. - - - - - CHAPTER VI - ORGANIZING THE CLUB - - -“Boys, we’ve got to organize a club,” said Joe, as they were talking the -matter over, and getting one thing and another ready for the trip. - -“Just the thing!” shouted Fred. “Let us organize by all means.” - -“What shall we call ourselves?” queried Harry. “The Outdoor Trio.” - -“Or the Forest Wanderers,” came from Joe. - -“Bosh!” interrupted Fred. “We’re going out with guns. You’ve got to put -a gun in the name.” - -“How will Young Gunners do?” - -“Gun Boys of Lakeport.” - -“Young Hunters of the Lake.” - -“Bull’s-eye Boys.” - -“Yes, but if we can’t make any bull’s-eyes, what then?” - -There was a general hubbub and then a momentary silence. - -“I’ve got it,” said Joe. “Let us call ourselves The Gun Club. That’s a -neat name.” - -“Hurrah for the Lakeport Gun Club!” shouted Fred. “Three cheers and a -tiger! Sis-boom-ah! Who stole the cheese?” - -There was a general laugh, in the midst of which Laura Westmore came up. - -“Gracious sake! what a noise you’re making! What is it all about?” - -“We’ve just organized the Gun Club of Lakeport,” answered Harry. - -“Indeed. And who is president, who is vice president, who is secretary, -and who is treasurer?” - -At this the three lads looked glum for a moment. Then Joe made a -profound bow to his sister. - -“Madam, we scarcely need so many officers,” he said, sweetly. “We’ll -elect a leader and a treasurer, and that will be sufficient. You can be -the secretary—to write up our minutes after we get home and tell you -what happened.” - -“I move we make Joe leader,” said Fred. - -“Second the commotion,” responded Harry, gravely. “’Tis put and carried -instanter. Mr. Joseph Westmore is elected to the high and dignified -office of president, etc., of the Gun Club of Lakeport. The president -will kindly deliver his speech of acceptance at the schoolhouse during -next summer’s vacation. He can treat with doughnuts——” - -“Just as soon as his sister consents to bake them for him,” finished -Fred. - -At this Laura burst out laughing. “I’ll treat to doughnuts on one -condition,” she said. - -“Condition granted,” cried Fred. “What is it?” - -“That you make me an honorary member of the club.” - -“Put and carried, madam, put and carried before you mentioned it. That -makes you the secretary sure.” - -And Laura accepted the position, and the boys got their doughnuts ere -the meeting broke up. - -The news soon spread that the Gun Club of Lakeport had been organized. -Many boys who possessed guns asked if they could join, and half a dozen -were taken in. But of these none could go on the outing as planned, -although they said they would try to join the others just as soon as -they could get away. - -“I’ll tell you one thing I am going to take along,” said Harry. “That is -a pair of snowshoes.” - -“Right you are,” returned Fred. “Never had so much fun in my life as -when I first put on those things. I thought I knew it all, and went -sailing down a slide about a mile a minute, until one shoe got caught in -a bush, and then I flew through the air for about ’steen yards and -landed on my head kerbang! Oh, they are heaps of fun—when somebody else -wears ’em.” - -It was decided that all should take snowshoes. In addition they were to -take their firearms, plenty of powder and shot, a complete set of camp -cooking utensils and dishes, some coffee, sugar, condensed milk, flour, -bacon, salt pork, beans and potatoes, salt and pepper, and half a dozen -other things for the table. Mr. Rush likewise provided a small case of -medicines and a good lantern, and from the Westmore household came the -necessary blankets. Each lad was warmly dressed, and carried a change of -underwear. - -“It is going to be no easy work transporting that load to Pine Island,” -observed Harry, gazing at the stores as they lay in a heap on the barn -floor at his parents’ place. - -“We are to take two low sleds,” answered Fred. “We have one and Joel -Runnell will furnish the other.” - -The sleds were brought around Saturday morning, and by afternoon -everything was properly loaded. Joel Runnell examined the new shotguns -with care and pronounced each weapon a very good one. - -“And I hope you have lots of sport with ’em,” he added. - -Late Saturday evening Harry was sent from home to the mill to bring over -a sack of buck-wheat flour his mother desired. On his way he passed -Fred’s home, and the latter readily agreed to accompany his chum on the -errand. - -The promise of more snow had not yet been fulfilled, and the night was a -clear one, with the sky filled with countless stars. - -“I only hope it stays clear,” said Fred. “That is, until we reach the -lodge on the island. After that I don’t care what happens.” - -“It might not be so jolly to be snowed in—if we run short of provisions, -Fred.” - -“Oh, old Runnell will be sure to keep the larder full. He told me that -the woods are full of wild turkeys and rabbits.” - -Having procured the sack of flour and placed it on a hand sled, the lads -started on the return. On the way they had to pass a small clump of -trees, back of which was located the district schoolhouse. As they -paused to rest in the shadow of the trees they noted two men standing in -the entryway of the schoolhouse conversing earnestly. - -“Wonder who those men are?” said Harry. - -“It’s queer they should be there at this hour,” returned Fred. “Perhaps -they are up to no good.” - -“They wouldn’t get much if they robbed the place,” laughed Harry. “A lot -of worn-out books and a stove that isn’t worth two dollars as old iron.” - -“Let’s go a little closer, and see who they are anyway.” - -This was agreed to, and both boys stole along through the trees, and up -to the side of the entryway. From this point they could not see the men, -but could hear them talking in earnest tones, now high and then very -low. - -“It ain’t fair to be askin’ me fer money all the time,” they heard one -man say. “I reckoned as how I’d settled in full with ye long ago.” - -“It ain’t so, Hiram Skeetles,” was the reply in Dan Marcy’s voice. “I -did you a big service, and what you’ve paid ain’t half of what I ought -to have.” - -“It’s more’n you ought to have. Them papers wasn’t of no account, -anyway.” - -“Maybe—but you were mighty anxious to get ’em when——” And the boys did -not catch what followed. - -“And that’s the reason,” came presently from Hiram Skeetles. - -“Do you mean to say you lost ’em?” demanded Dan Marcy. - -“Yes.” - -“Where?” - -“One day when I was sailin’ down the lake in Jack Lasher’s sloop. We got -ketched by a squall that drove us high and dry on Pine Island. I jumped -to keep from getting hurt on the rocks, and when we got off after the -storm my big pocketbook with everything in it was gone.” - -“Humph!” came in a sniff from Dan Marcy. “Do you expect me to believe -any such fish story? Not much! I want fifty dollars, and I am bound to -have it.” - -A long wrangle followed, in which the bully threatened to expose Hiram -Skeetles. This angered the real estate dealer from Brookside -exceedingly. - -“If you’re a natural born idiot, expose me,” he cried. “But you’ll have -to expose yourself fust.” - -Dan Marcy persisted, and at last obtained ten dollars. Then the men -prepared to separate, and in a few minutes more each was gone. - -“Now what do you make of that?” questioned Fred. - -“I hardly know what to make of it,” replied Harry. “But I am going to -tell my father about this just as soon as I get home.” - -Harry was as good as his word, and Horace Westmore listened attentively -to what his son had to relate. - -“It is certainly very mysterious,” said Mr. Westmore. “The papers that -were mentioned may have been those which your grandfather once -possessed—those which showed that he was the owner of the land at the -upper end of the lake which Skeetles declares is his property. Then -again the papers may be something entirely different.” - -“I think we ought to watch Dan Marcy, father.” - -“Yes, I’ll certainly watch him after this.” - -“You haven’t been able to do much about the land, have you?” - -“I can’t do a thing without the papers—the lawyers have told me so.” - -“If old Skeetles lost them we couldn’t make him give them up, even on a -search warrant.” - -“That is true. But they may not have been lost even though he said so. -He may have them hidden away where nobody can find them,” concluded Mr. -Westmore. - -Sunday passed quietly enough, the lads attending church with their -families, and also going to Sunday school in the afternoon. In the -evening Joel Runnell dropped in on the Westmores to see that everything -was ready for an early start the next morning. - -“Funny thing happened to me,” said the old hunter. “I was over to the -tavern Saturday night, and met Hiram Skeetles there. He asked me how -matters were going, and I mentioned that I was to take you fellows up to -Pine Island for a hunt. He got terribly excited, and said you had no -right to go up there.” - -“Had no right?” questioned Joe. “Why not?” - -“He claims that Pine Island belongs to his family, being a part of the -old Crawley estate. But I told him that old Crawley didn’t leave the -island to him, and he had better mind his own business,” went on Joel -Runnell. “We had some hot words, and he flew out of the tavern madder -nor a hornet.” - -“Can he stop us, do you think?” - -“He shan’t stop me, and I shall protect you boys. Crawley was only a -fourth-handed relation of his, and the property is in the courts, and -has been for three years. At the most, Skeetles ain’t got more’n a sixth -interest in it. Sheriff Cowles is taking care of it.” - -This news made the boys wonder if Hiram Skeetles would really try to -prevent their going to the island, but when the time came to start on -the trip the real estate dealer was nowhere to be seen. - -“Gone back to Brookside,” said a neighbor. “He got word to come at -once.” - -Down at the lake there were a dozen or more friends to see them off, -including Cora Runnell, who came to say good-by to her father. The start -was made on skates, and it was an easy matter to drag the two heavily -loaded sleds over the smooth ice. - -“Good-by, boys; take good care of yourselves,” said Mr. Westmore. - -“Don’t let a big buck or a bear kill you,” said Mr. Rush to Fred, and -then with a laugh and a final handshake the hunting tour was begun. - -As the party moved up the lake they noticed that the _Silver Queen_ was -nowhere in sight. Dan Marcy had failed to break the record with his new -ice boat and had hauled her over to a carpenter shop for alterations. - -“I don’t believe he is doing a stroke of regular work,” observed Joe. -“If he keeps on he will become a regular town loafer. He has already -gone through all the money, his folks left him.” - -There was no sunshine, but otherwise the atmosphere was clear, and as -the wind was at their backs they made rapid progress in the direction of -Pine Island. The lodge which Joel Runnell had mentioned was situated -near the upper shore, so that they would have to skirt the island for -over a mile before reaching the spot. - -Inside of an hour they had passed out of sight of Lakeport, and now came -to a small island called the Triangle, for such was its general shape. -Above the Triangle the lake narrowed for the distance of half a mile, -and here the snow had drifted in numerous ridges from a foot to a yard -high. - -“This isn’t so nice,” observed Harry, as they tugged at the ropes of the -sleds. - -“I’ll go ahead and break the way,” said Joel Runnell, and then he -continued, suddenly, “There is your chance!” - -“Chance for what?” asked Harry. - -“Chance for wild turkeys. They’ve just settled in the woods on the upper -end of the Triangle.” - -“Hurrah!” shouted Joe. “Where is my gun?” - -He had it out in an instant, and Fred and Harry followed suit—the latter -forgetting all about his precious camera in the excitement. - -“You can go it alone this time,” said the old hunter. “Show me what you -can do. I’ll watch the traps.” - -In a moment they were off, and five minutes of hard skating brought them -to the shore of the Triangle. Here they took off their skates, and then -plunged into the snow-laden thickets. - -“Make no noise!” whispered Joe, who was in advance. “Wild turkeys are -hard to get close to.” - -“Oh, I know that,” came from Fred. “I’ve tried it more than half a dozen -times.” - -As silently as ghosts the three young hunters flitted through the woods, -each with his gun before him, ready for instant use. - -Presently they saw a little clearing ahead, and Joe called a halt. They -listened intently and heard the turkeys moving from one tree to another. - -“Now then, watch out—and be careful how you shoot,” cautioned Joe, and -moved out into the open. - -A second later he caught sight of a turkey, and blazed away. The aim was -true, and the game came down with a flutter. Then Harry’s gun rang out, -followed by a shot from Fred. Two more turkeys had been hit, but neither -was killed. - -“They mustn’t get away!” cried Fred, excitedly, and blazed away once -more. But his aim was wild, and the turkey was soon lost among the trees -in the distance. - -Harry was more fortunate, and his second shot landed the game dead at -his feet. Joe tried for a second turkey, but without success. - -“Never mind, two are not so bad,” said Harry, “It’s a pity you didn’t -get yours,” he went on, to Fred. - -“Oh, I’ll get something next time, you see if I don’t,” replied the -stout youth. “I don’t care for small game, anyway. A deer or a bear is -what I am after.” - -“Well, I hope you get all you want of deer and bear,” put in Joe; and -then they hastened to rejoin Joel Runnell, and resume the journey. - - - - - CHAPTER VII - THE FIRST DAY IN CAMP - - -“Got two, did you?” came from Joel Runnell, when the party came up. -“That’s a good deal better than I looked for.” - -“I hit a third, but it got away from me,” said Fred. - -“You mustn’t mind that. I’ve seen young gunners go out more than once -and not bring a thing down,” returned the old hunter. - -Once more the journey up the lake was resumed, and an hour later they -came in sight of Pine Island; a long narrow strip of land, located half -a mile off the western shore. The island lay low at either end, with a -hill about a hundred feet high in the middle. On the hill there was a -patch of trees that gave to the place its name, and trees of other -varieties lined the shores, interspersed here and there with brushwood. -There were half a dozen little coves along the eastern shore, and two -small creeks near the southern extremity. - -As the party drew closer to the island they saw that all the trees were -heavily laden with snow, and many of the bushes were covered. - -“Pretty well snowed up, isn’t it?” remarked Joe. - -“I’m going to take a picture of the island,” said Harry, and proceeded -to get out his camera, which was a compact affair, taking film pictures -four by five inches in size. - -“Is the light strong enough?” questioned Joe. “I thought you had to have -sunlight for a snapshot.” - -“I’ll give it a time exposure, Joe.” - -“Fred, how long do you think it ought to have?” - -“About ten seconds with a medium stop,” was the reply. - -The camera was set on the top of one of the sleds and properly pointed, -and Joe timed the exposure. Then Harry turned the film roll around for -picture number two. - -“That’s a good bit easier than a plate camera,” came from Joel Runnell. -“I once went out with a man who had that sort. His plates weighed an -awful lot, and he was always in trouble trying to find some dark place -where he could fill his holders.” - -“This camera loads in daylight; so I’ll not have any trouble that way,” -said Harry. “And I can take six pictures before I have to put in a new -roll of films.” - -It was high noon when the upper end of Pine Island was gained. All of -the party were hungry, but it was decided to move on to the lodge before -getting dinner. - -The lodge set back about a hundred feet from the edge of a cove, and ten -minutes more of walking over the ice and through the deep snow brought -them in sight of the building. It was a rough affair of logs, twenty by -thirty feet in size, with a rude chimney at one end. There was a door -and two windows, and the ruins of a tiny porch. Over all the snow lay to -a depth of a foot or more. - -“I’ve got a name for this place,” said Joe. “I don’t think anything -could be more appropriate than that of Snow Lodge.” - -“That fits it exactly!” cried Fred. “Snow Lodge it is, eh, Harry?” - -“Yes, that’s all right,” was the answer; and Snow Lodge it was from that -moment forth. - -There had been a padlock on the door, but this was broken off, so they -had no difficulty in getting inside. They found the lodge divided into -two apartments, one with bunks for sleeping purposes, and the other, -where the fireplace was, for a living-room. Through an open window and -through several holes in the roof the snow had sifted, and covered the -flooring as with a carpet of white. - -“We’ll have to clean up first of all,” said Joe. “No use of bringing in -our traps until then.” - -“Our first job is to clean off the roof and mend that,” came from Joe -Runnell. “Then we’ll be ready for the next storm when it comes. After -that we can clean up inside and cut some firewood.” - -“But dinner——” began Fred. - -“I’ll cook the turkeys and some potatoes while the others fix the room,” -said Harry. - -This was agreed to, and soon they had a fire blazing away in front of -the lodge. To dry-pick the turkeys was not so easy, and all the small -feathers had to be singed off. But Harry knew his business, and soon -there was an appetizing odor floating to the noses of those on the roof -of the lodge. - -The young hunters thought the outing great sport, and while on the roof -Joe and Fred got to snowballing each other. As a consequence, Joe -received one snowball in his ear, and Fred, losing his balance, rolled -from the roof into a snowbank behind the lodge. - -“Hi! hi! let up there!” roared old Runnell. “This isn’t the play hour, -lads. Work first and play afterward.” - -“It’s no play to go headfirst in that snowbank,” grumbled Fred. “I’m as -cold as an icicle!” - -“All hands to dinner!” shouted Harry. “Don’t wait—come while everything -is hot!” - -“Right you are!” came from Joe, as he took a flying leap from the roof -to the side of the fire. “Phew! but that turkey smells good, and so do -the potatoes and coffee!” - -They were soon eating with the appetite that comes only from hours spent -in the open air in winter. Everything tasted “extra good,” as Fred put -it, and they spent a good hour around the fire, picking the turkey bones -clean. The turkeys had not been large, so that the meat was extra tender -and sweet. - -The roof of the lodge had been thoroughly cleaned, and now the boys were -set to work to clean out the interior, and to start a fire in the open -fireplace. In the meantime Joel Runnell procured some long strips of -bark, and nailed these over the holes he had discovered. Over the -broken-out window they fastened a flap of strong, but thin, white canvas -in such a manner that it could be pushed aside when not wanted, and -secured firmly during the night or when a storm was on. - -The roaring fire soon dried out the interior of the building, and made -it exceedingly comfortable. The boys found several more cracks in the -sides, and nailed bark over these. - -“Now for some firewood and pine boughs for the bunks, and then we can -consider ourselves at home,” said Joel Runnell. “I know cutting firewood -isn’t sport, but it’s all a part of the outing.” - -“Oh, I shan’t mind that a bit,” replied Joe, and the others said the -same. - -Several small pine trees were handy, and from these old Runnell cut the -softest of the boughs, and the boys arranged them in the bunks, after -first drying them slightly before the fire. Over the boughs were spread -the blankets brought along, and this furnished each with a bed, which, -if not as comfortable as that at home, was still very good. - -“It will beat sleeping on a hard board all hollow,” said Harry. - -Next came the firewood; and this was stacked up close to the door of the -lodge, while a fair portion was piled up in the living-room, for use -when a heavy storm was on. Each of the boys chopped until his back -fairly ached, but no one complained. It was so different, chopping wood -for an outing instead of in the back yard at home! - -“And now for something for supper and for breakfast,” said Joel Runnell, -as the last stick was flung on the woodpile. “Supposing we divide our -efforts. Joe can go with me into the woods on a hunt, while Fred and -Harry can chop a hole in the ice on the lake, and try their luck at -fishing.” - -“Just the thing!” cried Fred. “Wait and see the pickerel I haul in.” - -“And the fish I catch,” added Harry. - -“Will we have to lock up the lodge?” asked Joe. - -“Hardly,” answered the old hunter. “I don’t believe there is anybody, -but ourselves inside of five miles of this spot.” - -The guns were ready, and Joel Runnell and Joe soon set off, for the -short winter day was drawing to a close, and there was no time to lose. -But the fishing outfits had still to be unpacked, and the boys had to -find bait, so it was half an hour later before Fred and Harry could get -away. - -Arriving at the lake shore, the two would-be fishermen selected a spot -that they thought looked favorable, and began to cut their hole. As the -ice was fully sixteen inches thick this was no easy task. But at last -the sharp ax cut through, and then it was an easy matter to make the -hole large enough for both to try their luck. - -“I’ll wager a potato that I get the first bite,” observed Harry, as he -threw in. - -“What odds are you giving on that bet?” came from Fred. - -“I didn’t think you were such small potatoes as to ask odds,” was the -quick answer; and then both lads laughed. - -Fishing proved to be slow work, and both boys became very cold before -Fred felt something on his line. - -“Hurrah, I’ve got a bite!” he shouted. “Here is where I win that -potato!” And he hauled in rapidly. - -“Be careful that you don’t lose your fish,” cautioned Harry. “We can’t -afford to lose anything just now.” - -“Huh! don’t you think I know how to fish?” grunted Fred, and hauled in -as rapidly as before. But then the game appeared to hold back, and he -hardly knew what to do. - -“Coming in hard,” he said, slowly. “I think——. Ah, I’ve got him now! -Here he comes!” And then the catch did come—a bit of brushwood, with -several dead weeds clinging to it. - -“That’s a real fine fish,” said Harry, dryly. “What do you suppose he’d -weigh, in his own scales?” - -“Oh, give us a rest!” - -“The potato is yours, Fred. You can eat it for supper, along with that -fine catch.” - -“If you say another word, I’ll pitch you into the hole!” - -“I never saw a fish exactly like that one. Is it a stickleback, or a -hand-warmer?” - -Fred did not answer, and Harry said no more, seeing that his chum did -not relish the joke. Both baited up afresh, and this time Fred got a -real bite, and landed a pickerel weighing close to a pound. - -“Now you’re doing something!” cried Harry, heartily. “I’ll give in, you -are the best fisherman, after all.” - -“It was blind luck, Harry. You may——You’ve got a bite!” - -Harry did have a bite, and the strain on the line told that his catch -was a heavy one. He had to play his catch a little. Then it came up—a -fine lake bass twice the size of the pickerel. - -After this the sport continued steadily, until the young fishermen had -fourteen fish to their credit. In the meantime it had grown quite dark, -and the air was filled with softly falling snowflakes. - -“I wonder if the others have got back to the lodge yet?” said Fred. - -“It is not likely, Fred. That last shot we heard came from almost on top -of the hill.” - -“I hope they’ve had good luck. It looks now as if we wouldn’t be able to -do much to-morrow.” - -“Oh, this storm may not last. The wind isn’t in the right direction. We -may—Hark!” - -The boys stopped short in their talk, and both listened intently. From a -distance they could hear a faint cry: - -“Help! help!” - -“It is Joe!” ejaculated Harry. “He is in trouble. We must go and see -what is wrong!” - -And throwing down his line and his fish he bounded in the direction of -the cry for assistance, with Fred at his heels. - - - - - CHAPTER VIII - WHAT HAPPENED AT NIGHT - - -We must go back to the time when Joe and old Runnell started away from -Snow Lodge to see what game they could bring down for the next meal or -two. - -“We haven’t any time to waste,” said the old hunter, as they moved -along. “In an hour it will be too dark to shoot at a distance.” - -“Shall we take snowshoes along?” asked the youth. - -“Not worth while, lad. We’ll try those in the big forest over on the -mainland later on.” - -The lodge was soon left behind, and old Runnell led the way through some -brushwood that skirted the base of the hill. - -“There ought to be some rabbits around here,” he said, and had scarcely -spoken, when two rabbits popped into view. Bang! went his gun, and both -were brought low by the scattering shot. - -“Gracious! but you were quick about that!” cried Joe, enthusiastically. - -“You don’t want to wait in hunting, Joe. Be sure of what you are -shooting at, and then let drive as quick as you can pull trigger.” - -On they went, and a few rods farther scared up two other rabbits. Joe -now tried his luck, Joel Runnell not firing on purpose. One of the -rabbits fell dead, while the other was so badly lamed that Joe caught -and killed him with ease. - -“Good enough! Now we are even!” exclaimed the old hunter. - -“Do you think we shall find any large game here?” - -“Hardly. If a deer was near by he’d slide away in jig time as soon as he -heard those shots. The most we can hope for are rabbits and birds.” - -“I see a squirrel!” cried Joe, a little later. - -“Watch where he goes,” returned the old hunter. “Ah, there’s his tree.” - -Joe took aim, and the squirrel was brought down just as he was entering -his hole. The tree was not a tall one, and Joel Runnell prepared to -climb it. - -“What are you going to do that for?” asked the youth. - -“For the nuts, Joe. They’ll make fine eating during the evenings around -the fire.” - -It was an easy matter to clean out the hole in the tree—after they had -made sure that no other animals were inside. From the place they -obtained several quarts of hickory and other nuts, all of which Joel -Runnell poured into the game bag he had brought along. - -“This is easier than picking ’em from the trees,” he remarked. “And that -squirrel will never need them now.” - -By the time the top of the hill was gained, it was almost dark, and the -snow had begun to fall. At this point they scared up half a dozen birds, -and brought down four. Joel Runnell also caught sight of a fox, but the -beast got away before he could fire on it. - -“We may as well be getting back,” said the old hunter. “It is too dark -to look for more game.” - -“Suppose we separate?” suggested Joe. “I can take to the right, and you -can go to the left. Perhaps one or the other will spot something before -we get back to the lodge.” - -This was agreed to, and soon Joe found himself alone. As he hurried on -as fast as the deep snow permitted, he heard Joel Runnell fire his gun -twice in succession. - -“He has seen something,” thought the youth. “Hope I have equal luck.” - -He was still on high ground when he came to something of a gully. Here -the rocks had been swept bare by the wind. As he leaped the gully -something sprang up directly in front of him. - -What the animal was Joe could not make out. But the unexpected -appearance of the beast startled the young hunter, and he leaped back in -astonishment. In doing this he missed his footing, and the next instant -found himself rolling over the edge of the gully to a snow-covered shelf -ten feet below. - -“Help! help!” he cried, not once, but half a dozen times. - -He had dropped his gun, and was now trying his best to cling fast to the -slippery shelf. But his hold was by no means a good one, and he found -himself slipping, slipping, slipping, until with a yell he went down, -and down, into the darkness and snow far below. - -In the meantime, not only Harry and Fred, but also Joel Runnell were -hurrying to his assistance. But the darkness and the falling snow made -the advance of the three slow. They came together long before the edge -of the gully was reached. - -“Hello!” cried the old hunter. “Was that Joe calling?” - -“It must have been,” answered Harry. “But where is he?” - -“He wasn’t with me. When we started back to the lodge we separated. I -just shot another brace of squirrels, when I heard him yell.” - -“I think the cry came from that direction,” said Fred, pointing with his -finger. - -“And I think it came from over there,” said Harry, pointing in another -direction. - -“I think Harry is right,” said old Runnell. “Go slow, boys. There are -many pitfalls among the rocks.” - -He led the way, and they came after him, spreading out a distance of -several rods. Presently they reached the gully, but not at the point -where Joe had taken the fall. - -“Hello, Joe? Where are you?” called Harry. - -No answer came back, and the call was repeated several times. Not a -sound broke the stillness of the evening. - -“He’s in trouble, that is certain,” said Harry, looking more anxious -every minute. - -“Perhaps he fell over the rocks, and broke his neck,” put in Fred. - -“Oh, Fred, do you think he did?” - -“Let us hope for the best, lads,” broke in Joel Runnell. - -“If he wasn’t badly hurt he’d answer us,” went on Harry. “I wish we had -the lantern.” - -“I’ll go back for it,” said Fred, and hurried for the lodge without -further words. - -Joel Runnell had started along the edge of a ravine, with his face close -to the rocks and snow. Now he came to a halt. - -“Here are some footprints,” he declared. “Wait till I strike a light.” - -He lit a match, and with this set fire to a dry pine bough. The -footprints were there plain enough. - -“Joe!” he called, sharply. “Joe, are you below?” - -“Yes,” came faintly to his ears. - -“He’s here!” shouted the old hunter. - -“Where?” and now Harry came up quickly. - -“He’s down below.” - -Harry bent over the dark opening. - -“Joe, are you badly hurt?” he questioned. - -“I—I guess not. But my—my wind is g-g-gone!” - -“We’ll soon have you up.” - -“We can’t do it without a rope,” said old Runnell. “Better go back to -the lodge for one.” - -Harry caught Fred just coming away with the lighted lantern. The rope -was quickly procured, and both sped back to the gully. Then Harry was -lowered, taking the light with him. - -He found Joe sitting on a ledge of rocks, his feet in the snow. One hand -was scratched and bleeding, and there was blood on one of his cheeks. - -“It was a nasty fall, I can tell you that,” said Joe, when he felt able -to talk. “When I came down I thought it was all up with me.” - -“You can be thankful you didn’t break any bones, Joe,” returned his -brother, tenderly. - -A sling was made, and Joe was hoisted up by old Runnell and Fred, and -then Harry came up, carrying the shotgun. By this time it was pitch-dark -on all sides, and the snow was coming down thickly. - -“It’s good we have the lantern,” observed Harry. “It is going to be no -easy job getting back to the lodge.” - -Joel Runnell led the way, and the boys followed, with Joe in the middle -leaning on the others’ shoulders. Progress was slow, and it took the -best part of an hour to reach Snow Lodge. - -“Jumping bullfrogs! if I didn’t leave the door wide open!” cried Fred, -in consternation. - -“Well, we’ll forgive you this time,” laughed Joe Runnell. “But don’t let -it happen again.” - -The lodge was cold, but with the door shut tight and a good fire the -temperature soon arose. Then Fred slipped down to the lake, and brought -in the fish that had been caught. - -“Not so bad,” said the old hunter, as he looked the catch over. “Reckon -we’ll have enough to eat for a day or two.” - -Before retiring that night Joe washed his bruises and bathed them with -some arnica that was in the medicine case. This eased the wounds a great -deal, and in a few days he felt as well as ever. - -It snowed steadily the whole of the night, and toward morning the wind -arose and sent the snow flying against the lodge until it was piled -almost to the top of the door. The thermometer went down ten degrees, -and all hands were glad enough to hug the fire. - -“Phew! but this storm is a corker,” exclaimed Fred. “I’m glad we haven’t -got to travel in it.” - -“We needn’t stir until it clears off,” said Joel Runnell. “That will -give Joe a chance to mend.” - -Breakfast was late, and they took their own time in eating the fish and -potatoes that had been prepared. After this they gazed out of the window -for a while, and then sat down to play at dominoes and checkers, both -games having been brought along by Fred for just such an emergency. - -Yet with it all the day passed slowly, and the boys were not sorry when, -at nightfall, the snowing ceased, and the wind also fell. - -“It’s going to be a clear day to-morrow,” the old hunter predicted. “We -ought to have some fine sport.” - -It was not yet nine o’clock when the boys and the old hunter retired for -the night. The fire was fixed with care, so that no sparks might set -fire to the lodge. - -It did not take long for the boys to get to sleep. Each occupied a -separate bunk in the sleeping apartment, while old Runnell stretched -himself on the floor in the living-room. - -Fred had been asleep about an hour, when he awoke with a start. What had -aroused him he could not tell, until a peculiar sensation along one of -his lower limbs attracted his attention. - -“What in the world can that be?” he asked himself. “Am I getting a -chill, or is it rheumatism?” - -He caught his breath, and on the instant his heart almost stopped -beating from fright. Something was in the bunk; something that was -crawling over his lower limbs and up to his breast! - -“It’s a snake!” he thought. “It’s a snake! If I dare to move it will -sting me! Can it be a rattler?” - -He was on the point of screaming, but could not bring himself to do it. -The cold beads of perspiration stood out on his forehead. In those few -seconds he lived an hour of anguish. Then he made a swift clutch at the -object through the blanket, and leaped out upon the floor. - -“A snake! A snake!” he yelled. “Help me! Shoot him, somebody! A snake -has me by the leg! He’s stinging me this minute! I’m a dead boy!” - - - - - CHAPTER IX - AT A DEER HUNT - - -In a moment there was a wild commotion throughout the lodge. All of the -others sprang up, and reached for their weapons. - -“What is it, a bear?” gasped Harry. - -“A snake! a snake!” screamed Fred. “Save me, before he stings me!” - -The lantern had been turned low. Now Joe turned it up, while Joel -Runnell kicked the fire into a blaze. In the meantime, Fred pulled both -the blanket and the reptile from him, and cast them upon the floor. - -“Let me get at him,” said old Runnell, and he stepped into the sleeping -room as the snake crawled from under the blanket and started across the -floor for a hole in the corner. - -Bang! it was a hasty shot, and in that confined space it made the ears -of all the boys ring. For the time being, the smoke was so thick nobody -could see, and more than one began to cough. - -“Did you—you fetch him?” faltered Fred. He felt so weak in the lower -limbs that he had to rest on the edge of a bunk for support. - -“Think I did,” was the laconic reply of the old hunter. He held the -double-barreled gun ready for a second shot. - -But this was unnecessary, for as the smoke cleared away it was seen that -the snake had been literally cut to pieces by the dose of shot. The tail -still whipped over the floor, and, catching it up, the old hunter threw -it on the back of the fire, and a moment later the head and the bits of -body followed. - -“Was it a rattler?” questioned Harry. - -“No, it was only an ordinary everyday snake,” answered Joel Runnell. “I -reckon the heat warmed him into life. But he scared you, didn’t he, -Fred?” - -“Well-er—it wasn’t very pleasant,” answered the stout youth. “I don’t -want another such bunkmate.” - -“I guess none of us do,” came from Joe. “Ugh! it makes one shiver to -think of it.” - -“I’m going to search around for more,” said Harry, and took up the -lantern. The others helped him, but no more snakes were to be found. - -As Joel Runnell had predicted, New Year’s day proved clear, and the -bright sun, shining on the snow, was fairly dazzling. - -“We’ll go out after dinner,” said the old hunter. “The sun will soon -make the top of the snow right for snow-shoeing,” and so it proved. - -The boys were anxious to try the snowshoes, or _skis_, as they are -called in certain parts of the country. They had already tried them -around the yard at home, with varying success. Joel Runnell was an -expert in using them, and he gave them all the advice he deemed -necessary. - -“Take your time, and make sure of what you are doing,” he said. “If you -try to hurry at the start, you’ll surely take a tumble. Swiftness comes -only with practice.” - -It had been decided that they should cross to the mainland on a hunt for -deer. About two miles and a half away was a cove to which the deer came -regularly at certain seasons of the year. This was known, however, to -nobody but Joel Runnell, and he took good care to keep the fact to -himself. - -An early dinner was had, and they started off about midday, after -closing up the lodge and putting a wooden pin through the hasp of the -door. A rough board was nailed over the open window, so that no wild -animal might leap through to rummage their stores. - -“Now for a nice deer apiece!” exclaimed Joe, as they made their way to -the lake shore. - -“I must say you don’t want much,” said Harry. “I guess we’ll be lucky if -we get one or two all told.” - -“Nothing like hoping for the best,” grinned old Runnell. “It might be -that we’d get two each, you know.” - -“I want a good picture of a deer as much as anything,” went on Harry, -who had his camera swung from his shoulder. - -“Humph! that’s all well enough, but we can’t live on photos,” grumbled -Fred. “A nice juicy bit of venison will just suit me to death after such -a tramp as this is going to be.” - -As soon as the thick undergrowth was left behind, they stopped and -donned their snowshoes. Out on the lake the snow lay in an unbroken mass -for miles. Over this they found snowshoe walking to be comparatively -easy. - -“Snowshoes are all right on a level,” old Runnell explained. “It is -going up-hill and coming down that tests one’s skill.” - -“Oh, I think this is lots of fun!” cried Harry, and started to run. All -went well for fifty yards, when he struck an extra high drift of snow -and pitched into it headlong. - -“Oh, for a snap-shot!” sang out Joe, merrily. “Harry, lend me the camera -until I press the button on you.” - -“Not much!” spluttered his brother. “Wuow! But that was a cold plunge!” -he added, as he freed himself of the snow. “Tell you what, there is more -science in using these things than one imagines.” - -The edge of the cove was covered with pines and spruces, all hanging low -with their weight of snow. Back of this fringe was a small opening, -filled with young saplings. - -“The deer have been around here, that’s certain,” said Joel Runnell, as -he pointed to the saplings. “See how they have been peeling off the -bark.” - -He told them to look to their firearms, and they did so, while Harry -made certain that his camera was ready for use. Then they continued -their journey, with eyes and ears on the alert for the first appearance -of any game. - -It was all of an hour before the old hunter called a halt. He pointed to -a track in the snow just ahead of them. - -“Deer!” he said, in a half whisper. “Five of ’em. Go slow now, and make -no noise.” - -At this announcement the heart of each of the youths began to flutter, -and they clutched their guns tightly, while Harry brought his camera -around to the front. - -There was a slight rise of ground in front of them, at the top of which -was a belt of brushwood. To the right was a hollow, and to the left -something of a cliff. - -The brushwood gained, Joel Runnell, who was in the lead, motioned for -the boys to crouch low. They did as ordered, and came up to him as -silently as so many ghosts. - -The sight that met their gaze thrilled them to the core. The five deer -were just beyond, feeding on the tender bark of the young trees in that -vicinity. They were knee-deep in the snow. A magnificent old buck was -leader of the herd. - -“Let me take a picture first!” whispered Harry, and swung his camera -into position. The sun was shining directly on the game, and the -grouping could not have been better. Click! and the snap-shot was taken. -Then, to make sure of a picture, he took a second shot from a slightly -different position. - -As the second click was heard, the old buck raised his head to look -around and listen. The wind was blowing from the deer toward the -hunters, so the buck scented nothing unusual. - -“Joe, take the one on the left; Harry, try for that on the right; Fred, -shoot the one near the big rock. I’ll take the buck,” whispered Joel -Runnell. - -All agreed, and the firearms were brought into position. Fred was -trembling as with “buck fever,” and Harry was equally excited. - -“When I count three, fire,” said the old hunter. “Ready? One, two, -three!” - -Crack! crack! bang went the rifles and the shotguns, in a scattering -fire. On the instant the old buck bounded into the air and fell -lifeless, with a bullet through his left eye. The deer Joe had aimed at -was mortally wounded, and fell where it had stood, kicking and plunging, -and sending the snow and ice flying in all directions. - -Harry and Fred had not been so fortunate, although each had “nipped” his -mark, Fred landing some shot in the deer’s side, and Harry striking in -the hind quarter. In the meantime, the fifth deer turned, and sped from -sight with the swiftness of the wind. - -“Hurrah! we’ve got two at least!” shouted Joe, and ran forward to finish -his prize. This was an easy matter, and a second shot caused the deer to -stop struggling at once. - -“Look out for those other chaps!” yelled Joel Runnell, suddenly. “They -are going to attack us!” - -He was right. The two wounded deer were hurt enough to turn ugly, and -now each came on with eyes that were full of fight. One sprang at Joe, -and with a well-directed blow sent that youth sprawling headlong over -the game he had brought low. The second charged on Fred, knocking the -stout youth over likewise and then preparing to gore him with all the -power of those cruel-looking prongs. - - - - - CHAPTER X - AMONG THE WOLVES - - -It was a moment of extreme peril, and each of the party realized it -fully. A wounded deer is an ugly creature to deal with at the best, and -these animals were both wounded and half starved, for the recent heavy -falls of snow had cut them off from nearly all of their food supplies. - -“Jump, Joe!” screamed Harry, in terror. “Jump, or you will be killed!” - -“Save me!” screamed Fred. “The deer is going to bore me through!” - -The words had scarcely been uttered, when Joel Runnell’s rifle rang out, -and the deer that had attacked Fred fell over, paralyzed from a bullet -through its backbone. Then Fred scrambled up, and ran for dear life down -the slope leading to the lake. - -“Come on!” he yelled. “Come on! I’ve had enough of deer hunting! Come -on, before all of us are killed!” - -Harry could not bear to see Joe in such dire peril, and leaping up to -the side of the deer he discharged the second barrel of his shotgun with -all possible speed. - -The aim was none of the best, but some of the shot penetrated the -animal’s hind leg, and caused it to start back limping. At this, Joe -tried to scramble up, but found himself too weak to do so. The deer then -turned upon Harry, and that youth met the onslaught by hitting the game -over the head with his gun-stock. - -“That’s the way to do it!” shouted Joel Runnell, who was coming up as -fast as he could, hunting knife in hand. “Don’t let him get away to buck -you. Crowd him up!” And Harry crowded the deer that was now inclined to -flee. A moment later the old hunter was at hand, and, catching the game -by one prong, plunged the keen knife into the upturned throat; and then -the brief but fierce fight came to an end. - -“Say, but that was hot!” gasped Joe, when he at last arose. “I was -afraid I was a goner, sure!” - -“Where is Fred?” asked old Runnell, looking around as he reloaded. - -“He ran away,” answered Harry. He raised his voice: “Fred, where are -you? Come back, the fight is over.” - -“Are those deer dead?” came in a trembling voice from a distance. - -“Yes.” - -At this news the stout youth came limping back, one snowshoe on and the -other under his arm. He looked rather sheepish. - -“Thought you’d leg it, did you?” said old Runnell, quizzically. “Can’t -say I blame you much.” - -“I—I guess I was looking for that other deer,” answered Fred, lamely. -His companions could not help but smile, but they did not let the stout -youth see it. - -“Well, we got one apiece, after all,” said Joel Runnell, after a pause, -during which they made sure that all of the game were dead. “Boys, I can -tell you that we’ve been lucky. It isn’t likely that we’ll make a better -haul than this all the time we are out.” - -“Excepting we get on the track of a moose,” said Joe. - -“So far as I know, there are no longer any moose in this vicinity. I -haven’t shot one for four years. As for meat, there is nothing better -than the deer we have just brought down.” - -How to get the game to the lodge was the next problem, and after a -conference it was decided to pile two of the deer on a drag, and take -them over at once. The others were hung high in a tree, so as to protect -them from other wild animals. - -“I reckon we’ve had sport enough for one day,” said Joel Runnell. “By -the time we get these two deer to the lodge everybody will be fagged -out.” - -For drags they cut long sweeps of pine. On these the deer were tightly -bound with ropes, and while the old hunter and Fred pulled one, Joe and -Harry pulled the other. - -As they reached the edge of the lake Joe caught sight of some game in a -nearby tree. They were partridge, and he and old Runnell brought down -six. The others flew away with a rush that was exceedingly noisy. - -“Now we can have a potpie worth eating!” exclaimed Joe. “I’ll make one -just like Grandma Anderson’s.” - -To Harry, who was tired out, the walk over the lake appeared endless, -but just as the sun was setting they came in sight of the lodge. - -“Home again!” sang out Joe. “Home again, and glad——Hello!” - -He stopped short, and looked at the snow before him. There were prints -that filled him with wonder. - -“What is it, Joe?” asked Fred. - -“Unless I am mistaken these marks were made by the hoofs of a horse!” - -“They were,” said Joel Runnell, after an examination. “Somebody has been -around here on horseback.” - -“Perhaps we’ve got a visitor,” suggested Harry. “Let’s hurry up and -see.” - -Increasing their speed they soon reached the lodge. The hoof prints were -there, and they could plainly see where somebody had leaped from the -horse and entered the building. - -“Hope it wasn’t a thief,” said Joe. - -The door was fastened just as they had left it, and inside of the lodge -nothing appeared to be disturbed. But on the table was a note, pinned -down by a fork stuck in the crack of the boards. The note ran as -follows: - - “You ain’t wanted here, and you had better clear out before Hiram - Skeetles has the law on you. - - “Daniel Marcy.” - -“Well, listen to that!” ejaculated Joe. “What right has Dan Marcy to -leave such a message as this?” - -“Evidently Hiram Skeetles got him to do it,” said Joel Runnell. -“Remember, Skeetles claims to own the island.” - -“But he doesn’t own it,” answered Joe, warmly. “And I, for one, shan’t -budge.” - -“Nor I,” added Harry. - -“So say we all!” sang out Fred. “Just let Marcy or old Skeetles show -himself, and we’ll give him a piece of our mind, eh, fellows?” - -“Nobody ever tried to stop my hunting here before,” said Joel Runnell. -“As I told you before, so far as I know, the island is under the care of -Sheriff Clowes. As to who owns the island, that is for the courts to -decide.” - -“Then we’ll quit on notice from the sheriff, and not before,” said Joe. - -“It’s a wonder Dan Marcy didn’t steal something,” put in Harry. “I don’t -think he’d be above doing such a thing.” - -“Oh, don’t paint him any blacker than he is, Harry,” returned his -brother; nevertheless, all looked around the lodge with interest, to -make sure that nothing was missing. - -“I suppose Marcy has gone to old Skeetles to report,” said Joel Runnell, -later on, while they were broiling a choice cut of deer meat. “And if -that’s so we’ll hear from him again before long.” - -The hunt had given everybody a good appetite, and they sat over the -well-cooked venison a long time, praising the meal and talking over the -prospects for more sport. There was a good deal of enthusiasm, and, in -the midst of this, Marcy and Hiram Skeetles were for the time being -forgotten. - -It being New Year’s night they did not go to bed as early as usual, but -instead sat up eating nuts and listening to several good hunting stories -old Runnell had to tell. They also talked of home, until Harry grew just -a bit homesick and changed the subject. - -With nothing to make them get up early, all hands slept the following -morning until after eight o’clock. The old hunter was the first to -arise, and he had the breakfast well under way before the others rolled -out. - -“I’ve been a-thinking it over,” said old Runnell. “Perhaps one of us had -better stay at the lodge while the others go for that other deer meat. -Then, if Marcy comes, or Hiram Skeetles, there will be somebody here to -talk to him.” - -“I’d just as lief stay,” said Fred, who did not relish hauling the load -of meat to Snow Lodge. - -“Supposing you and Runnell both stay,” suggested Joe. “I am sure Harry -and I can get the deer over without much trouble.” - -The matter was discussed while they were eating breakfast, and Joe’s -plan was adopted. A little later he and Harry set off, each with his -gun, and Harry with his ever-present camera in addition. So far Harry -had taken, besides the game, several pictures of the lodge and its -surroundings, and had already laid away a strip of six films for -development when he should get home. - -“I hope we’re able to bring down something on this trip,” said Harry, as -they trudged along over the lake. - -“We can’t expect to bring in something every trip we make, Harry. If we -did we’d be the greatest Gun Club in the United States. Many a hunter -goes out all day and doesn’t so much as see a squirrel.” - -“Oh, I know that. I really think that so far our luck has been -remarkably good.” - -“It won’t keep up. Our shooting in this vicinity will scare the game -away from the lodge. As the days go by we’ll have to go farther and -farther away for something worth bringing down.” - -The journey across the lake was made without incident, but scarcely had -they struck the mainland when a distant howl greeted their ears. - -“What is that?” came from Harry. - -“It’s the howl of a wolf,” answered his brother. “I shouldn’t wonder but -what he has scented the deer meat.” - -“If he has we may have some trouble in getting the deer home.” - -“Oh, I guess we can easily take care of one wolf.” - -“But there may be more, Joe. Wolves generally travel in packs, you -know.” - -“Yes, but I don’t hear any others.” - -“He may be calling his mates.” - -They moved forward up the rise, and presently came in sight of the game. -Under the tree where the deer was strung up sat two wolves, gazing -wistfully at the meat. - -“Two of them here, and one below!” cried Joe. “That makes three.” - -“Wait! let me get a picture!” whispered Harry, and brought his camera -into use without delay. It certainly made a good scene, and he got as -close as he could ere he pressed the button. Then he took up his shotgun -and blazed away, and Joe did the same. - -Neither of the wolves was much hurt, and both limped into the woods -growling savagely. The growl was answered from a distance, and in a very -few minutes four other wolves appeared, ranging themselves in a -semicircle at what they considered a safe distance. - -“The impudent beggars!” murmured Joe, and, bringing his shotgun up, he -let drive at the nearest wolf. This time his aim was true, and the wolf -leaped up, to fall dead. Instantly the other wolves fell upon their dead -companion, rending the carcass limb from limb. - -“I must say I don’t like this,” declared Harry, in something of a -nervous voice. “It looks as if they meant business. As soon as that wolf -is gone they’ll turn on us again.” - -“Here comes a whole pack of wolves!” shouted Joe. - -He was right, a distant yelping and howling proclaimed their approach. -Soon they burst into view, at least twenty strong, and in a twinkling -the two young hunters found themselves completely surrounded! - - - - - CHAPTER XI - CONFRONTED BY THE ENEMY - - -Fred had broken one of his snowshoes while running away from the deer, -and Joel Runnell’s first work after Harry and Joe had left Snow Lodge -was to repair this. - -“You want to be more careful in the future,” said the old hunter, when -the job was finished. “So far you have tumbled into nothing worse than a -snowbank. If you should slide over a cliff and land upon the rocks, you -might get badly hurt.” - -“I intend to be careful in the future,” answered the youth. “I am sorry -I ran away—now,” he added, regretfully. - -“Well, lad, as to that, it’s often much safer to run than to stand your -ground. I dodged an old buck once for half an hour, and then escaped -only by the skin of my teeth. Something got the matter with my gun, and -it wouldn’t go off.” - -“Did you kill him?” - -“Yes, two days later. I made up my mind I’d have him, and I traveled -nigh on thirty miles to lay him low.” - -After the necessary work around the lodge was concluded time hung -heavily on Fred’s hands, and he decided to try his luck once more at -fishing. - -“It’s better than doing nothing,” he said. - -“Well, it’s all right, only don’t fall into the hole, and get drowned,” -cautioned Joel Runnell. And then Fred disappeared with his outfit, -whistling merrily. - -Left to himself, Joel Runnell proceeded to split some more wood, and -pile it up in a corner of the living-room. To his experienced eye he -could see that another snowstorm was not far off, and how long it would -last there was no telling. - -“We’ve got meat enough,” he reasoned to himself. “And so long as we have -wood, too, there will be no cause to worry.” - -The thermometer had gone down once more, and he had to work at a lively -rate to keep warm. He wondered how Fred was making out with his fishing, -and grinned to himself. - -“Wager he won’t stay there long,” he muttered. “If he does, he’ll be -frozen stiff.” - -The old hunter had just carried in his sixth armful of wood, when a -shadow crossed the open doorway, and looking up he found himself -confronted by Hiram Skeetles. - -The real estate dealer was a tall, thin man, with a leathery face and -broken snags of yellowish teeth. He chewed tobacco constantly, and the -corners of his mouth were much discolored in consequence. - -“So ye hain’t taken my warnin’, I see,” snarled Skeetles. - -“Hello, Skeetles; what brings you?” demanded Joel Runnell, as cheerily -as he could. - -“Ye know well enough what brung me, Joel Runnell. Didn’t I warn ye not -to trespass on my property?” - -“I’ve told you that I don’t know as it is your property. So far I think -it belongs to the old Crawley estate, and it’s in the sheriff’s care.” - -“It ain’t so; it’s mine, every foot of it.” Hiram Skeetles’ eyes blazed. -“I want for you to git out, an’ be quick about it.” - -“And I ain’t a-going,” answered Joel Runnell, doggedly. - -“You ain’t?” - -“No.” The old hunter sat down by the fire, with his gun across his -knees. “Now, what are you going to do about it?” - -“Did you see the notice I had Dan Marcy leave?” - -“I did; but that counts for nothing with me.” - -“I’ll have the law on ye!” - -“Perhaps you will, and perhaps you won’t, Hiram.” - -“Don’t Hiram me, Joel Runnell. I don’t put myself on a level with a -vagabond o’ a game stealer like you. If——” - -“Hold on there, Skeetles. I am no game stealer, and if you say so——” The -old hunter had leaped up, gun in hand. - -“Don’t—don’t ye shoot me!” howled the real estate dealer. - -“Then don’t say such things again. Every bit of game I bring in I come -by honestly.” - -“Where are those Westmore chaps?” questioned Hiram Skeetles, deeming it -best to shift the subject. - -“They have gone out to bring in some game we shot yesterday.” - -“Did they see the notice?” - -“They did, and they care for it as little as I do.” - -“Think they can ride over me, eh?” Hiram Skeetles took a turn up and -down the apartment. “Must say the lot of ye are carryin’ matters with a -high hand.” - -“What did you do with Dan Marcy?” asked Joel Runnell, suddenly. - -“That’s my business.” - -“If you brought him along to worry us you did a very foolish thing,” -went on the old hunter. “I haven’t forgotten how he tried to run down my -girl with his ice boat.” - -“Your gal had a right to git out o’ the way.” - -“I won’t argue the point. But if Marcy worries me any more he’ll get -something he won’t like.” - -“We’ll see about this. I’ll call on the sheriff,” said Hiram Skeetles; -and without another word he passed out of the lodge, and made his way -toward the upper end of the lake. - -Anxious to learn what would be the man’s next move, Joel Runnell -followed. But Skeetles broke into a run, and soon disappeared from view -among a patch of woods. - -In thoughtful mood the old hunter walked back to the lodge, and then -toward where Fred was fishing. He found the youth safe, and surprised to -learn that the real estate dealer had showed himself in that -out-of-the-way place. - -“He doesn’t like it that Joe and Harry are here,” said Fred. “I really -think he’s afraid they’ll find that pocketbook he says he once lost.” - -“I hope they do find it—if it’s got those missing papers in it,” was the -answer. - -Fred had already caught several fish, and said he intended to catch as -many more before he quit, no matter how cold it grew. - -“I’ll show them that I can catch fish even if I’m no good at deer -hunting,” he explained. - -“Have you seen anything in the shape of game since you came down?” - -“I saw something that looked like a black bear. But he didn’t come near -here.” - -“A bear? Where?” - -Fred pointed out the direction, and Joel Runnell started off to see if -the report was true. But he could find nothing, and in half an hour he -returned. - -“You must have been mistaken, Fred. Perhaps it was nothing but a -shadow.” - -“Well, I was busy fishing, and didn’t notice particularly,” returned the -boy. - -He said he wanted to catch just two fish more, and would then return to -the lodge. - -“All right, but don’t get frozen stiff doing it,” answered Joel Runnell. - -“When do you think Joe and Harry will return?” - -“They ought to be along inside of an hour. They’ll find that load a -pretty heavy one.” - -“I heard some shooting over there a while ago. But it has stopped now.” - -To warm himself, the old hunter walked briskly in the direction of Snow -Lodge. He felt uneasy; why, he could not explain. - -“Those boys may have gotten into trouble,” he thought. “Perhaps I had -better slip after them and find out.” - -As he came in sight of the lodge an exclamation of astonishment burst -from his lips. All of their traps and stores had been tumbled in a heap -on the edge of the clearing, and the door was tightly closed, and the -broken-out window partly barred. - -“This is Skeetles’ work!” he muttered. - -“Stop where you are!” came in the real estate dealer’s voice, as Runnell -walked to the door and tried it, to find it locked. “If you attempt to -come in you’ll get shot.” - -“That’s the talk,” was added by Dan Marcy. “Possession is nine points of -the law, and we want you to take your stuff and be gone!” - -“But see here——” began Joel Runnell. - -“We won’t argy with ye!” snarled Hiram Skeetles, as he appeared at the -window, gun in hand. “Clear out, an’ be quick about it.” - -Joel Runnell was about to say something far from complimentary to the -pair, when a yell from the lake shore reached his ears. Fred was running -toward him with a face full of fear. - -“The bear! The bear!” he yelled. “He’s after me!” - - - - - CHAPTER XII - DRIVEN FROM THE LODGE - - -As soon as he heard Fred’s cry, Joel Runnell forgot for the time being -his trouble with Hiram Skeetles and Dan Marcy. - -“A bear?” he repeated. “Where is he?” - -“He’s coming right after me!” yelled the stout youth. “Shoot him, or -we’ll both be chewed up!” - -The old hunter had his rifle in his hands, and now he ran to meet Fred, -who was coming up with his fishing rod and a string of fish. The stout -youth was tremendously excited, and, reaching the pile of traps on the -ground, he went sprawling headlong, while his catch scattered in all -directions. - -“I see him!” exclaimed Joel Runnell, as the bear came into view, a -shaggy black fellow, weighing several hundred pounds. The animal was -among the trees, and to get a fair shot at the creature was next to -impossible. - -Boy and beast had come up to Snow Lodge on the side upon which the -partly barred window was located, so it was easy for Hiram Skeetles and -Dan Marcy to note what was taking place without exposing themselves to -danger. - -“Is it really a bear?” questioned the real estate dealer, in a nervous -voice. - -“It is,” announced Marcy. “And a right big fellow, too. Like as not -he’ll give ’em a stiff fight. He looks hungry enough to tackle most -anything.” - -“Do you—er—think he can get in here?” - -“Not unless he comes in by this window, and we can shoot him if he tries -that.” - -“Let us try to close up the opening,” came from Hiram Skeetles, and he -hurried to the pile of wood to get a stick for that purpose. - -In the meantime the bear had reached the edge of the clearing, and there -he stood, upright, viewing the situation. The smell of fish was -tantalizing to his empty stomach, but the sight of two human beings -instead of one made him hold back. - -Bringing up his rifle, Joel Runnell took the best aim possible and -fired. When the smoke cleared away, it was seen that the bear had been -hit in the front leg, but not seriously wounded. With a growl of pain -and rage, the disappointed beast dropped on all fours, turned, and sped -into the woods with all the speed at his command. - -“Whe—where is he? Did you kill him?” gasped Fred, as he scrambled to his -feet. - -“No; I only wounded him,” was the answer, as the old hunter reloaded the -rifle with all speed. “Wait here until I see if I can’t lay him low.” - -“But supposing he comes back here?” - -“I’ll be on his heels. You can take your shotgun and climb into a tree -if you wish.” - -Without another word Joel Runnell ran off in the direction the bear had -taken, and soon the trees, bushes and deep snow hid him completely from -view. - -“It’s funny he told me to climb a tree,” mused Fred. “It’s a good deal -safer in the lodge than anywhere else, and a heap sight warmer, too,” -and picking up his fish, he started to go forward, when he stopped short -and gazed at the traps and stores in astonishment. “What on earth made -Runnell throw these things out?” he mused. - -“Keep back there, Fred Rush!” came in Dan Marcy’s voice from the lodge -window. “You can’t come in here, nohow!” - -“Hello!” ejaculated Fred. “So you are back. Did you throw out our things -in this fashion?” - -“We did,” put in Hiram Skeetles. “And what is more, they are going to -stay out. We’ve given you warning, and now I want the whole crowd of ye -to clear out.” - -“Well, I never!” gasped the stout youth. “Of all the cheeky things to -do——” - -“It wasn’t cheeky at all,” interrupted the real estate dealer. “As I -told Runnell, this is my land, and I won’t have none o’ ye on it.” - -“Won’t you let me in to warm myself?” - -“No.” - -“Then all I’ve got to say, Hiram Skeetles, is that you are a brute.” - -“I don’t want none o’ your talk, Fred Rush.” - -“You claim to own this island, but we don’t think so, any more than we -think you own the old Anderson claim.” - -This latter remark appeared to make Hiram Skeetles furious. - -“Bringin’ that up again, eh?” he shouted. “I reckon as how them Westmore -boys set ye up to it. But I know what’s mine, and I intend to keep it. -Now you clear out, and be mighty quick about it.” - -“What will you do if I don’t go?” - -“I’ll make it warm, I can tell ye that!” - -Skeetles showed his gun, and Dan Marcy exhibited a pistol, and, alarmed -at the unexpected show of firearms, Fred dropped back to the place where -the stores had been placed. - -As he could not get into the lodge, Fred decided to follow Joel -Runnell’s advice and take to a tree. Armed with several blankets, he -climbed into a pine and made himself as comfortable as possible. The -storm that had threatened now started, the flakes of snow coming down -softly, and growing thicker and thicker every minute. - -“This will make it bad for Joe and Harry,” thought Fred. “They’ll have -their own troubles getting back to camp if it snows too hard.” - -From a distance he heard a rifle shot, proving that Joel Runnell was -still following the bear. But after that all was quiet for a good hour. - -By that time Fred was hungry, and climbing down to the ground, he -procured such things from the stores as were ready to eat. He was just -finishing a cracker when Joel Runnell came into view. - -“Did you shoot him?” asked the youth, eagerly. - -“No, he got away among the rocks,” was Joel Runnell’s reply. “I might -have tracked him farther, but I was afraid of falling into some pit, the -snow is that thick. I reckon this is going to be the banner storm of the -season. How did you make out with Skeetles and Marcy?” - -“I made out—and that’s all,” grinned Fred. “They won’t let me come near -the cabin.” - -“I thought as much, and as I came along I picked out a new spot for a -shelter—providing you and the others want to stay on the island.” - -“We can’t leave until Joe and Harry come back. If we do, they won’t know -where to look for us.” - -“Just my idee, Fred. We’ll go down close to the shore. Then they can’t -miss us when they come over.” - -“They ought to be here by this time.” - -“Perhaps they got on the track of more game.” - -Without delay the stores and traps were packed on the two sleds, and the -pair started away from Snow Lodge. From the window Hiram Skeetles and -Dan Marcy watched them with interest. - -“Don’t ye dare to stay on the island!” shouted the real estate dealer -after them. “If ye do, I’ll have the law on ye!” - -“Oh, give us a rest!” retorted Fred. “Perhaps we’ll have the law on you -before this affair is finished.” - -“I’ve got my rights——” - -“And so have we, and the Westmores have got theirs, too. Some day -they’ll find those missing papers, and then you may hear a thing or -two,” and with this parting shot Fred moved off with one sled, while old -Runnell moved off with the other. - -“Ha! did you hear that?” gasped Hiram Skeetles, clutching Marcy by the -arm. “Do you think——” - -“Oh, don’t get scared,” came from the bully. “They don’t know any more -about those papers than they know about the man in the moon.” - -“But they might have heard of my loss——” - -“No, I think it was only a bluff, Hiram. They’ll leave to-day or -to-morrow, and that will be the end of it.” - -“I hope they do leave,” sighed the real estate dealer. “I won’t feel -safe so long as they are on the island.” - -“Do you remember the place where you dropped your pocketbook?” - -“Not the exact spot. I was all shook up by the storm, and had a -splittin’ headache. I looked around for half a day, but it was no use.” - -“Maybe the pocketbook and the papers went to the bottom of the lake.” - -“I’d rather have that happen than that they should run across those -papers,” answered Skeetles, with another sigh. - -The spot Joel Runnell had chosen for a new camp was located not far from -where Fred had been fishing. Here a clump of pines overhung a hollow -several yards wide, and sloping off toward the lake shore. To the north -of the hollow were a series of rocks, that, along with the pines, cut -off a good portion of the wind and the snow. - -“I’ll cut a few saplings, and throw them over the hollow, and over them -we can place a double blanket and some pine boughs,” said Joel Runnell. -“Then we can clean out the place and start a fire near the doorway, and -we’ll be almost as comfortable as at the lodge.” - -“They kept one of the deer on us. I think that was cheeky.” - -“Never mind, we have the other, and we’ll have two more when Joe and -Harry get back. I don’t think they took anything else.” - -But in this the old hunter was mistaken. Skeetles and Marcy had helped -themselves to a little of almost all the stores, but had not taken -sufficient of any particular article to make it noticeable. - -It took over an hour to get the shelter into shape. Then the fire was -started between two large rocks, and here they proceeded to broil -several of the fish, and also set a pot of beans to baking as soon as -one of the rocks was hot enough. - -“It’s queer that Joe and Harry don’t show themselves,” was Fred’s -comment, while they were eating. “In such a storm as this they ought to -know enough to hurry back.” - -“I’ll wait a little longer and see if they don’t turn up, Fred. They may -have found the load heavier than they calculated on. Remember, too, it’s -quite a distance to where we left those deer hanging.” - -“What do you think those shots meant?” - -“I can’t say, except that they might have brought down some more small -game, maybe a partridge or some rabbits.” - -Having finished the repast, both set to work to chop firewood, for it -was easier to do this than to drag it from the pile at the lodge. - -“It galls me to think they’ll use up what we cut,” grumbled Fred. “But -I’m going to get square sometime, you see if I don’t!” - -“I think, according to law, we could make ’em pay for that venison,” -returned Joel Runnell. “But I reckon it ain’t worth going to law about. -We can decide on what’s best to do after Joe and Harry get back.” - -Slowly the afternoon wore away. In the meantime the sky grew darker, and -the snow came down so thickly that but little could be seen in any -direction. - -“I must say I don’t like this,” remarked the old hunter, with a grave -shake of his head. “Reckon I had best go across the lake and see what -has become of those lads. You won’t mind staying here alone, will you?” - -Fred did mind—not having forgotten about the bear. But he hesitated to -say so, and put on a bold front. - -“Go ahead, but don’t stay away any longer than is necessary,” he said, -and a few minutes later Joel Runnell departed on his search for the -missing ones. - - - - - CHAPTER XIII - LOST IN A BLIZZARD - - -To Joe and Harry the sight of so many half-starved wolves was certainly -a dismaying one. They were vicious-looking creatures, and the fact that -the first arrivals had quickly devoured the beast they had brought low -proved that they would stop at nothing in order to satisfy their hunger. - -Without wasting words, each of the youths fired into the pack, and by -good luck two more of the creatures were killed. The others retreated -for a minute, but then came forward once more, to rend the dead bodies -and snarl and fight over the choicest pieces. - -“That was lucky,” said Joe. “But those dead ones won’t last long.” - -“What had we best do?” questioned his brother. “Run for it, or climb -into the tree?” - -Before an answer could be given to this query three of the wolves -advanced on the lads, snarling more savagely than ever. Not wishing to -be attacked before he could re-load, Harry leaped up into the lower -branches of the tree in which the two deer still hung. Joe followed, and -both climbed still higher out of harm’s way. More wolves came up, until -eight were stationed at the foot of the tree, all snarling and yelping -and leaping, their polished teeth showing plainly, and their eyes -reflecting the cruelty of their natures. - -“We are in a pickle now, and no error!” groaned Harry. “What in the -world are we to do next?” - -“Well, I reckon you can take another snap shot if you wish,” answered -Joe, dryly. - -“This is no joking matter, Joe. I feel like smashing my camera over -their heads.” - -“The best thing we can do is to stay here.” - -“I’m going to kill another wolf or two if I can.” - -Harry re-loaded and took careful aim at the largest wolf in the pack. -But the beast was wary, and just as the young hunter pulled the trigger -it leaped to one side, so that the shot flew wide of its mark, striking -another wolf in the tail, causing an added howl of pain and rage, but no -serious damage. - -After that the wolves seemed inclined to keep their distance. -Occasionally one would draw closer, with nose uplifted, sniffing the -blood of the deer, but as soon as one or the other of the lads raised -his gun the beast would slink back behind a tree, bush, or rock. - -“I guess they are going to play a waiting game,” said Joe, after a -dreary half hour had passed. - -“Do you think they expect us to come down?” - -“They know we won’t want to remain up here forever.” - -“If we only had something with which to scare them.” - -“Perhaps we can fix up something.” - -“What do you mean?” - -“I was thinking of those deer. What have you got in the way of powder -and shot?” - -Harry showed his store, and Joe looked over what he possessed. - -“We’ll fix ’em,” said Joe, getting out his knife. - -With great care he cut a chunk of venison, and wrapped it in a piece of -the deer skin. Inside of the skin he placed a quantity of powder and -shot, and to this added a fuse, a rude affair, but one that looked as if -it might burn. Then he cut several other pieces of venison. - -“Now feed these to the wolves, one at a time,” he said to his brother. - -Harry understood, and threw one of the bits far out from the tree. A -wolf came and sniffed at it, and then began to eat. Another bit brought -several other of the beasts up, and then the whole pack crowded up -close. - -“Now then, take that, and see how you like it!” cried Joe, and, lighting -the fuse, he threw the big piece down in the very center of the pack. -“Now use your gun, Harry!” he cried, and snatched up his own firearm. - -There was a moment of suspense, and then bang! went the charge in the -venison, causing several of the wolves to fall back badly wounded. An -instant later crack! crack! went the two shotguns of the young hunters. - -When the smoke cleared away it was found that three of the wolves were -dead, and two others were seriously, if not mortally, wounded. The -slaughter thoroughly scared those which remained, and in a twinkling -they turned and disappeared into the forest, some howling and yelping as -they ran. - -“That is the time we did it!” cried Joe. “They’ve learned a lesson they -won’t forget.” - -“Will they come back?” - -“I hardly think so. Runnell told me once that when a wolf is thoroughly -scared he’ll run for miles before he stops.” - -The wounded beasts were drawing away as fast as their hurts would -permit, and in a few minutes only the dead animals were in sight. With -caution the young hunters descended to the ground and looked around -among the trees. - -“They are gone, that’s certain,” announced Joe. “I don’t believe we’ll -see or hear of them again.” - -By this time it had begun to snow a little. Now that the enemy were gone -each found himself hungry. - -“We’ll get a hasty meal, and then start for camp,” said Harry. “I shan’t -feel perfectly safe until I’m back with the others.” - -But as the meal progressed they grew calmer, and even examined the dead -wolves with interest. - -“We’ll have a tale to tell when we get back,” said Joe. - -“Let us take the tails to verify our tale,” laughed Harry, and cut off -the wolves’ tails without further words. - -It was not until half an hour later that they had their drags fixed, -ready to start back for Pine Island. By this time the snow was coming -down heavily. - -“We’re up against a regular storm now, that’s certain,” came from Joe, -as he surveyed the darkening sky. - -“Well, I declare, if I haven’t lost my pocket-knife!” ejaculated Harry, -as he searched his pockets. “It’s the new one, too—the one Laura and -Bessie gave me on my last birthday.” - -Both, of the youths began a search that lasted another quarter of an -hour, when the knife was found among the branches of one of the drags. - -“And now don’t let us lose any more time,” came from Joe. “The wind is -rising, and we’ll have all we can do to get back to the lodge before -night.” - -He was right about the wind. It was already moaning and sighing among -the pines, and causing the snow to swirl in several directions. The -increased cold also affected them, and caused Harry to shiver. - -“I’d give as much as a dollar to be back to camp,” he announced. -“Hauling this load is going to be no picnic.” - -“Follow in my footsteps, Harry,” came from his brother, and Joe led the -way out of the wood and down to the lake shore. Here it seemed to snow -and blow harder than ever, and the snow was piling up in drifts that -looked far from inviting. - -For a moment the boys thought of turning back and going into a temporary -camp until the storm should subside. But they knew that Fred and Runnell -would worry over their non-appearance, and so pushed on in as straight a -course as they could lay down. - -The farther they got out on the lake the more the snow swirled around -them. The snow was now as hard as salt, and beat into their faces and -down their necks in spite of all they could do to protect themselves. -Thus less than half a mile was covered, when Harry called a halt. - -“I—I can’t get my breath,” he gasped. “Joe, this is fearful.” - -“I guess it’s something of a blizzard, Harry. Come on, we can’t stay -here.” - -“Hadn’t we better go back?” - -“It’s just as bad to go back as it is to go ahead.” - -“I can’t see a dozen yards in any direction.” - -“It’s the same with me.” - -“Then how do you know that you are going in the right direction?” - -“Oh, the island is over there, isn’t it?” - -“I should say a little to the left of that.” - -“Well, it’s between those two points, and we can’t miss the shore, even -if we don’t strike the lodge. As soon as we get close enough we can fire -a gun as a signal to Fred and old Runnell.” - -Once more they pushed on, in the very teeth of the blizzard, for such -the storm had now become. The wind roared and shrieked around them, -often tumbling them and the drags over in the snowdrifts. Soon even Joe -was all but winded, and he willingly enough crouched beside Harry and -the drags for a brief rest. - -“This is certainly fierce,” he gasped out. “I never dreamed it would get -so bad.” - -“I only hope we can hold out until we reach some part of the island. If -we can’t——” Harry did not finish, but the sigh he gave meant a good -deal. - -“Oh, you don’t want to give up so easily, Harry,” cried his brother, -bracing up. “We’ve simply got to get over, or else go back to where we -came from. We can’t stay out on the lake all night. We’d be frozen -stiff.” - -Once more they arose and caught hold of the drags. But now the loads -were much too heavy for them. - -“Let us take one and leave the other,” suggested Joe. - -Feeling that that was the best they could do, they dropped Harry’s deer, -and both caught hold of the drag Joe had been pulling. With their -burdens thus lightened, they pushed on several hundred yards farther. -But that was Harry’s limit, and again he sank down, this time as if -ready to faint from exhaustion. - -“It’s no—no use,” he sighed. “I can’t go an—another step!” - -“Oh, Harry, you must! We can’t stop here!” - -“I know that, but m—m—my legs feel as if they weighed a—a ton.” - -“Here, give me your hand. We’ll let the other deer go, too. Perhaps old -Runnell can bring it in in the morning.” - -“It’s a shame to leave the game——” - -“I know, but we have got to think of ourselves first. I don’t think -we’re so very far from the island. I’ll shoot my gun off as a signal.” - -Joe did so, and listened for fully a minute for an answering shot. But -no sound but the roaring and shrieking of the wind reached their ears. -He slung his gun over his shoulder and literally yanked his brother up. - -“Courage, Harry, courage!” he whispered. “You musn’t give in this way. -Brace up, old boy!” - -“I’m so—so sleepy,” came back, drowsily. “I really can’t go on.” - -Yet urged by Joe, Harry took a score of steps or more. But now his teeth -were chattering from the cold, and he could not stand, try his best. He -sank a dead weight on the ice. - -Filled with a new fear, Joe caught his brother up in his arms. - -“If I leave him here he’ll surely die!” he muttered, hoarsely. “I must -get him to the island somehow! I must!” - -Throwing the semi-unconscious form over his shoulder, he staggered on -until he came to a deep ridge of snow. Here he stumbled and fell. He -tried to get up, but his shaking limbs refused to hold him. - -“It’s no use,” he thought. “It’s all over.” - -He caught sight of Harry’s gun, and reaching for it, pulled the trigger. -He listened, and fancied he heard an answering shot. But he was not -sure. It might have been only the wind. - -“If only the others knew!” he murmured, and then sank down beside Harry, -all but unconscious from the cold and exhaustion. - - - - - CHAPTER XIV - THE ENEMY ASKS A FAVOR - - -As soon as he reached the lake shore, Joel Runnell realized that the -snowstorm was fast turning into a blizzard that was likely to last for -several days. - -“It’s going to be a hummer,” muttered the old hunter to himself. And -then, as he gazed out upon the storm-swept ice, he added: “It’s too bad -those boys ain’t back.” - -Pulling down his cap and buttoning his coat up around his ears, he -stepped out on the ice and began the journey to the main shore. The wind -roared and tore all around him, and his progress was necessarily slow. -More than once he had to stop to catch his breath. - -It was during one of those resting spells that he heard a gun shot not -many rods away. Feeling it must be a signal, he fired in return, and -then started in the direction with all the speed he could command. - -The first he knew of the proximity of the young hunters was when he -stumbled over Joe’s body, half covered with the drifting snow. - -“Joe!” he exclaimed. “And Harry! This is too bad!” - -He bent over Joe, and tried his best to arouse the young hunter. This -was difficult, but at last Joe opened his eyes and stared vacantly -around him. - -“Wha—what do you want? Why can’t you let me sleep?” he murmured, softly. - -“Get up, Joe. You are close to camp. Rouse yourself, my boy. You can’t -stay here.” - -“Oh, Runnell, is it you? I—I——” - -“Yes, yes, I know. Get up. I’ll take Harry.” - -The old hunter assisted Joe to his feet. Then he lifted Harry bodily, -and with the younger lad over his shoulder, and the other by the arm, he -started back whence he had come. - -How they all reached shore was little short of a miracle, for the snow -and wind whizzed and shrieked around them more madly than ever. Once -Joel Runnell thought he would have to give up. But he set his teeth hard -and pushed on, until at last he saw a flash of fire, and knew he was -close to the shelter. He set up a feeble shout: - -“Hello, Fred! Start up that fire, quick! And make a pot of hot coffee! -I’ve found ’em, and they’re half frozen to death!” - -At this cry Fred appeared. He was scared, but realizing that rapid -action was necessary, he piled the wood on the camp fire and set a pot -of water to boiling. Then he helped the others into the shelter and -arranged the blankets afresh, that all of them might be made as warm and -comfortable as possible. - -Joe recovered before long, but they had to work over Harry a good half -hour before old Runnell pronounced him out of danger. One of his ears -had been nipped by the cold, and so had his left foot. - -“It was a close call,” said Harry, when he could talk. “I sank down just -as if I was in a dream. I felt horrible just before that, but that -feeling passed completely away.” - -“Such a sleep is what hunters call the sleep of death,” answered Joel -Runnell, with a shudder. “I had it once, when I was a young man. I was -half frozen, and it took me weeks to get over it.” - -The hot coffee served to warm all of them up, and as soon as he felt -able, Runnell went out to cut more wood, assisted by Fred. The latter -wanted to go out on the lake and bring in the abandoned deer, but the -old hunter would not listen to it. - -“We’ll wait until the storm is over,” he said. “No use of risking your -life now.” - -The wood was piled on both sides of the shelter, and this helped to -protect them from the wind. Runnell also placed a big flat rock over the -fire, and when his was very hot, transferred it to the center of the -shelter, and put another rock to heat. - -“That will make a footwarmer,” he said. “And when it is cold, we can -exchange it for the one that is now getting warm,” and this was done, -much to the satisfaction of everybody. - -All that night the snow fell as hard as ever, and toward morning the -wind increased to such a degree that they were afraid the pines would -come down over their heads. Nobody could sleep, and they crouched near -the shelter entrance, ready to leap out at the first intimation of -danger. At a distance they heard a large tree come down with the report -of a cannon. The snow sifted in despite all they could do to keep it -out, and they had to work constantly to keep from being snowed under and -smothered. - -“And to think that old Skeetles and Dan Marcy are having it as -comfortable as you please at the lodge,” said Joe, in deep disgust. -“It’s a shame!” - -“Don’t say a word,” put in Fred. “For two pins I’d go over there and -clear them out at the point of a gun.” - -“In one way they are worse off than we are,” came from Harry. “They have -nothing but deer meat, while we have all kinds of stores. They’ll get -mighty sick of venison if they have to stay at the lodge many days.” - -“I hope they do get sick.” - -With the coming of daylight the wind went down a little. But it still -snowed as hard as ever, and old Runnell advised that the young hunters -remain in or near the shelter. - -“I’ll go out and bring in that one deer,” he said. “The other one we’ll -let go till later. We don’t really need it, anyway.” - -He waited until nearly noon before starting, and in the meantime the -boys banked up the snow all around the shelter and the fire, making a -wall six feet and more in height. - -“Now we’ve got our house inclosed in a yard,” came from Fred. - -“We’ll get a good deal more of the heat than we did before,” said Harry, -and he was right. With the wall forcing the heat into the shelter, the -place was at last really comfortable. - -Joel Runnell was out the best part of two hours, and the boys waited -anxiously for his return. At last he hove into sight, covered with snow, -and dragging one of the deer behind him. He had also brought in Harry’s -gun, which had been lost the day before. - -“No use of talking, the storm is fearful out on the lake,” said Runnell. -“And down on the shore there is a ridge of snow all of twelve feet high. -This will block everything for a while in Lakeport and elsewhere.” - -“I suppose our folks will worry about us,” put in Harry. “It’s too bad -they don’t know we are safe.” - -The remainder of the day passed slowly. Harry had brought along a small -measure of corn for popping, and they amused themselves by popping this -over the fire, salting and eating it. Joel Runnell also told them a -hunting story, which all enjoyed. - -The next day the snow continued, and on the day following the wind again -arose, sending the drifts higher than ever. Thus a Sunday was passed in -the shelter. It was not until Tuesday noon that the storm passed away as -if by magic, and the sun came out brightly. - -“Hurrah! it’s over at last, thank goodness!” cried Harry, as he leaped -outdoors. “My! but doesn’t it feel good to see the sun once more!” - -“That’s all right,” returned Fred. “But if we aren’t snowed in we are -next door to it.” - -“The sun will make the snow just right for snowshoe walking,” said Joe. -“And we ought to be able to track down some sort of game without half -trying.” - -They found the pines above the shelter fairly groaning with their weight -of snow. But back of these the ground was swept almost bare. - -“I’m going to see how the lodge looks,” said Joe, and started off. - -Equally curious, the others followed him. - -They found Snow Lodge true to its name. It was snowed in completely, -only a small portion of the roof, an upper corner of one window, and the -rough chimney being visible. - -“Skeetles and Marcy are prisoners of the storm,” said Harry, with a -grin. “Let’s give ’em a salute.” - -He made a snowball and threw it at the corner of the window, which was -open to admit the air. His aim was true, and the snow went through the -opening, followed by balls thrown by Joe and Fred. - -An instant later Hiram Skeetles’ face appeared, full of alarm, which -quickly changed to rage. - -“Hi, you, stop that!” he roared. “Stop it, I say!” - -“How are you feeling to-day?” questioned Joe, coolly. “We thought we’d -come over and give you a call.” - -“Don’t throw any more snowballs. One hit me right in the chin.” - -“And one hit me on the top of the head,” put in Marcy, who stood behind -the real estate dealer. - -“What do you mean by staying around this island after I ordered you -away?” went on Hiram Skeetles, after a pause. - -“Did you expect us to do any traveling in this storm?” asked Joel -Runnell, in return. - -“How far do you think you could travel, Mr. Skeetles?” asked Fred. “The -snow in some places is ten and twelve feet deep.” - -“Say, is it really as deep as that?” came from Dan Marcy, in deep -concern. - -“Yes, every bit of it.” - -“Then we are booked to stay here for several days longer,” said the -bully to the real estate dealer. “And I must say I am dog-tired of -nothing but deer meat to eat.” - -Marcy said this because all of the stores taken from the other party -were gone, even to the coffee and salt pork. As Harry had surmised, they -now had nothing but the deer meat, and the best of this was gone. - -“Where are you stopping?” questioned Hiram Skeetles, after another -pause. - -“That’s our business,” answered Joe, before anybody else could speak. - -“Have you—er—have you any stores you—er—want to sell?” - -“Don’t be a fool!” whispered Marcy. “They won’t let us have a thing. If -we want anything we’ll have to take it by force.” - -“Thanks, but we are not in business here,” came from Fred. - -“You—er—might let us have a few things. I’ll pay you a fair price for -them,” went on the real estate dealer. It galled him to ask the favor, -but he wanted the goods very much. - -“Haven’t you got anything?” asked Runnell. - -“We have—er—some deer meat, but that is all.” - -“And that is meat you stole from us,” put in Harry. - -“Don’t say ‘stole,’ my boy. We——” - -“Don’t call me your boy, Mr. Skeetles. I wouldn’t be your boy for a -million dollars.” - -“Don’t grow abusive, Westmore. I took the deer because I found it on my -property. If I had wished to be mean I could have kept all of your -stores and traps also.” - -“Not without a hot fight,” came from Joe. - -“Then you—er—won’t sell me anything?” said Hiram Skeetles, -disappointedly. - -“Wait, I’ve got a scheme,” whispered Fred to his two chums. - -“What is it?” both questioned, in return. - -He told them, and both grinned and then laughed outright. - -“Just the thing!” cried Harry. “That will make him either eat humble pie -or starve.” - -“What are you going to do?” questioned Joel Runnell. - -“I’ll show you,” answered Fred, and advanced a little closer to the -lodge window. - -“Well, what do you say?” demanded Hiram Skeetles. - -“We’ll let you have some stores on one condition, Mr. Skeetles.” - -“And what is that?” - -“That you will start for home as soon as it is safe to do so, and will -leave us in undisputed possession of this lodge until our hunting tour -comes to an end.” - - - - - CHAPTER XV - A MIDNIGHT VISITOR - - -Hiram Skeetles’ surprise was great when Fred made his declaration, and -for several seconds he felt unable to reply. - -“You—er—want me to let you use this lodge after all?” he said, slowly. - -“That is what I said, Mr. Skeetles. And let me add that it will be a -good bargain for you to make with us.” - -“I don’t see it. I came here a-purpose to make ye leave.” - -“Well, ‘circumstances alter cases,’ you know. You didn’t expect to be -caught in a blizzard, did you?” - -“No, if I had known it was going to snow like this I’d stayed home.” - -“We will do the lodge no harm,” put in Joe. - -“Fact is, we’ve already mended the roof and the window, as you can see.” - -“Yes, I know, but——” - -“But what?” came from Harry. - -“Never mind now.” Hiram Skeetles had been on the point of mentioning his -missing pocketbook and the papers, but he checked himself. “How long do -you intend to stay?” - -“Not over two or three weeks at the most.” - -“Hum!” The real estate dealer paused and scratched his head in -perplexity. “What do you say, Dan?” he questioned of Marcy. - -“I reckon we had best make a bargain with ’em,” answered the bully, who -thought much of good eating. “Even if they stay here they can’t do much -in such a fall of snow.” - -“Yes, but my pocketbook,” whispered Hiram Skeetles. - -“More than likely, if it’s around, the snow has covered it completely.” - -“I wouldn’t have ’em find that for a—a good deal.” - -“All right, do as you please. But I want something to eat besides deer -meat. You promised to take good care of me if I came on the trip with -you.” - -“Do you want to make terms?” shouted Joe. - -“I reckon as how I might jest as well,” came slowly from Skeetles. “What -will ye let me have?” he asked, cautiously. - -“Whatever we can spare that you need.” - -“Ye ain’t going to charge me for it, are ye?” - -“No, we’ll give it to you free and clear, on the condition we have -already named.” - -“When do you want to come to the lodge?” - -“As soon as you leave it.” - -“And that must be inside of a day or two,” added Fred. - -“All right, I’ll agree,” said Hiram Skeetles, with something like an -inward groan. “When do we git them stores?” - -“You can come down to our place now and get them.” - -“We can’t come out by the door; we’ll have to climb through the window,” -put in Dan Marcy. - -“We don’t care how you come,” answered Joe. “But you must leave your -guns behind,” he added, suddenly. - -“What for?” - -“Because we won’t trust you with them,” put in Fred, bluntly. - -This did not please Hiram Skeetles nor the bully, but the young hunters -were firm, and were backed up by Joel Runnell, and in the end the pair -in the lodge came forth unarmed. - -“Ye ain’t going to play no trick on us, are ye?” questioned the real -estate dealer, suspiciously. - -“No, we’ll treat you fair and square,” said Joe. - -They led the way to the shelter under the pines, and allowed those from -Snow Lodge to come in over the snow wall to the side of the camp fire. -Then all hands looked over the stores still remaining, and Runnell -announced the articles which he thought might be spared. - -“’Tain’t very much,” sniffed Hiram Skeetles. - -“It’s the best we can do,” came from Joe. “Take it or leave it.” - -“Oh, we’ll take it,” put in Dan Marcy, quickly, and gathered up some of -the articles as he spoke. - -“Hold on!” cried Harry. “Before you touch a thing you must promise us -faithfully to leave the lodge by this time to-morrow.” - -“We will leave—unless another heavy storm comes up,” answered Hiram -Skeetles. - -“If you are not out, in case it stays clear, we shall consider that we -have the right to put you out,” said Joe. “These goods pay for our lease -of Snow Lodge for three weeks, starting from to-morrow noon.” - -“All right,” growled the real estate dealer; and then he and Dan Marcy -were allowed to depart with the stores which had been allotted to them. - -“I guess we’ve made a pretty good bargain with them,” said Joe, when -they were alone. “Now we can move into the lodge and fix it up to suit -ourselves.” - -“It was like pulling teeth to get old Skeetles to consent,” came from -Fred. “It gives him a regular fit to have us on the island. I must say I -can’t understand it.” - -“I’d really like to know if those missing papers have anything to do -with it,” mused Harry. “If he lost them here I’d give a good deal to -find them.” - -“Did you ever hear where that boat struck?” asked Joe of Joel Runnell. - -“It seems to me it struck just south of Needle Rock,” was the answer. -“But I’m not certain. I might find out, though.” - -“Where is Needle Rock?” - -“On the other shore of the island, about half a mile from here.” - -“Well, I’m going there some day and have a look around.” - -The rest of the day passed quietly. Some time later Runnell went off on -his snowshoes to look for the fourth deer—the one Harry had abandoned. -When he came back he said he had found only the head and a few bones. - -“The wolves carried off the rest,” he said. “And they ate up those dead -wolves on the main shore, too.” - -“Well, I don’t want to meet any more of those critters,” said Harry, -grimly. - -“Nor do I,” added his brother. “The only good wolf is a dead one.” - -“And I don’t know that he is good for much,” laughed Fred. - -Strange to say, with the going down of the sun the wind came up again, a -steady breeze, gradually increasing to little short of a gale. - -“We are going to have another wild night,” said old Runnell. “We’ll have -to watch the fire.” - -“By all means,” cried Fred. “We don’t want to burn up.” - -All hands sat up until after nine o’clock, listening to the wind as it -whistled through the trees and hurled the snow against the shelter. -Outside the stars shone brightly, but there was no moon. - -“Hark! I hear a bark!” said Fred, presently. “Can there be a dog -around?” - -“Marcy owns a dog or two,” answered Joe. “But I didn’t know he had them -here.” - -“That was the bark of a fox,” came from Joel Runnell. “It’s a wonder to -me we haven’t heard them before.” - -“Perhaps the wolves have made them keep quiet,” suggested Harry. - -“More than likely, or else they have been snowed up.” - -The young hunters were sleepy, and it did not take any of them very long -to sink into slumber after retiring. Then Runnell fixed the fire for the -night, and laid down close to the opening of the shelter. - -A half hour went by and the fire began to die down. The wind kept on -increasing, and some of the stars went under a cloud, making the night -quite dark. - -From the direction of Snow Lodge a form crept into view. It was Dan -Marcy, with his coat buttoned up to his ears, and his slouch hat pulled -far down over his brow. - -With cautious steps Marcy reached the wall of snow and peered over into -the inclosure. By the faint firelight he saw the feet and lower limbs of -Joel Runnell, and, listening intently, heard the old hunter snoring. - -“All asleep,” he murmured to himself. “Good enough. Now we’ll see if we -can’t have the stores we want, and a little more besides.” - -As silently as a cat he climbed over the snow wall and approached the -fire. Beside the large shelter was a small one, and here rested the -various traps and stores of our friends. - -Dan Marcy had brought with him a large but thin blanket, and this he now -spread on the ground, and began to place in it such articles as he -wanted, and which the young hunters and old Runnell had denied him. -There was a tin of coffee and another of sugar, and a fine, thick slice -of bacon that made his mouth water. - -“I’ll have that bacon out of the way before they get up,” he told -himself. “And a cup of strong coffee will be just the thing for washing -it down with.” - -He had these articles and several others in the blanket, and was on the -point of making a bundle of them, when there came a sudden and -unexpected interruption. From the top of the wall of snow came a short, -sharp bark, that caused him to jump. - -“A dog!” he thought. “I didn’t know they had one.” And then, as the bark -was repeated, he leaped back in alarm. - -It was only a fox, but Marcy did not know this, and felt sure he was on -the point of being discovered. - -“Shut up!” he whispered. “Shut up, do you hear?” And then, as the fox -barked again, he ran for the other side of the wall of snow and began to -climb to the top. - -The barking of the fox aroused both Runnell and Harry, and each leaped -up, reaching for his gun as he did so. - -“What is it?” asked the young hunter. - -“A fox—and he’s pretty close,” was the answer. “Reckon as how I had best -give him a shot to scare him off.” - -Running outside, Runnell looked around, but in the semi-darkness could -see but little. Aiming high, he fired his gun. As he did this he heard a -yell some distance away. - -“Don’t shoot me! Don’t shoot!” - -“Who’s there?” he demanded, but this question was not answered. - -The discharging of the gun aroused the others of the party, and all came -rushing out to the fireside. - -“What did you fire at?” asked Joe. - -“Well, I thought I fired after a fox,” came dryly from old Runnell. “But -I kind of reckon he was a two-legged one.” - -“Do you mean some person was around here?” - -“Exactly.” - -“But I heard a fox bark,” came from Harry. - -“So did I, lad, and after I fired I heard somebody yell, ‘Don’t shoot -me!’ ’Pears to me it was Dan Marcy’s voice, too.” - -“What could have brought him over this time of night?” asked Fred. - -“Here is what brought him over!” ejaculated Harry, who had stirred up -the camp fire. And he pointed to the blanket and the things lying in it. - -Joe gave a low whistle. - -“Going to rob us, eh? It’s lucky we scared him off.” - -“Well, that is what I call downright mean,” said Fred. “And after we let -them have those other things, too! We ought to go over and have it out -with them right now.” - -“Don’t do anything hasty,” interposed Joel Runnell. “I reckon Marcy -feels mean enough at being caught in the act.” - -“Oh, he hasn’t any feelings,” growled Harry. “He’s a wolf in man’s -clothing.” - -The matter was talked over for some time, and it was decided to let the -affair rest until morning. - -“And then we can all give Marcy and Skeetles a piece of our mind,” said -Joe. - -“Do you think they’ll come back?” asked Fred. - -“Not a bit of it,” answered old Runnell. - -And satisfied of this, all turned in again to get what sleep they could -ere the sun came up. - - - - - CHAPTER XVI - BACK TO THE LODGE - - -But the excitement of that night was not yet at an end. - -As mentioned before, the wind had increased steadily, until it was -blowing as fiercely as it had during the blizzard. It tore through the -tall pines and other trees, swaying them viciously, and causing them to -creak and groan as if in pain. It hurled the snow in long drifts and -sent every living creature for miles around into cover. - -But the young hunters and old Runnell were too tired to listen to the -wind, and it was not until an extra heavy blast caused one of the trees -directly back of the shelter to split apart, that Runnell and Fred -awoke. - -“What a wind!” cried the stout youth. “Never heard it blow so in my -whole life!” - -“Thought I heard a tree snap,” returned the old hunter. “Listen!” - -The others were now awake, and all listened as directed. Then came -another gust, and all felt the back end of the shelter move as the roots -of the biggest of the pines were loosened. - -“Creation! I think the tree is coming down!” ejaculated Joe. “Perhaps we -had better——” - -“Run, boys, run!” shouted Runnell, leaping up. “Run for your lives!” - -They needed no second warning, but leaped from the shelter with all the -alacrity of which they were capable. They did not stop at the camp fire, -but, led by Harry, leaped the wall of snow and scattered to the right -and the left. - -They were not an instant too soon, for the next gust of wind brought -down, not one tree, but two, smashing the shelter flat, and scattering -the burning sticks of the fire. The end of one limb hit Fred, and hurled -him on his breast, and old Runnell had his left ear badly clipped. - -“Oh, my! Sa—save me!” spluttered Fred. “Take the tree off of me, -somebody!” - -Joe and Harry ran forward, and assisted him to arise. Then they yelled -to old Runnell, who was in the midst of the pine branches. - -“I’m all right,” was the answering cry. “Got my ear pretty badly -scratched, but that don’t count in such a smash-up as this.” And then -the old hunter joined the others. - -The two fallen trees had loosened a third, so they did not dare to go -into the branches to rescue their traps and stores. The branches lying -over the camp fire soon caught, and then the trees began to blaze up -like huge torches. - -“Our traps——” began Joe, when, with a crash, the third tree came down. -This hit the fire a heavy blow, and for the moment it was partly -extinguished. - -“Now it’s safe enough to go in!” came from old Runnell. “Put out the -blaze with snow, boys, or everything will be burned up.” - -They came closer, and began to pile in all the snow they could, taking -huge chunks from what was left of the wall for that purpose. By working -steadily for five minutes, they got the fire under control, and then -went in and kicked out what little remained. - -“Well, this is the worst yet!” groaned Fred, after the excitement was -over. “Here we are, homeless, in the middle of the night, and with the -thermometer about ten degrees below nothing at all.” - -“We can be thankful that we are to have the lodge to-morrow,” came from -Harry. “It would be no fun building another shelter in such a wind as -this.” - -“And we can be thankful, too, that the fire didn’t get the best of us. -Our stores, traps, guns and everything might have been burned up, and -then we would have been worse off than old Skeetles and Dan Marcy.” - -“It’s almost morning,” said old Runnell. “I’ll try to get out a few -blankets, and then we can make ourselves as comfortable as possible -among the tree branches.” - -This was agreed to, and with an ax that Joe picked up, they cut out a -small shelter, throwing some of the pine brush down as a flooring, and -placing the rest over their heads. This made a place not as comfortable -as that which had been wrecked, but something which, as Harry declared, -“was a heap sight better than nothing at all.” - -With the coming up of the sun the wind died down, and by eight o’clock -all of the party felt quite comfortable once more. A fire was built in a -safe place, and while Harry prepared the morning meal the others chopped -their way through the tree branches to where their traps and stores lay, -half buried in the snow. Only a small portion of their things had -suffered injury, which gratified them exceedingly. Even Harry’s camera -remained intact. - -“We might as well move over to the lodge at once,” said Fred, while they -were eating. “There is no sense in staying out in the cold, and, -besides, we want to tell Marcy what we think of him before he goes -away.” - -“I think one of us had best stay here and watch the things,” said Joe. - -Lots were cast, and it fell to Harry to remain at the spot. A little -later the others put on their snowshoes and journeyed to the vicinity of -Snow Lodge, a tiresome walk, for the snow now lay in all sorts of -drifts. - -“We won’t be able to do much hunting for a few days,” remarked Joel -Runnell. “We’ll have to wait till the sun puts something of a crust on -the snow. Then snowshoe walking will be much easier.” - -When they came in sight of the lodge they were surprised to find the -door and the one window wide open. There were tracks around the doorway, -showing that Hiram Skeetles and Dan Marcy had left not a great while -before. - -“They are gone!” burst out Harry. - -“They were afraid we would kick up a row over the attempt to steal our -stores,” said Joe. - -“It was mean of them to let the snow come in through the door and the -window,” was old Runnell’s comment. “But neither of them know the -meaning of fairness.” - -Going inside the lodge they saw that all was in confusion and very -dirty. Skeetles and Marcy had had an early breakfast, and had left the -bones and other scraps lying where they dropped. The fire had been put -out with snow and the smoke hung thick under the roof. - -“It will take us the best part of a day to straighten out things again,” -said Joe. “But never mind, I am glad they are gone. I hope they don’t -come back.” - -“They’ll have a rough journey to Lakeport or to Brookfield,” said Joel -Runnell. - -“Do you suppose they’ll walk the whole distance?” - -“It isn’t likely. They probably came as far as Paley’s farm on -horseback.” - -By noon time they had shifted their traps and stores once more, and cut -some additional firewood. The sleeping-room of the lodge was also -cleaned out, and fresh boughs placed in the bunks, and directly after -dinner they cleaned up the living-room, until it looked almost as tidy -as a room at home. - -“My daughter Cora ought to see this,” said old Runnell. “It would please -her. She thinks a hunters’ camp is the dirtiest place on earth.” - -“I wish she was here,” said Joe. “Then she could keep house for us, and -we’d feel quite at home.” - -“She can’t come, lad. When I am away she stays with her Aunt Mary Case, -who needs help. But if she was here, she could do some fine cooking for -us, I can tell you that.” - -After the general cleaning up, the whole party were content to rest. It -was pleasant to sit in front of the genial fire, especially after the -sun had sunk behind the trees on the western shore of the island. - -They had taken account of the stores on hand, and found they would have -to economize with certain things to make them last even ten days. - -“But we won’t starve,” said old Runnell. “We have plenty of deer meat, -and we can get a good supply of small game and fish.” - -“I feel safer in the lodge,” said Fred, on retiring. “It would be a hard -matter for the wolves or foxes to get at us here.” - -“How about snakes?” laughed Harry. - -“Ugh! don’t mention them! I can feel that thing crawling on me yet!” And -the stout youth gave a shiver. - -Now, that they had gotten rid of their enemies, the lads felt -particularly light-hearted, and the mention of the snake set Harry to -thinking. Unknown to Fred, he called Joe to one side, and both procured -a bit of rope from one of the sleds, and to this tied two long threads, -one at each end. - -Fred occupied a bunk between that of Joe and that of Harry, and the two -threads were run across the stout youth’s resting place in such a -fashion that the bit of heavy rope could be moved back and forth at -will. - -Soon Fred was sleeping, and then the two others threw the bit of rope on -his breast and began to move it back and forth. No sooner had it touched -Fred’s face than he roused up with a start. - -“Oh!” he cried, and tried to sit up, when the rope glided over his -breast and his shoulder. “A snake! A snake! Oh, I’m a dead boy!” And he -leaped up, yelling like a wild Indian. Then the rope got twisted between -his legs, and he danced around more madly than ever. - -“What’s the matter with you?” asked Harry, sitting up. At a signal Joe -had let go of his thread and his brother had jerked the rope out of -sight. - -“A snake! It crawled right over my face!” - -“Where is it?” questioned old Runnell, and grabbed up his gun. - -The lantern was lit, and also a torch, and they looked around; but, of -course, no reptile could be found. - -“I guess you were dreaming,” said Joe, innocently. “You were talking -about that other snake, you know.” - -“I—I don’t think so,” answered Fred, sheepishly. - -“There is no snake here,” said Joel Runnell, after a long examination. -“Joe must be right; you dreamed it, Fred.” - -“Well, if I did, that dream was mightly life-like,” said Fred. - -He took the lantern and examined his bunk closely. But nothing was -wrong, and after a while he followed the others and laid down again. - -Harry and Joe waited a reasonable length of time, and then Harry crawled -forth to adjust the rope and threads once more. Again the rope slid over -Fred’s face, and once more he set up a howl. - -“It’s a snake! I felt it again!” he yelled. “He’s right here in the -bunk!” - -“Step on him!” cried old Runnell, and got his gun a second time. - -Harry tried to jerk the rope away, but before he could do so Fred came -down on it with his bare foot. Then the threads broke, and the rope -remained on the floor in front of the bunk, while Fred leaped away, as -if he had stepped on a hot plate. - -Lantern in one hand and gun in the other, Joel Runnell ran to kill the -snake. But when he saw the object on the floor he gave a loud laugh. - -“Call that a snake,” he roared. “It’s only a bit of rope.” - -“A—a rope?” repeated Fred. He bent forward. “Well, I never!” Then he -caught sight of the broken threads, and like a flash realized the joke -that had been played on him. “Oh, you—you rascals!” he cried, and -catching up the rope, he went first for Harry, and then Joe, and -belabored them soundly. Both were laughing, and this made Fred really -angry. - -“All right, laugh all you please!” he burst out, suddenly. “It was a -mean thing to do. To-morrow I’m going to leave you and go home.” - -And then, without a word more, he retired for the night. - - - - - CHAPTER XVII - A SEARCH AND A BEAR - - -“Do you think he’ll really go?” whispered Harry to Joe. - -“I guess not, Harry. But he is mad, no doubt of that.” - -“I didn’t want to make him mad, Joe. And he hit me a pretty hard one -over the shoulders, too.” - -“Fred hates to be fooled. Perhaps we had better talk to him about it.” - -“No; that will make him madder than ever.” - -The two boys retired, but it was a long while before either of them -could get to sleep. They hated to be on the “outs” with their chum, and -could not bear to think of Fred leaving them. - -The stout youth _was_ angry, and showed it even at breakfast, when he -scarcely replied to the questions put to him. The bit of rope still lay -on the floor, and picking it up, he gave it a vicious toss out of the -window. - -“There, Fred, let that end it,” said Joe, kindly. “It wasn’t just the -right thing to do, and Harry and I are ready to acknowledge it.” - -“Oh, yes, after it’s all over,” grumbled the stout youth. “If I had -played that joke on you, what then?” - -“We’d have to put up with it,” answered Harry. “Come, call it off.” - -“I will—after I have squared the account,” replied Fred. But after that -he seemed to feel better. - -The weather had moderated considerably, and where the sun struck the -snow the latter sank rapidly. - -“There will be a good crust by to-morrow,” said Joel Runnell, and so it -proved. All put on snowshoes and found walking excellent. - -“What are we going to do to-day?” questioned Harry. - -“I’ve been thinking that I would like to try for that bear,” answered -the old hunter. “That is, if I can get on his track.” - -“I’ll tell you what I’d like to do,” put in Joe. “I’d like to pay a -visit to Needle Rock and take a look around for that missing -pocketbook.” - -“You won’t find much with the snow as deep as it is now,” came from -Fred. - -“We might tramp around that way just for fun,” said old Runnell. “We may -bring down some game on the way.” - -“Will you leave the lodge alone?” asked Joe. “Is it safe to do so? -Skeetles and Marcy may come back.” - -“I’ve got an idea, boys. Let us fasten the door up from the inside, and -then come out through the window. After that we can nail that strip over -the window, and then the place will be as tight as a drum.” - -This was agreed to, and a little later found them on their way around -the shore of Pine Island. The weather was all that could be hoped for, -and the boys felt so happy that they were inclined to whistle, until -Joel Runnell stopped them. - -“You can’t go on a hunt whistling, unless you want the game to know -you’re coming,” he said, quizzically. - -“Oh, I forgot that,” said Joe, and stopped at once, and the others did -the same. - -Harry had his camera with him, and took several time exposures, using a -very small stop or opening, so that the negatives would be sharp and -clear. Then he took a snap shot of Joel Runnell shooting at a flock of -birds—a picture which, later on, proved to be all that could be desired. -He also took pictures of Fred and Joe aiming at an imaginary rabbit, -said rabbit being a fur cap propped up on a bit of brushwood. - -“I’ll have a famous collection by the time I get home,” he said. “And -I’ll print two sets of pictures, so that Fred can have one set.” And -this promise caused Fred to forget the last of the ill feeling he had -had over the “snake” joke. - -On and on they went, occasionally slipping down an incline with their -snowshoes and landing in a heap at the bottom. Then Fred, who was a -little to the left of the others, suddenly set up a shout. - -“Hi, Joe and Harry, come here, quick! I want to show you something!” - -Both ran forward to see what their chum had discovered, and a moment -later went headlong into a hollow several yards in diameter and equally -deep. There had been some brushwood over part of the opening, but this -gave way with them, and let them down so rapidly that they could not -save themselves. Then Fred pushed on a snowbank and that followed, all -but burying them. - -“Great Scott!” spluttered Joe. “What a tumble!” And he scraped the snow -from his face. - -“What did you call us here for?” asked Harry. “Don’t you think we ever -saw a hole before?” - -“I wanted you to see if there were any snakes down there,” answered -Fred, with a grin. - -“Of all things!” gasped Joe. “Just you wait till I get out.” - -“We’ll put him down into the hole,” said Harry, as he scooped some snow -from his ear. - -“Not much you won’t!” answered Fred, and ran off to rejoin old Runnell. - -Joe and Harry had all they could do to get out of the hole, and even -then the snow got down their sleeves and collars in a fashion that was -far from comfortable. They ran after Fred, intending to at least “wash -his face,” but the stout youth took good care to keep out of their -reach. - -“Come, boys, you must keep quiet, or else we won’t bring down a thing,” -remonstrated old Runnell, and after that they followed his advice and -moved on as noiselessly as possible. - -A little ahead of them was a tiny brook which, in the summer time, -flowed from the hill into the lake. Here some of the rocks along the -bank were swept bare of snow. - -Without previous warning Joel Runnell held up his hand for the others to -halt. On some of the rocks, several small weasel-like creatures were -sunning themselves. He brought his gun up and the others did the same. - -“Fire!” said old Runnell, and the four firearms rang out almost -simultaneously, and two of the game fell dead where they sat. - -“Hurrah! that’s a haul!” cried Harry, enthusiastically. - -“What are they?” questioned Fred. “They look something like mink.” - -“They are what we call mountain brook mink, Fred,” answered the old -hunter. “The best kind to bring down, too, so far as the fur is -concerned. Those furs are quite valuable, as you must know.” - -“I know mink is valuable,” answered the stout youth. “My mother has a -collar made of it.” - -Having secured the game, they moved on once more. Joe was now slightly -in advance and brought down a rabbit he saw scooting over the snow. - -After this nothing was sighted for a long while. Then Fred, who was -growing hungry, proposed that they stop for dinner. - -The others were willing, and a halt was made in the shelter of some -hemlock trees and elderberry bushes. Not far away was a hickory tree, -and the wind-swept ground was full of nuts which even the squirrels had -failed to carry off. - -The stop lasted for fully an hour, and then, thoroughly rested, they -pushed on. Only a few birds were sighted, however, and these were so far -away that to bring any of them down proved impossible. - -“There is Needle Rock,” said Joel Runnell, at last, and pointed out to -where a rock arose about fifty feet from the lake shore. It was a tall, -sharp-pointed affair, and the wind had swept it entirely free from snow. - -“And where was that boat wrecked, do you think?” questioned Joe, with -interest. - -“Just about over yonder, Joe. Of course, I can’t tell the exact -location, but it wasn’t over fifty yards from that point.” - -The young hunters all moved down to the lake front and tramped up and -down, over the rocks and among the snow-laden bushes. Here and there -they shoved some of the snow aside, but brought nothing of interest to -light. - -“I guess it’s a wild-goose chase, looking for that pocketbook or those -papers,” said Harry at length. - -“It’s a good deal like looking for a pin in a haystack,” returned Fred. - -“We’ll stand more chance of finding something after the snow clears -away,” put in Joe, with a sigh. “That is, if it is really here.” - -“And if it is here the melting snow may carry it out into the lake,” -said his brother. - -They took another look around, Joel Runnell prying up some old brushwood -and dead tree limbs, and by that time the descending sun warned them -that if they wished to return to Snow Lodge before nightfall they had -better start without delay. - -“Yes, let’s get back,” said Harry, who was tired out. “And then we can -have a bit of roast rabbit for a change.” - -“And I’m going to make some biscuits for supper,” put in Joe. “We -haven’t had fresh biscuits since we were at the lodge before.” - -Somewhat downhearted over their failure to locate the missing pocketbook -or papers, they turned toward home. All had known it was rather a -forlorn hope at the best, yet each had secretly hoped that something -would be brought to light. - -“But I suppose Hiram Skeetles looked high and low for it before he gave -the hunt up,” was Joe’s comment. “And his eyes are as sharp as those of -a hawk.” - -The tramp to the lodge seemed a long one to the tired young hunters, and -Harry felt inclined to rest half a dozen times. When they at last came -in sight of the snow-clad building, it was quite dark. - -“Now to jump through the window and open the door!” exclaimed Joe, and, -throwing down his gun, he rushed forward. Then he uttered an ejaculation -of astonishment: “The window is wide open. Did we leave it that way?” - -“Certainly not,” answered Joel Runnell. - -“Somebody has been here, after all,” put in Harry. - -“Must have been old Skeetles and Marcy. What will we do if they have -cleaned us out?” - -“I’ll soon find out,” continued Joe, and leaped through the window into -the living-room of the cabin. - -The fire had died down until there was little or nothing left of it. -Stumbling across the floor, he kicked it into a blaze and threw on a few -extra sticks of wood. After this he reached for the lantern and lit it. - -“Well, what have you found?” asked Harry, looking in at the window. - -“Nothing, so far,” answered his brother. “Everything seems to be all -right, although the bench is overturned and—yes—somebody has carried off -that piece of venison I hung up near the window!” - -“That looks as if some wild animal was around, Joe.” - -“Creation! I didn’t think of that. Do you see anything outside—I mean -footprints?” - -“No, it’s too dark now to see anything. Better open the door.” - -Joe started to do so. But as he crossed the floor a sound from the -sleeping apartment caused him to halt. - -“Who’s there?” he cried. - -The only answer was a soft pat-pat of feet, and a moment later a big, -black bear came into view. The beast stared at Joe in astonishment, and -then arose on its hind legs and came for him, uttering a low, savage -growl as it advanced. - -The youth did not know what to do. He was unarmed, and Harry had left -the window, so he could not obtain immediate assistance. He leaped close -to the fire and as he did so the bear leaped after him. - - - - - CHAPTER XVIII - A FIRE, AND WHAT FOLLOWED - - -“Get back there!” - -Joe uttered the words mechanically, and as he did so he crouched close -to the fire, and snatching a burning brand from the side, held it up in -front of him. - -As is well known, all wild beasts dread the fire, and at once the bear -paused. Then it arose again on its hind legs and uttered a roar that -almost shook the lodge. - -“Hello! what does that mean?” cried Fred and Harry, in a breath. - -“It means there’s a wild animal in the lodge,” answered Joel Runnell, -and leaped toward the window, gun in hand. - -In the meantime the bear continued to stand in front of Joe, as if -meditating an attack in spite of the fire. Once it raised a fore paw as -if to strike the brand from the young hunter’s hand, but Joe did not -permit this, and now the boy caught up a second stick, which was blazing -at one end, and threatened the bear. - -Again there was a roar of commingled rage and fear, and the bear leaped -back, wrecking the table as it did so. - -It must be confessed that Joe was badly alarmed. He felt that he was in -close quarters, and unless somebody came to his help very quickly, the -bear would, in some manner, get the better of him. - -Glancing toward the window, he saw a dark object there. It was the head -of Joel Runnell, and next followed the glistening barrel of the old -hunter’s rifle. - -“Hold up the light, Joe,” called old Runnell, and at the sound of his -voice the bear wheeled around and stared toward the window with -interest. - -Crack! It was the rifle that rang out. But just as Joel Runnell pulled -upon the trigger the bear turned to one side, so that the ball merely -grazed its neck and side. Then came another roar, and, leaping over the -wrecked table, the beast dove through the doorway leading to the -sleeping apartment of the lodge and disappeared. - -“Where did he go to?” cried old Runnell, as he lost no time in -reloading. - -“Into the sleeping-room. I don’t think he is hurt very much.” - -The doorway was not far from the chimney, and with the firebrands still -in his hands, Joe made his way to the door. Then the fastening was -removed and he plunged outside. - -“Good!” cried Harry. “Are you hurt?” - -“Not a scratch. But it was a close shave,” and Joe heaved a sigh of -relief. - -“What is the bear doing?” asked Fred. - -“I don’t know.” - -“Fasten the door from the outside,” said Joel Runnell. “We don’t want to -lose that animal.” - -A stout stick of wood was handy, and this was propped up against the -door, so that it could not be budged unless torn from its hinges. - -While the young hunters were doing this Joel Runnell watched the window, -with his rifle ready for use, should the bear make its appearance. - -“You don’t expect to go in there after the bear, do you?” questioned -Fred. “I wouldn’t do that for a million dollars.” - -“I shan’t go in there yet,” answered the old hunter. “I know a trick -worth two of that.” - -“What will you do?” asked Harry. - -“Let us try smoking him out. While I continue to watch the window, you -get a damp tree branch and set it on fire. Then chop a small hole in the -side of the lodge close to the ground, and let the smoke drift inside.” - -“That’s a good plan,” said Joe. - -The damp branch was procured without difficulty, and soon it was burning -slightly and smoking thickly. While Fred and Joe held the branch, Harry -cut a small hole as directed. In answer to the sound of the ax came a -growl from the bear, proving that the beast was on the alert within. - -“Now, Joe, come alongside of me with your shotgun!” called out old -Runnell. “We’ll make sure of him if he does come out.” - -Both stood almost facing the window and about twenty feet from it. Then -Fred and Harry let down the branch in the snow, so that the thick smoke -could drift directly into the hole that had been cut. - -In less than half a minute they could hear the bear moving around the -inside of the lodge. They heard the beast give a snort, followed by a -sneeze. - -“He’s catching it,” whispered Joe, with his gun raised. “I don’t think -he’ll stand it much longer.” - -An instant after there came a savage growl, and then straight through -the window shot the black bear, landing at the very feet of those -standing to receive it. Crack! went the rifle, and bang! came from the -shotgun, and the beast tumbled over and began to claw at the air and the -snow, sending the chunks of the latter flying in all directions. - -“Hurrah, we’ve got him!” ejaculated Joe, and discharged the second -barrel of his gun close to the bear’s head. This finished the beast, and -it soon stretched out and lay still. - -“What a big fellow,” was Harry’s comment, as he came forward to inspect -the game. “Joe, you can be glad he didn’t get his paws around you. He -might have hugged you to death.” - -“I am thankful,” was the answer. “But, say, won’t we have fine bear -steaks now! We’ll have all the meat we want, and some to take home in -the bargain.” - -“Not to say anything about the skin,” put in Fred. - -“Oh, that is to go to Runnell,” said Joe, quickly. “I’m sure he deserves -it,” and the others said the same. - -All were so interested in looking the big prize over that the burning -tree branch was, for the time being, forgotten. All had also forgotten -the fire in the lodge and the burning sticks Joe had dropped on the -floor. The wreck of the table was near the sticks, and in a few minutes -Snow Lodge was blazing inside and out. - -“Hello, the place is on fire!” shouted Harry, who was the first to -notice the condition of affairs. - -“So it is!” added old Runnell. He ran to the door and threw it open. -“Quick, boys, or the lodge will be burnt to the ground!” - -With the door and the window open, the fire obtained a good draught, and -of a sudden a blaze shot up, inside and out, that quickly mounted to the -roof. - -“This is worse than I supposed,” said old Runnell, and ran in to stamp -the blaze out. But the smoke was blinding and he soon had to retreat. -Then Joe went in, but when some sparks touched him on the cheek he fell -back also. - -“The lodge is doomed!” groaned Fred. “And everything inside will be -burnt up!” - -“My camera films!” cried Harry. “They are on the shelf! I don’t want to -lose them,” and before anybody could stop him he had leaped into the -burning structure. - -“Harry! Harry! come out of there!” yelled Joe. But the younger brother -paid no attention to the warning. On the shelf were all the pictures he -had taken since coming on the outing, and he thought more of these than -he did of the traps and stores. - -The flames were now curling all over the roof of the lodge, and with no -water at hand it was easy to see that the structure could not be saved. -Joel Runnell ran in, and in the smoke felt around for Harry and found -him clinging to the shelf, with the rolls of films clutched tightly in -one hand. - -“Come out,” he said, in a choking voice. “Come,” and he led the -half-suffocated boy, into the open air. The water was running from -Harry’s eyes, and it was fully a minute before he could get his breath -to talk. - -Finding they could do nothing to stop the fire, they set to work to save -what stores they could. This was not an easy task, and they recovered -little more than a couple of blankets, a tin can of coffee, a bag of -salt and a large box of matches. One of the blankets was burnt along the -edge. - -Once having gained headway, the flames roared and crackled merrily, -lighting up the clearing and the forest for a goodly distance around. As -the fire increased, they dragged their sleds, the bear and other game, -and the saved stores to a safe distance. - -“Do you think it will set fire to the trees?” questioned Fred. - -“No, there isn’t wind enough for that,” answered Joel Runnell. - -“I guess I am responsible for that fire,” came from Joe. “I remember now -that I dropped those burning sticks on the floor when I opened the -door.” - -“And we left the branch at the hole,” said Harry. “Hiram Skeetles will -make us pay for the damage done, I suppose.” - -“The lodge wasn’t worth much,” put in Fred. “Not over twenty or thirty -dollars at the most. The back end was almost ready to fall down.” - -“Well, if the courts decide that this island and the lodge belong to -Skeetles we’ll pay for the building,” said Joe. “But you can be sure I -won’t pay him any fancy price.” - -In less than half an hour from the start of the conflagration the roof -of the lodge fell with a crash, sending the sparks flying in all -directions. Then one side after another followed, and soon all that -remained of the building was a heap of smoldering timbers and the -red-hot stones of the rude chimney. - -“That’s the end of Snow Lodge,” said Joe. “We didn’t have very much good -of the place, after all.” - -“The question is, where are we to go next?” put in Fred. “The other -shelter was wrecked by the wind. We seem to be unfortunate, no matter -where we stay.” - -“Let us have something to eat first,” said Harry. “I’m as hungry as a—a -bear.” - -“Then you can dine on bear,” answered Fred, and this caused a laugh in -spite of their downheartedness over the loss of the lodge. - -Supper was cooked over the smoldering ruins and on the hot rocks, and -each ate heartily. They talked matters over and decided to remain in -that vicinity until morning. - -“Then we can rake the ruins and see if we can find anything of value,” -said old Runnell. - -The night was far from being as cold as other nights had been, and they -easily made themselves comfortable among the trees close by the lodge, -propping up the sleds and covering them with branches and bushes and -chunks of snow. Nothing came to disturb them, and all slept soundly -until sunrise. - -Immediately after breakfast the ruins were raked over as the old hunter -had advised, and they found several articles of more or less value. But -everything else had been burned up clean and clear. - -“And now for new quarters,” said Joe. “I have an idea. Why not camp out -near Needle Rock? We can find a good spot among the rocks, and that will -give us a chance to look for that pocketbook during our off hours.” - -“I’m willing,” answered Fred. - -So were the others, and soon preparations were made for their departure. -Inside of an hour they were off. - -“Good-by to Snow Lodge!” cried Harry. “Perhaps we’ll never see this spot -again.” - -“We can build a new shelter,” said Joe. “It needn’t be so big, but I’m -sure we can make it just as comfortable.” - -And then they moved on, never dreaming of the surprises that were in -store for them. - - - - - CHAPTER XIX - A GATHERING OF YOUNG HUNTERS. - - -Having the two sleds with them, they did not tramp through the woods, -but took to the lake, where the wind had swept the ice comparatively -free from snow. - -Despite what had happened, all were in a light-hearted humor, and Joe -began to whistle merrily, and soon Harry and Fred joined in. - -“Well, we can’t complain of lack of adventures,” remarked Harry, as they -trudged along, Joel Runnell in advance, looking for some signs of -possible game. - -“I should say not,” returned Fred. “We’re getting our full share and -more.” - -“Wonder if any of those other fellows are going to join us?” put in Joe. -“Bart Mason said he would be sure to come, and Link Darrow said the -same.” - -“Oh, lots of fellows think they can get away, but at the last minute -their parents say no, and that’s the end of it.” - -They were moving around a small arm of the island when they saw Joel -Runnell come to a halt. - -“Guess he has sighted game,” said Harry. “Wait; we don’t want to spoil a -shot.” - -“I’ll go up and see what’s doing,” said Joe, and hurried forward, with -his gun ready for use, should there be more game ahead than the old -hunter could handle. - -“Gun Club ahoy!” suddenly rang through the clear air. “Hullo, you -fellows? Where are you bound?” - -And then, around the bend, appeared the forms of three youths, dragging -a long, low sled behind them. The trio were dressed for hunting and each -carried a shotgun or a rifle. The sled was piled high with traps and -provisions. - -“Whoop! here are some of the other fellows now!” burst out Fred, and -rushed forward. “Hurrah!” he yelled. - -“Hurrah!” came back instantly. - -“Link Darrow, Bart Mason and—yes, it’s Teddy Dugan,” came from Harry. -“What can Teddy be doing with those other chaps?” he went on, for he had -not expected to see the Irish boy anywhere in that vicinity. - -“How are you making it?” asked Link Darrow, as he came closer. He was a -youth of Joe’s size and age. - -“First rate,” answered Joe. “When did you leave Lakeport?” - -“Yesterday. We expected to locate you a couple of hours ago, but Teddy -Dugan stopped us.” - -“Sure an’ I have news for you,” put in Teddy Dugan. “I’ve been up the -lake, a-visitin’ me Uncle Michael, and who do you think I saw?” - -“Those tramps,” cried Joe, quickly. “Oh, Teddy, did you really see -them?” - -“I saw three tramps, and by the look of ’em I think—yes, I’m sure—they -are the same that took your watch and chain. I knew you were over to -this island, so I told me uncle I’d come over and tell you.” - -“And you ran into Link and Bart?” - -“I did—but not until I had lost me way, and I reckon they had lost -theirs too. Ain’t that so, Bart?” - -“Well, I’ll admit we were a little off the trail,” answered Bart Mason, -who was very large for his years and correspondingly lazy. “But we -weren’t lost like the babes in the woods.” - -“I don’t see how a big fellow like you could get lost,” put in Fred, -slyly. His head hardly came up to Bart’s shoulder. - -“Tell me about those tramps,” said Joe, impatiently. “Where are they -now?” - -“The last I saw of them they were walkin’ on the lake.” - -“The lake!” came from Joe, Harry, and Fred simultaneously. - -“Yes. That’s why I came over to tell you.” - -“Do you think they came over to this island?” asked Harry. - -“Either that or they crossed to the other shore.” - -“Tell me exactly how they looked,” went on Joe. “We don’t want to make -any mistake.” - -Teddy Dugan had had a good look at all three of the tramps and he -described their features and dress in detail. - -“The very same rascals, beyond a doubt,” said Harry. “I wish you had had -them locked up, Teddy.” - -“Sure and I couldn’t do it when I was all alone, Harry. I watched them -walk to the lake and out on the ice—heading this way,—and then I ran -back to my uncle’s house and told him. But the snow was too deep to go -to town, an’ so me uncle did nothing.” - -After this Teddy Dugan told the particulars of the meeting between -himself and the three good-for-nothings. - -“I heard through me uncle that a house had been robbed near where he -lives,” added Teddy. “More than likely they were the thieves.” - -“I shouldn’t wonder,” said Fred. “A rascal who will take a watch and -chain will take more.” - -Link Darrow and Bart Mason had been bound for the lodge, thinking that -the camp of the club was located there. Both readily consented to turn -and move toward Needle Rock. - -“You must have had a fearful time with old Skeetles,” said Link, as the -whole party moved off. “Our family know him well, and my father doesn’t -want anything to do with him.” - -“What a pity Dan Marcy can’t act like other fellows do,” was Bart’s -comment. “He might be a real nice fellow if he wasn’t so overbearing.” - -“It’s in the breed,” came from Joel Runnell. “His father and his -grandfather were that way before him. Why, I can remember his -grandfather well. He was a boss on the railroad, and he hounded the -Italian workmen so much that one night several of them almost stoned him -to death.” - -“In that case, Dan is scarcely to blame for his disposition,” said -Harry. - -“I think he is. He ought to work to overcome it,” replied Fred. “But he -just makes himself as ugly as he can. Why, even the little boys and -girls get out of his way when they see him coming.” - -The three boys who had been on the island since the beginning of the -outing were anxious to hear all the news from home and this was told to -them by Bart and Link, who had also brought along several letters. - -“I don’t know what we can do about those tramps,” said Joe, after -thinking the matter over for some time. - -“Let us get settled down in our new place first,” returned Joel Runnell. -“After that we can go on a still hunt for them.” - -At this all of the boys looked at Teddy Dugan, who blushed through his -many freckles. - -“Teddy, what had you in mind to do?” questioned Joe. - -“I dunno,” was the slow answer. “I ain’t got nothing to do for the next -few days. Father said I could go and visit me uncle, or go huntin’, just -as I pleased. I know what I’d like to do.” - -“What’s that?” - -“Oh, I reckon I hadn’t better say. You’ve got your club all made up, -an’—an’——” - -“Would you like to stay with us?” asked Harry, quickly. There was -something in Teddy’s manner which was very attractive to him. - -“Yes, I would,” was the blunt response. “But, but——” - -“Let’s take Teddy along,” said Joe. - -“All right,” came from the others. - -“But I ain’t a member of the club?” - -“That don’t matter, Teddy. You’re a member of the ball team, and that’s -enough.” - -“Especially after that home run you made in the game with the Silver -Stars,” added Link, who was a great ball player himself. - -“Then you really want me along?” And the Irish lad’s face lit up in a -broad grin. - -“Yes,—but you have got to do your full share of camp work,” said Joe. - -“I’ll do more than my share.” Teddy did a few steps of a double shuffle -on the ice. “Say, this just suits me to death! Come on!” And he began to -pull on one of the sled ropes with great vigor. - -The breeze on the lake was so keen that nobody cared to stay out in it -longer than necessary. Where the snow was loose the wind often caught it -up and whirled it into their faces. - -“Only a little further to go,” said old Runnell at last, and in a few -minutes they turned in and came to a halt not far from where there was a -cliff twenty to twenty-five feet in height. Against the rocks rested two -immense pine trees which the gales of the previous winter had partly -uprooted. - -“Here is where we can fix up a real good shelter,” said old Runnell. “We -can trim off the under limbs of the trees and use them for the sides. -Then we can roll up some big snow balls and put ’em right on top of the -pine branches, leaving a hole for a doorway. Back in the cliff is a -split in the rocks, so it will do for a chimney.” - -“Then we can have a fire inside instead of outside,” said Harry. “That -will be jolly. I was afraid we’d have to put up with a cold sleeping -place.” - -“I’m cold now,” came from Link Darrow. “Guess I’ll have to do a dance to -get warm.” - -“You can get warm chopping some firewood,” said Joel Runnell. “Don’t -waste any of your strength. There is plenty of work to do before we can -settle down to enjoy ourselves.” - - - - - CHAPTER XX - BUILDING THE NEW SHELTER - - -The young hunters soon found out that what Joel Runnell said was true. -At first glance it looked easy enough to put the necessary shelter into -shape, but when it came to clearing and leveling the ground, cutting off -a great many tree branches and placing them as desired, and then -covering the whole with snow, the work was hard and long lasting, and it -was not until the evening of the second day that the task was completed. - -Yet all worked with a will, deeming it no labor at all, since they were -doing it for their own comfort and amusement. - -“Say, Fred, if you had to cut wood like this at home, what would you -think of it?” whispered Harry, while both were doing their best to trim -away an extra heavy limb of one of the pines. - -“I’d think it was ha—hard work,” panted Fred, who was almost out of -breath. - -“And wouldn’t you like to do it some Saturday afternoon, when there was -a football match on, or fine skating?” - -“My gracious! don’t mention it, Harry. It would make a fellow’s heart -drop to his shoes.” - -“No laying off there!” sang out Joe. “This gang has got to keep at work -until the job’s finished and I blow the whistle.” - -“Better ring the dinner bell,” put in Bart. “I’m almost hungry enough to -chew—oh!” - -Bart broke off with an exclamation, for just then a soft snowball hit -him directly in the back of the neck. He turned swiftly, to catch sight -of Fred working away, with an extra innocent look on his chubby face. - -“Oh, you needn’t play off on me!” he cried. “I know you did it, Fred.” - -“Did what?” asked Fred, continuing his work. “I’m cutting tree branches. -What are you doing?” - -“This,” continued Bart, and let drive with a snowball that took Fred on -the shoulder. - -“Hi! hi! stop that!” was the cry, and then Fred aimed another snowball. -But it flew past Bart and hit Link in the left ear. - -“Oh, my ear!” came with a roar, and Link began to dance around. “Fred -Rush, I’ll wash your face for that!” - -He made a drive for Fred, but the latter scrambled to the top of the -cliff, where Joe was at work. In another moment the young hunters were -having a lively snowball fight. By chance one ball hit Joel Runnell in -the stomach. - -“Hi! I’m not in this!” cried the old hunter. “Stop it, boys, stop it!” - -But nobody would listen to him. Fast and furious flew the snowballs in -all directions, and almost before he knew it Joel Runnell was hit again. -Then he joined in the sport. As he was at the top of the cliff and used -only huge chunks of loose snow those below had to steer clear of being -buried alive. - -“Want to snowball me, do ye!” he cried cheerily. “All right, come along! -But take care or the old man will go ye one better! Stand from under!” -And down came a chunk of snow as big as a feather bolster. It struck -Link’s head and hurled him flat on his back. But Link soon rallied and -hit old Runnell in the leg and in the back. - -Those at the bottom of the cliff soon sought to get at the top, while -those above did their best to keep the others down. It became a battle -of three on one side and four on the other. The excitement made Teddy -Dugan fairly wild and he let out whoops like an Indian, as he danced -around, delivering one snowball after another as if he was in a baseball -game. - -“Whoop! There’s one for first, and another for second!” he shrieked. -“There ye are, shortstop, and, I say, third base, don’t miss the liner!” -And bang! Joe caught the snowball in the waist, which doubled him up for -the moment. “Here’s fer killin’ the umpire!” And at this last speech old -Runnell caught a stinger in the ear. But the old hunter was quick to -retaliate, and Teddy went down with a chunk of snow completely covering -his head and neck. “Wurra!” he spluttered. “Please don’t throw the whole -cliff at me to onct!” - -The fight was growing hotter and hotter and in the excitement Joe -stepped close to the edge of the cliff. Then, of a sudden his feet -slipped, he made a clutch at the pine branches before him, and shot out -of sight. - -“Hurrah! the enemy is capitulating!” came from below. - -“Joe! Joe! where are you?” cried Harry. - -“I’ve retired, thank you!” came from under the pines. “I say, let us -call it off!” And then the snowballing came to an end. Joe was not hurt, -nor had anybody else suffered during the exciting contest. - -The boys worked so hard the first day building the shelter that in the -morning every back was stiff. When Harry arose it was all he could do to -straighten up. - -“I’ll be glad when the job is finished,” he grumbled. “A little of that -sort of thing goes a great way.” - -“Think of how our forefathers used to build their log cabins,” said -Bart. “We can be thankful we don’t live in such days.” - -“And don’t have any Indians hanging around ready to scalp us,” put in -Fred. - -“Sure, an’ I’d run for me life if I seen an Indian,” said Teddy, and -this caused a laugh. - -Bart and Link had brought a fair supply of provisions with them, but -Teddy had brought nothing, so it was felt by all in the camp that they -must be sparing with their things. - -“We’ll have to go out on another hunt to-morrow,” said old Runnell. “We -don’t want to live on just deer and bear meat.” - -The split in the rock had been cleaned out, and on the evening of the -second day a fire was started in the rear of the new shelter. There was -a fine draught and every bit of the smoke went up the split without any -trouble. - -“This looks more like home,” said Harry, after the fire had begun to -warm them up. “A camp isn’t a camp at all unless one has a good fire. -Even in the summer time a fellow likes to look at the blaze.” - -“Right you are, lad,” answered old Runnell. “I’ve been out many a time -all alone, and I always found a fire the most friendly thing I could -think of to drive away the blues. Even in the hottest of weather I start -up some kind of a little blaze between the rocks.” - -While the others were sitting close to the fire, Harry drew Link aside. - -“Did you hear what Teddy said about Indians,” he whispered. - -“Of course I did,” answered Link. He gave a knowing wink. “I guess I -know what you are up to.” - -“Give him a scare?” - -“Exactly, Harry. But how can we do it? We haven’t any Indian costumes.” - -“Haven’t we though? That’s all you know about it. Haven’t we blankets, -and plenty of birds’ feathers, and some turkey feathers, too, come to -think of it. And we can rub a little red dirt on our cheeks.” - -“Good! That’s worth remembering. But we can’t do it right away.” - -“Not to-night. I’m too tired.” - -“What are you fellows whispering about?” demanded Joe. - -“I just said I was tired,” answered Link, innocently. “I’m going to turn -in.” - -“I’ll wager you are up to some mischief.” - -“Say, if anybody plays a trick on me to-night I’ll—I’ll shoot him,” came -from Fred. - -“No tricks to-night, boys,” said old Runnell. “Everybody needs a good -sleep after such work as we’ve had.” - -On each side of the shelter inside fresh pine boughs had been spread. -The heat made the boughs give forth a delicious odor, which was as -healthy as it was pleasing. So far none of the lads had taken cold and -old Runnell sincerely hoped that all would continue to remain well. - -“Teddy, you want to keep one ear open for bears,” said Link, just before -retiring. - -“I don’t want to see any bears to-night.” - -“But one may come in, you know, and try to sample your foot or your -hand.” - -“Do you think any bears will be around?” questioned the Irish lad in -quick alarm. - -“Oh, not more than six or seven, Teddy.” - -“Then I’ll not go to sleep at all, at all!” - -“Teddy, don’t let them fool you,” remonstrated Joel Runnell. “If a bear -comes I’ll take care of him.” - -“I met a bear once,” said Teddy, after a pause. “I was that close to -him,” and he measured off a distance of but a few feet. - -“Oh, Teddy, what did you do?” questioned Bart. - -“I’ll wager you was scared half to death,” came from one of the others. - -“Did he try to bite you, or hug you to death?” questioned still another. - -“Were you armed?” - -“Where was this, out around here?” - -“No, it wasn’t. It was over to Dackerville.” - -“Dackerville?” - -“That’s what I said. I can tell you that bear was a lively one. Me -father was along, but he wasn’t as close to that bear as I was.” - -“Well, what did you do to him?” asked Link, impatiently. - -“Do? Didn’t do nuthin’.” - -“You didn’t! What did the bear do?” - -“Rolled over on his head, and walked off.” - -“Teddy, are you going crazy? A bear wouldn’t do that.” - -“He did, I tell you.” - -“He couldn’t have been very savage.” - -“I don’t know about that. He had a leather muzzle on, and a chain around -his neck.” - -“A tame bear!” screamed Harry, and began to laugh. “Oh, that’s the best -yet. Link, I guess you are sold.” - -“Was it a tame bear?” asked Link, weakly. - -“Sure. He could dance, and roll over on his head, and do lots of -stunts,” went on Teddy, and now a broad grin crept over his freckled -face. - -“Teddy, you’re the worst I ever met,” groaned Link, and then after the -laughter had subsided he added: “I’ll get square for that. Just you wait -and see!” - - - - - CHAPTER XXI - THE FIGHT OF THE PINE MARTENS - - -“Now, boys,” said Joel Runnell on the following morning, after all of -the young hunters had enjoyed a good night’s rest, “I’m going to get you -at something new.” - -“What is it?” queried several, in chorus. - -“So far all the game we have had has either been caught by a hook and -line or brought down with a gun. Now I’m going to show you how to set -traps for rabbits and other small animals, and also how to spear some -big fish through a hole in the ice.” - -“That’s the talk!” cried Joe. “I’ve been wanting to know something about -traps for years.” - -“Well, a small trap isn’t much of a thing to make,” answered the old -hunter. - -“I know how to make one kind of a rabbit trap,” came from Bart. “My -uncle showed me how to make it.” - -“There are a good many kinds of traps, aren’t there?” asked Fred. - -At this Joel Runnell smiled. - -“I should say so, my boy. I can make at least a dozen kinds, and I once -knew a hunter from Canada who boasted of being able to make forty-six -different kinds of traps and death-falls.” - -“Gracious! that man hadn’t much use for a gun,” was Harry’s comment. - -“It’s a good thing to know something about traps,” went on the old -hunter. “There might come a time when you were out in the woods and -mighty hungry, without a single charge of powder left. In such a case a -trap may keep you from starving to death.” - -The old hunter told them that he would first set a few rabbit and -squirrel traps, and after that a death-fall for larger animals. - -“I think I can locate the run of the rabbits on this island pretty -well,” said he. - -A good hot breakfast was had, and as soon as it was over Teddy insisted -on washing up the few dishes which had been used. Then off they set in a -crowd, satisfied that nobody would come to disturb their new shelter -during an absence of only an hour or two. - -Joel Runnell led the way around the cliff and then into a thicket where -the pine trees fairly touched the ground. - -“Here are hundreds of traps fairly waiting for us,” he said. - -“I don’t see any,” said Teddy, gazing around vacantly. - -“You’ll see one in a few minutes.” - -Finding a spot that suited him, Joel Runnell cleared away some of the -snow, which was but a few inches deep. Then, with a hatchet he had -brought along, he cut two short sticks and near the top of each cut a -sharp notch, the opening pointing downward. - -“Now I’ll drive these two sticks into the ground, about eight inches -apart,” said he; and put them down until the notches he had cut were -less than a foot from the soil. “Joe,” he added, “you cut a strong, flat -stick that will reach from one notch to the other.” - -While Joe was doing this, old Runnell put down another stick, this time -with a sharp upper point. The three sticks in the ground formed a -triangle. Then a stick was cut, sharp at one end and blunt at the other. -This the old hunter called the catch stick. - -Several feet away was a sapling and this was readily bent down in the -direction of the imperfect trap. To the sapling Joel Runnell tied a -stout cord and to the lower end of the cord fastened a bit of wire in -the form of a running loop. - -“Now we’ll proceed to set our trap,” he said, and taking the catch stick -he placed the blunt end under the stick Joe had put in the two notches -and balanced the sharp end on the equally sharp end of the stick in -front. - -The sapling was now bent over until the loop, or noose, was low to the -ground, between the two sticks in the ground and that in the notches. -Then the string, just above the noose, was fastened to the blunt end of -the catch stick. - -“Now all we’ve got to do is to bait our trap and it will be ready for -business,” went on Joel Runnell, and around the sharp stick in the -ground fastened some extra tender twigs of brushwood he had found on the -way. “You see, the minute Mr. Rabbit begins to eat the twigs, he’ll -shake the stick. That will make the catch stick slip down at the sharp -end. Up will fly the blunt end and so will the noose, with Mr. Rabbit -dangling in it by the neck or by the body.” - -“But he may go at the bait from the back,” said Bart. - -“The trap is done, but we’ve got to persuade Mr. Rabbit to go at the -bait from the front,” said the old hunter, and banked up the snow and -dead brushwood around the three sides, leaving only the spot by the loop -clear. - -When the trap was completed they walked off and at a distance set -another. By this time all the young hunters were at it, and in less than -two hours nine traps, large and small, had been set and baited in -various ways. - -“If we wanted to, we could make some box traps for birds,” said old -Runnell. “But I guess you won’t care for them this trip. It’s better to -catch birds in the summer.” - -“I’d rather not catch them at all,” said Fred. “They are not much good -for food—that is, they don’t go aground like rabbits, or turkeys, or a -deer. I don’t believe in killing them just for the fun of it.” - -“What is a death-fall?” questioned Link. - -“A death-fall is simply a heavy trap, for killing big game,” answered -the old hunter. “Some are made simply of a heavy log, so placed that -when the bait is disturbed the log comes down and crushes the beast. -Others are made with a tough stick and a big rock.” - -“Some hunters dig pitfalls for bears, don’t they?” asked one of the -boys. - -“Yes, but it’s not likely we’ll catch a bear in any such hole—they are -too scarce around here. Besides, pitfalls are dangerous. Some years ago -a hunter I knew fairly well fell into a pitfall dug the season before by -some other hunters, and he broke his leg and two ribs.” - -“It was mean to leave the pitfall unmarked,” said Joe. - -“When you are in the woods there are several things worth remembering, -lads. One is, never leave a fire without you’re certain it won’t do -damage.” - -“Yes, we’ve learned what fire can do,” said Fred, grimly. - -“Another thing is, don’t fool with your firearms, and don’t point a gun -at the other fellow just because you think the gun isn’t loaded. And -another thing, never point your gun at yourself or at anybody else when -you are climbing a fence, or crawling through the brushwood. The hammer -may catch on something and somebody may be killed.” - -“Yes, I knew of a boy who was killed that way,” said Harry. “He was -climbing a rail fence and the charge nearly took the top of his head -off.” - -“And finally,” said Joel Runnell, “when you leave a camp, don’t break up -everything in sight just for the sport of it, thinking you’ll never come -back that way again. You may want to come back the very next season, or, -if you don’t, somebody else may happen that way and it will be a -pleasure for that party to find things in shape for use, just as we -found Snow Lodge ready for use.” - -By the time the young hunters had returned to the shelter the wind was -rising once more, and they were glad enough to sit around the fire and -get warm. While they ate their midday meal Joel Runnel explained many -traps and their workings to the boys, and told of what animals he had -caught from time to time by such means. - -They were just preparing to go out for the afternoon when Link, who was -at the doorway, called softly to his companions. - -“Don’t make any noise,” he said. “I think there is some kind of an -animal around.” - -“Is it a bear?” queried Bart. - -“I don’t know what it is.” - -“Where did you hear it, Link?” asked Joe. - -“Down near the lake. It made a very odd sound.” - -By this time all had reached for their guns and were coming forth from -the shelter. - -“Come with me, Link,” said old Runnell. “You others hang back a little. -We’ll find out what it is that is prowling around. I don’t believe it’s -a bear.” - -With extreme caution Joel Runnell led the way in the direction Link had -pointed out. The snow covered the rough rocks so that walking was -extremely difficult. - -Just as they were to pass from under some pine trees into the open there -came a cat-like cry from a tree to their right. Wheeling around, the old -hunter caught sight of two animals facing each other on a sloping tree -limb. Each animal was rather larger than a good sized house cat and had -a long, bushy tail and short, stout legs. - -“What are they, cats?” whispered Link. - -“No, pine martens,” returned the old hunter, in a low voice. “Get back -and perhaps we’ll see some fun.” - -He caught Link by the arm, and both drew back a few paces. Then the -others were motioned to keep silent. - -The two pine martens soon began to growl and spit at each other exactly -as do two house cats when on a back fence to settle a long-standing -dispute. They were so much in earnest that neither noted the approach of -the hunters, although usually a pine marten is very shy and quick to -detect danger. - -“What a battle!” remarked Joe, when each had made a savage claw at the -other. “You’d almost think they were two old Toms, wouldn’t you?” - -“Perhaps you’d better heave a boot-jack at them,” came dryly from Bart. - -“Hush, lads,” put in Joel Runnell. “Be prepared to fire the minute they -try to run away. Remember, they may disappear like magic.” - -“Let me shoot one,” pleaded Link. “I haven’t had any chance at game -yet.” - -“And let me try for the other,” came from Bart. - -“All right. But take careful aim, or the martens will get away from -you.” - - - - - CHAPTER XXII - TEDDY MEETS “THE INDIANS” - - -In order to get a better view of the pine martens, who had shifted -slightly from where they were first fighting, Link and Bart moved -cautiously along among several big pine trees. - -“I’ll take the lighter one,” said Bart. - -“All right, I’ll try for the darker,” said his chum. Both of the martens -were brown, but there were several shades of difference between the -pair. - -“Are you ready?” came a few seconds later. - -“Yes.” - -“Then fire!” - -Crack! crack! went the two guns in rapid succession and up into the air -leaped both of the animals. Then they came down into the snow and -whirled over and over. One was mortally wounded and quickly expired, but -the one shot by Bart, tried to crawl away. - -“He’s going to get away from ye!” cried Teddy Dugan, in strong -excitement. “Let me give him a shot, won’t ye?” - -“Yes,” answered Bart, and no sooner had he spoken than the Irish boy -blazed away, and over on its back went the pine marten, as dead as a -stone. - -All of the young hunters rushed up to inspect the prizes. They found the -pine martens of a strong odor, but with beautiful furs. - -“Those pelts are worth something,” said Joel Runnell. - -“Can we eat the meat?” asked Bart. - -“I don’t think you’ll care particularly for the flavor. But you want to -save the furs.” - -“We shall certainly do that,” said Link, and then old Runnell showed -them how to skin the game so that the fur would not be damaged. - -Now that they were out with their guns they continued the hunt until -sunset. During that time they were lucky enough to get three rabbits and -two squirrels and also some more nuts out of the hole of one of the -latter creatures. - -It was growing colder steadily and by sunset all of the young hunters -were more than glad to get back to the shelter. - -“Oh, but this night is going to be a stinger!” predicted Joe, and he was -right. They brought in a large quantity of firewood and set the blaze to -going as hard as they dared. The pine trees leaning against the cliff -were getting dry and they had to be careful that no sparks should set -them ablaze. - -“We’ve burnt down one shelter, we don’t want to burn down another,” said -old Runnell, and Joe, Harry and Fred agreed with him. - -By midnight it was so cold that several of the boys could not sleep. -Wrapped up in their blankets they huddled so close to the fire that one -of them, Bart, had one corner of his wrap badly singed. - -“Look out, you’re on fire!” came from Joe, in a warning, and Bart leaped -up and did a war dance in an effort to brush away the sparks which had -reached him. - -Some water had been brought into the shelter for drinking purposes, but -long before morning this was frozen into a solid chunk, which Teddy -Dugan surveyed with a comical look on his face. - -“Sure an’ nobody will be after drinkin’ that,” he said. “If you want -water you’ll have to chew it!” - -“This is the banner cold snap so far,” observed Harry. “I trust the -thermometer doesn’t go much lower.” - -“If it does the bottom will drop out sure,” added Link, with a grin. - -“I don’t feel much like stirring from the fire,” came from Fred. - -“See Fred, doubled up like a squaw,” cried Bart. “Fred, are you toasted -yet?” - -“Never mind, I noticed you grumbled as much as I did, during the night,” -returned the stout youth. - -“Did I?” - -“Did you? Well, I just guess. You wanted all the extra blankets, you -did.” - -“Never mind, boys,” said Joel Runnell. “We’ll have a good hot breakfast, -and that will warm us all up.” - -Pancake flour had been brought along by Link and Bart, and that morning -they had coffee, pancakes, and fried rabbit. They did full justice to -the meal, and as old Runnell had said, all felt warm and in better humor -after the repast was finished. - -It remained cold all day, and the boys spent the time around the -shelter, cutting more firewood, and fixing the place up so that the wind -could not get in quite so freely. Link started another snowball fight, -but it did not last. - -Yet Link was out for some fun, and at supper time he reminded Harry of -the trick to be played on Teddy. - -“I’m willing,” came from Harry, readily. “But I think we ought to let -the others know, so they can enjoy the fun.” - -“I shouldn’t tell Runnell. He might want to stop us.” - -So it was agreed to tell the other boys. All were much interested and -did what they could to make Harry and Link look like Indians. - -First some reddish dirt was dug up and thawed out, after which it was -mixed with a little rabbit grease and smeared on their faces. Then some -feathers were put in bands and stuck around their heads, and each -wrapped himself in a camp blanket, in true Indian style. - -“You’ve got to have weapons,” said Joe. “Here, each take a hatchet.” - -“I brought along a bow and some arrows,” said Bart. “Link can take -that.” - -“And I’ll take my gun,” put in Harry. - -“See that it is empty first,” said Joe, warningly. “We don’t want any -accident.” And the weapon was discharged on the spot. - -All these preparations were made in secret, while old Runnell was out -looking for game. The boys had persuaded Teddy to go out, too. - -When Joel Runnell and the Irish lad returned to camp Link and Harry were -missing. - -“They went up the north shore,” said Joe. “Teddy, they wanted to know if -you wouldn’t follow them up. I think they have something they want you -to help carry home.” - -“All right,” answered the Irish lad, willingly, and set off at once, -whistling merrily as he trudged along. - -As luck would have it, Joel Runnell was busy skinning some rabbits found -in the traps. Consequently he did not notice the actions of the boys and -inside of a minute after Teddy left the camp they were following him up. - -“Don’t let him see you,” whispered Joe to the others. “If he does the -game will be spoilt.” - -“You keep out of sight yourself,” returned Bart. - -“And don’t talk so loud,” came from Fred. “Remember, it’s so quiet just -now a fellow’s voice carries further than you imagine.” - -After that they remained silent and took good care that Teddy should not -see them. - -All unconscious of the trick about to be played upon him, the Irish lad -trudged on and on, until he was quarter of a mile from camp. - -“Hello, boys!” he called out. “Where are you?” - -No answer came back, and he continued to move on, until a sudden stir in -some bushes caused him to halt. It was after sunset and the woods -appeared dim and ghostly. - -“I say, where are you?” he went on. “Link! Harry!” - -Again there was no answer, but now he saw two forms moving silently from -the bushes to a spot behind him. - -Joe had seen to it that Teddy did not take his gun along, so the Irish -lad was totally unarmed. He watched the figures in considerable alarm. - -“Sure an’ they can’t be the boys,” he told himself. “Link! Harry!” - -Slowly the figures drew closer and as they did so Teddy’s hair almost -stood on end. - -“Indians!” he cried. “Indians! Oh, I’m a dead b’y now!” - -“Pa-wa! Pa-wa!” cried one of the advancing figures. “Bunk-a-bunk a -busta-bust! Pa-wa!” - -“Nunk-a-nuck!” came from the other. “White boy Injun prisoner!” - -“Mercy on me!” shrieked poor Teddy. “Don’t touch me! Don’t touch me, Mr. -Indian!” - -“White boy big chief’s prisoner,” came from the second figure. “Maybe -scalp white boy!” - -At this Teddy clasped his hands in terror. - -“Don’t ye do it!” he yelled. “Help! somebody, help! The Indians have -come to murder us all in our beds! Don’t touch my hair! I nade it, I -do!” - -He wanted to run, but one of the wrapped-up figures caught him by the -arm, while the other raised his hatchet threateningly. - -“White boy be silent!” was the command. “No speak a word.” - -“Fer the sake o’ me family!” groaned Teddy. “Please let me go!” - -“White boy good to eat maybe?” - -“To eat is it! Oh, my! just to hear o’ that now! No, I’m no good to eat! -I’m tough, terribul tough! If ye try to eat me ye’ll break yer teeth!” - -At this came a snicker from behind the trees. - -“Say, but he’s scared right enough,” murmured Bart. - -“Down on your knees—your Japanese,” went on Harry, giving his hatchet a -wild flourish. - -“Oh! oh! Don’t sca—scalp me!” groaned Teddy, and fell on his knees. - -“Injuns let white boy go on one condition,” said Link, who had a wild -desire to burst out laughing. - -“What is that?” was the eager question. - -“White boy stand on head and sing big song.” - - - - - CHAPTER XXIII - PIKE SPEARING THROUGH THE ICE - - -“Well, did you ever hear the beat of that?” asked Fred, in a whisper, -after Link had made his outrageous request. - -“Hush, we may miss something,” came from Joe. - -“Stand on me head, is it?” asked Teddy, thinking he had not heard -aright. - -“Yes. Sing big song.” - -“What shall I sing?” - -“Sing, De Wacht am Rhine.” - -“Eh? I can’t sing a Dutch song.” - -“Did you hear that?” came with a suppressed laugh from Joe. “De Wacht am -Rhine of all things for Teddy!” - -“No sing Dutch song, sing Chinese song—Chow Chow Chippy Chow!” went on -Link. - -“Sure an’ I can’t sing Chinese ayther!” said poor Teddy. “I’ll sing The -Wearin’ o’ the Green, if ye want me to.” - -“White boy sing French song—La Loopa de Loopa,” came from Link. - -“Sing Russian song—Tvitsky Smoultskyitvalitz,” put in Harry. At this -there came a distinct snicker from behind the nearby trees. - -“What a name for a song!” murmured Fred. “His teeth will fall out if he -don’t take care!” - -“Don’t know Frinch, or Russian,” said Teddy. - -“Too bad, big Injun weep much tears,” sighed Link. “White boy sing Mary -Has a Little Ox?” - -“Eh? Do you mean, Mary Has a Little Lamb?” queried Teddy, in perplexity. - -“No. Injun no like lambs—bad for Injun complexion. White boy sing What -is Home Without Um Alarm Clock. Sing nine verses and can go home.” - -“Sure an’ I niver heard o’ the song,” said Teddy. “Tell ye what I’ll -sing,” he added, brightening. “I’ll sing ye a song me father made up.” - -“Good!” shouted both “Indians.” “But must stand on head,” added one. - -“Oh, dear,” groaned Teddy. “I never sang standin’ on me head before. Are -ye sure you’ll let me go if I do it?” - -“Yes, white boy run to bosom of family.” - -With a great effort Teddy managed to stand on his head, balancing -himself on his hands, a feat he had learned after visiting a circus -which had once stopped at Lakeport. Then with even a greater effort he -began to sing: - - “Me father had an old blind mule, - An’ he was very frisky, - To git upon that muley’s back - He said was very risky. - The mule was swift upon his feet, - Could run a mile a minit! - He beat the hosses at the track— - Not wan of thim was in it!” - -“Fine song! Make Injun heap laugh!” cried Link and began to dance around -as if greatly pleased. - -“White boy sing more such song,” put in Harry. “Injun learn ’em.” And -almost out of breath poor Teddy went on, wobbling from side to side as -he did so: - - “Me father’s mule he loved to eat - Green grass and ripe pertaters, - But niver cared a single cent - To swallow ripe termaters! - Wan day that mule stood on his head, - A-facin’ two big Injuns, - The Injuns roared to see him there— - -“But he got up and walked away, fer he saw it was all a joke an’ he -wasn’t goin’ to stand fer such nonsense any longer,” concluded Teddy, -and arising to his feet, he squinted comically first at Link and then -Harry. “Yer fine lads to play such a trick on me,” he added. “Supposin’ -I’d had me gun an’ shot off both yer heads?” - -The end of this speech was lost in a burst of laughter from behind the -trees, and Joe, Bart and Fred ran into view. - -“Hullo, Teddy, how do you like Injuns?” queried Fred. - -“Teddy, your voice is fine when you stand on your head and sing,” came -from Bart. - -“Oh, stop yer foolin’,” said the Irish boy, calming down. “Sure, didn’t -I know it was a joke all along.” - -“Oh, Teddy, did you know it?” asked Harry. - -“To be sure I did.” - -“I don’t believe it.” - -“All right then,” and the Irish lad tossed his head into the air. “I -wasn’t goin’ to spoil——” - -“Teddy, you’re drawing on your imagination,” burst in Link. “But we’ll -let it pass.” - -“Wait till I’m after gettin’ square,” said Teddy, and put up one finger -warningly. - -“Never mind, the song was O. K.,” said Fred. “Did your father really -make it up?” - -“And what’s the end of the second verse?” queried Link. - -“No, me father had nothin’ to do wid it. I got it out of an old joke -book, an’ I’ve forgotten the end of it. That’s the reason I made up an -endin’.” - -“Three cheers for Teddy, the acrobatic songster,” cried Fred, and the -cheers were given with a will. The cheers put the Irish lad in a better -humor; but it was a long time before he forgot how they had played -Indian on him. - -“What’s all the cheering about?” asked Joel Runnell, as they came back -to camp, Link and Harry having first wiped the red mud off their faces -and hidden away the feathers and blankets. - -“We’ve been initiating Teddy into a secret society,” said Link. - -“Didn’t know you had a secret society.” - -“This is the Forest Wanderers,” put in Harry. “Teddy is now Head Chief -of the Royal Frying Pan.” - -“You’ve been cutting up high jinks,” said old Runnell, with a smile. -“Well, it’s all right, but don’t none o’ you git hurt, that’s all,” and -there the affair ended. - -Joe and Harry had not forgotten about the three tramps, and were anxious -to make a hunt for the rascals, but the next morning Joel Runnell asked -all hands to go down to the lake front with him and help erect a shelter -on the ice, from which they might spear some pike and other fish. - -“It’s too cold to stay out there without a shelter,” said he, and -directly after breakfast they set to work. - -The fishing-wigwam, as the boys named it, was a primitive affair, built -up of long tree branches, set in a circle of snow. The branches were -fastened together at the top, like the poles of an Indian wigwam, and -then snow was packed around on the outside to a point just above their -heads. - -“Now this will make a comfortable place to fish in,” said Joel Runnell, -and with a sharp axe began to chop a hole in the ice about a foot and a -half square. “Of course this hole will freeze over from time to time, -but once we are through the main ice it will be an easy matter to cut -away whatever forms later.” - -The tree branches made the fishing shelter rather dark inside. On this -account they could look down into the water with ease, for the latter -was lit up by the light on the outside of the shelter. - -“This is great!” cried Joe. “Why the water is almost as bright as day!” - -At last the hole was cut and finished off to old Runnell’s satisfaction. -In the meantime the boys had prepared a fishing bait which the old -hunter approved. The bait was nothing but a little imitation fish, made -of wood and a bit of tinfoil. - -“Now, wait till I have my spear ready,” said Joel Runnell, and brought -out the weapon mentioned, which was fairly long and with a razor-like -point. - -In a few minutes he was ready for the test, and he showed Joe how to -drop the bait into the hole and jerk it around in the water below. - -For quite a while Joe jerked the imitation fish around in vain. Once a -lazy looking fish came fairly close, but not close enough for old -Runnell to use the spear. - -“Perhaps we had better try a line and hook,” said Harry. - -“Be patient,” said the old hunter. “You’ll never have any success at -fishing if you are not patient. You must—ah, I guess we’ll get something -now.” - -Joel Runnell bent directly over the hole. A good-sized pike had shown -himself. He darted off, but soon reappeared. Then, as Joe gave the bait -another jerk, the pike came directly under the hole and sniffed at it. - -It was a splendid chance and old Runnell was not slow to take advantage -of it. His spear was up, and down it came with force and directness, -taking the pike directly through the back. There was a twist and a short -struggle, and in a twinkling the pike lay on the floor of the fishing -shelter, breathing its last. - -“Oh, but that’s a prize!” cried Bart, enthusiastically. “He must weigh -three pounds!” - -“You’d have a fine time bringing him in on a line,” was Joe’s comment. -“He’d tire you out sure, or maybe break the line on the edge of the -ice.” - -All inspected the pike with great interest, and then Joel Runnell passed -the catch over to Teddy to be cleaned. - -“Can we get another one, do you think?” asked Bart, who was anxious to -try his luck. - -“Perhaps, although a big pike like this usually keeps his territory to -himself. More than likely his home was under yonder overhanging tree.” - -This time Bart took the spear and Link the bait, and nearly half an hour -went by. But then a pike larger than the first appeared. - -“Oh, my, what a chance!” murmured Link. “Now, Bart, don’t miss him!” - -“I’ll do my best,” answered Bart, who was quivering with excitement. - -All of the others were interested and drew around the hole hardly daring -to breathe. Three times the pike came fairly close and then swam away. -Once he passed directly across the opening, but so swiftly that Bart did -not take the chance to hit him. - -“He has gone,” said Fred, after a few minutes more had passed, but just -as he spoke the pike reappeared and came up directly under the hole, -where he began to turn around. - -“Now!” cried old Runnell, and down went the spear, in something of a -sideway fashion. But it passed through the pike near the tail, and with -a whirl and a great splashing, he came up to the surface and out of the -hole. - -“Hurrah, you’ve got him!” cried Link, as he wiped the cold water from -his face. “Say, he gave me a regular shower bath, didn’t he?” - -“Oh, you mustn’t mind that,” put in Fred. “Why such a pike as that is -worth a dip into the lake.” - -“Not in this freezing weather,” came from Joe. “But he’s a beauty and no -mistake. Four inches longer than the other and at least half a pound -heavier.” - -“There are a great many kinds of pike, aren’t there?” asked Link. - -“Yes, a great number,” answered old Runnell. “The big muskalonge, the -pike-perch, the pickerel, the wall-eye or glass-eye pike, and the gray -pike, and half a dozen other varieties. The pike-perch of the Great -Lakes sometimes grows to three feet and weighs fifteen or eighteen -pounds.” - -The fishing was continued for over two hours longer and one more small -pike was obtained. Then Fred tried his hook and line and very soon -brought in several small fish. - -“Now, we’ll have fish to last us for awhile,” said Joel Runnell. “What -we don’t use at once we can let freeze in the ice.” And this was done by -simply throwing the fish in a hollow and pouring clean water over them. - -The party had used up a good share of their deer meat, but the best part -of one of the halves still remained—or rather, had been left at the camp -when they went fishing. But now, when they got back, strange to say, the -deer meat was gone. - -“Hullo, what does this mean?” cried Joe. “Have we had another visit from -Dan Marcy and old Skeetles?” - -“Somebody has taken the meat, that is certain,” put in Bart. - -Joel made a careful examination. The meat had been left hanging on one -of the pine trees. - -“An animal took that meat,” said the old hunter. “And I am pretty -certain I know what kind of a beast it was.” - - - - - CHAPTER XXIV - A BATTLE WITH A WOLVERENE - - -All of the young hunters listened to Joel Runnell’s words with deep -interest. - -“An animal took the meat?” questioned Joe. “What sort of an animal?” - -“Unless I am greatly mistaken, lad, it was a wolverene.” - -“A wolverene!” cried several in chorus. - -“Oh, do you think it was really a wolverene?” came from Link. “Why, they -are very fierce, aren’t they?” - -“About as fierce a beast as you can bring down in these parts, Link, and -just about as hard to track, too.” - -“I’ve never seen a live wolverene,” came from Harry. “I saw a dead one -once at my father’s store—Jerry Daley brought it down. It was about as -long as a wolf, but a good deal heavier, and was black, with a lightish -streak running around each side toward the tail. It had a sort of cat -head, with the ears laid low, and an awful savage looking mouth.” - -“Yes, and Jerry Daley was almost killed by the beast, too,” put in Joe. -“It ripped up his arm and gave him a fearful scratch on one knee. Jerry -put two bullets into it and then cut its throat with his hunting knife.” - -“I’ve heard a lot of stories about wolverenes,” said Fred. “A good many -hunters fight shy of them.” - -“And the wolverenes fight shy of the hunters,” put in old Runnell. -“Can’t blame ’em either.” - -“Maybe we had better not go after this beast,” put in Teddy. “I don’t -want to be chewed up.” - -“Oh, yes, let us go after him,” came from Bart. “I’m not afraid. -Remember, he stole our deer meat.” - -“Better let that meat go,” went on Teddy. - -“Oh, I don’t want to eat the meat after a wolverene has chewed on it,” -added Bart. “But we ought to teach the beast a lesson.” - -“Wolverenes are great for stealing hunters’ meat,” said Joel Runnell. -“And not only that, they soon learn how to get at rabbits and other -animals that have been trapped. I once heard tell of how a hunter went -out to look at his traps and he discovered a wolverene watching ’em. He -kept out of sight, and pretty soon a rabbit got into one of the traps. -As soon as the rabbit was a prisoner, Mr. Wolverene came out of hiding -and pulled the rabbit out of the trap, and just then the hunter killed -the beast.” - -The matter was talked over, and it was decided that two of the boys -should go with old Runnell after the wolverene. Lots were cast, and the -choice fell upon Joe and Bart. - -“Bart, that ought to suit you,” said Fred. - -“And it does,” was the quick answer. - -“It suits me, too,” came from Joe. “Sorry you can’t go, Harry,” he added -to his brother. - -“Well, such is luck,” was the reply. “Perhaps next time I’ll go and -you’ll have to stay home.” - -A hasty lunch was had, and in less than half an hour old Runnell, Bart, -and Joe were on the way. - -The track of the wolverene was plainly to be seen, and they followed it -with ease over the rocks where the wind had blown a good deal of the -snow away. - -“Are your guns ready for use?” questioned old Runnell. “It may be that -we may fall in with some other kind of game besides the wolverene.” - -The weapons were in proper condition and both were held in such a -fashion that they could do no harm as the party traveled along. They had -now to enter the woods, with thick pines on one side and a variety of -small hemlocks and scrub bushes on the other. They were going uphill, -and walking at every step became more difficult. - -“Here are the marks very plainly,” said Joe. “The wolverene got tired of -carrying the meat and dragged it.” - -“Make no more noise,” said Joel Runnell. “We may be closer to the beast -nor you think.” - -After that they proceeded in utter silence. The trail led around a -number of pointed rocks and then among the pines. - -Suddenly Joel Runnell came to a halt and motioned for the others to do -likewise. Looking ahead, Joe and Bart saw a spot where the snow was much -disturbed, and there lay the best part of the deer meat which had been -stolen. - -Crouching low, Joel Runnell began to look in among the pine trees, for -he felt certain that the beast he was after could not be far away. -Evidently the wolverene had been disturbed while devouring a portion of -the game and had leaped out of sight among the pine branches. - -The wolverene is well called the glutton, for it loves to gorge itself -upon any meat which it can obtain. When it has such meat in its -possession to give it up is almost out of the question, and it becomes -maddened to the last degree. - -All this Joel Runnell knew, and he also knew that if he advanced to -where the meat was lying more than likely the wolverene would leap upon -him. - -But it was not the old hunter who first caught sight of the beast. -Happening to glance over his shoulder Bart saw a sight which filled him -with sudden terror. The wolverene was there, in a high branch, ready to -leap down upon his head! - -“Oh!” yelled the boy, and then, more by instinct than reason, he swung -his gun around and fired. The firearm held a fair charge of shot, and -this took the wolverene partly in the breast and left foreleg. There was -a fierce snarl, and down came the powerful creature at Bart’s very feet. - -As the wolverene landed both Joe and old Runnell wheeled around. The -latter would have fired, but Joe was in his way. - -“Look out, boys!” yelled the old hunter. “Back for your lives!” - -He spoke none too soon, for the wolverene was now ready for a second -leap. Bart sprang back, and the beast caught sight of Joe, who was -trying to get a shot. - -Bang! went Joe’s weapon, but the wolverene leaped as he fired, and all -that was hit of the creature was the bushy tail, which was knocked -completely to pieces at such close range. - -Dazed and bewildered, the wolverene now backed to the nearest tree, and -leaped out of sight among the low-hanging branches. The pain of its -wounds made it snarl and growl viciously, and had it been able to reach -one or another of the hunters it might have done great damage. - -“Look out,” cried Bart. “Guess he’s trying to come up behind us.” - -“I’ve got my eye on him now,” answered Joel Runnell. “Both of you stay -where you are, and reload.” - -Neither had thought of reloading, but now they did so with all possible -speed. In the meanwhile Joel Runnell was moving down among the pines. -They listened and heard the wolverene make a leap from one branch to -another, then all became suddenly silent. - -“Oh, I hope Runnell don’t get hurt,” muttered Bart. - -There followed a short spell of silence, and then the firearm of the old -hunter rang out. The report was followed by a cat-like screech, loud and -of short duration. Then from one limb to another tumbled the wolverene, -striking the ground with a whirl and sending the snow flying in all -directions. But the shot was a fatal one, and in a few minutes the -savage beast gave a shudder, stiffened out, and lay still. - -“Is he—he dead?” asked Bart, almost in a whisper. - -“Dead as a door nail, boys,” answered Joel Runnell. “He was a fighter -right enough, wasn’t he?” - -“I never want to go after another wolverene,” declared Joe. - -“You are right; one is enough,” returned Bart. For once his face was -strangely white. - -“What shall we do with the animal?” went on Joe. - -“May as well keep the hide,” answered the old hunter. “That will pay us -back for our deer meat. You can make a mat of it when you get home.” - -“I believe now some of the stories I have heard about wolverenes,” -declared Bart. “Why, this creature is about as bad to meet as a bear.” - -“Worse than some bears.” - -“Do you boys know what the wolverene is sometimes called?” asked the old -hunter. - -“I don’t know. What?” asked Joe. - -“The skunk bear, on account of its peculiar colorings. Yes, after this, -fight shy of wolverenes if you can help it.” - - - - - CHAPTER XXV - TEDDY EVENS THE SCORE - - -“You must have had a close call,” said Harry, when the others returned -to the camp and told their story. “I am mighty glad that wolverene -didn’t get a chance at me.” - -“Sure an’ if I see wan of them bastes I’ll run for me life,” came from -Teddy. “It’s worse nor a—a tiger they must be.” - -“Worse than Injuns, Teddy,” said Link, dryly. - -“Ah! Go run after your own shadow,” growled Teddy, in deep disgust. And -then, as he turned away there was a merry twinkle in his eyes. “Sure an’ -I’ll fix ’em to-night,” he murmured to himself. - -Link and Harry had employed their spare time in making for themselves -two pillows of pine needles. This was easy, for they had brought along -some bags for nuts and had merely to fill these and then sew up the open -ends. - -Watching his chance, Teddy got hold of the two pillows and also the box -containing pepper. Into each pillow he poured some pepper and also -sprinkled the outside liberally. - -It had been decided that an early start should be made the next morning -in a search for the three tramps, and Joel Runnell advised that all -hands turn in early. - -“I’m willing,” said Fred, and was the first to lie down and go to sleep. -Then the fire was fixed for the night and the others followed his -example. - -The silence in the shelter did not last long. Suddenly Link gave a -terrific sneeze and Harry followed suit. - -“Boys, get out of the draught or you’ll take cold,” came from Joel -Runnell. - -“I’m not in any—ker-chew!—draught,” answered Harry. - -“I am—ker-chew—I think—ker-chew—” spluttered Link, and ended with a -series of sneezes that brought all in the shelter to a sitting position. - -“Hullo, what’s the matter?” sang out Bart. - -“I-ker-chew! I think I’ve got the—ker-chew!” spluttered Harry. - -“I think so myself,” went on Bart. “Got ’em bad, too.” - -“Ker-chew!” exploded Link. “Ker-chew! Oh, my! Ker-chew!” - -“Well, I never,” came from Fred. “Is this a sneezing match?” - -“I’ll bet on the feller that wins,” piped up Teddy. “Now then, both -start together.” - -“Ker-chew!” began Link. - -“Ker-chew!” came from Harry, directly afterwards. - -“Didn’t start together,” went on Teddy, calmly. “Try it over again and -see——” - -“Ker-chew!” came from both. - -“Teddy Dugan, did you—ker-chew!” began Harry. - -“No, I didn’t ker-chew,” answered the Irish lad, with a wink at the -others. “I don’t chew at all. My father won’t let me use tobacco, and so -I——” - -“Ker-chew!” broke in both of the sufferers. - -“This is certainly queer,” said Joel Runnell, seriously. “What set you -to sneezing?” - -“Perhaps they tickled their noses wid straws,” suggested the -irrepressible Teddy. - -“I—I—ker-chew!—think there is pepper on my—ker-chew!—pillow,” spluttered -Link. - -Harry caught up his pillow and smelt of it. - -“Sure as you—ker-chew! ker-chew!—are born,” he cried. “Now, who did -this?” - -He and Link looked at first one and then another of the party. All but -Teddy looked perplexed. The twinkle in the Irish lad’s eyes was brighter -than ever. - -“Teddy Dugan, you did—ker-chew—this?” stormed Link, and made a dive for -him. - -“It’s snazin’ Injuns ye are now,” returned Teddy. - -“Oh, I’ll fix you for this!” roared Harry, and catching up his pillow he -hurled it at the Irish boy’s head. Link did the same, and down went -Teddy flat on his back. - -“Oh, stop!” he yelled. “I—ker-chew! Oh! Oh!” - -He threw one of the pillows at Link. It struck Joe instead, and Joe sent -it at Fred. Then the stout lad hurled it into the crowd. But it sailed -too high, struck the fire, and the pillow burst open. - -“Hi! hi!” called out Joel Runnell. “Take that out of the fire!” - -“Can’t—it’s bursted,” answered Joe. He bent forward over the blaze. “Oh, -what a smell! Ker-chew!” - -The pepper was now burning, and the smell speedily became so strong that -everybody had to sneeze and rush for the doorway. Into the open tumbled -the boys, one on top of the other. - -“Watch out; the shelter may get on fire!” said Fred. - -“Oh, don’t say that,” groaned Teddy, becoming frightened on the spot. -“Sure an’ I didn’t mane to carry the joke so far.” - -“Then you did do it after all?” murmured Fred. “Well, it was a good joke -all right enough.” - -From the doorway Joel Runnell watched the progress of the fire. The pine -needles soon died out, and the camp-fire became as before. But it was -some time before they could stand the smell of the burnt pepper. The -unburnt pillow was thrown out into the snow. - -“It was only to git square for the Indian trick,” said Teddy. “Won’t you -call it off now?” - -“Yes, Teddy,” said Harry, promptly, and shook hands, and then Link did -the same. - -All would have overslept on the following morning had not old Runnell -called them up ere it was daylight. He had already started the -breakfast, and soon some of the others were helping him. - -“Oh, must I get up so soon,” sighed Harry. “I could sleep three hours -more.” - -“No lazybones in this camp, young man,” cried Joe. “Remember, we are -going to try to locate those tramps.” - -It was a perfect day, with the sun shining brightly over the long -stretches of ice and snow. There was no wind, and on every side all was -as silent as a tomb, saving for the occasional cry of a winter bird, or -the distant barking of a fox. - -“This is genuine life in the open,” said Joe. “I tell you what, boys, we -couldn’t have a finer outing.” - -“I must try for some more pictures,” said Harry, and before he left the -camp he loaded his camera with films, so that he would be prepared to -“shoot” whatever struck his fancy. - -From Teddy they had obtained all the information possible concerning the -three tramps, and as soon as they were well on the road to the shore -Joel Runnell allowed Teddy to go in the lead. - -“Mind ye, I don’t say I can spot the rascals,” said the Irish lad. “But -I’ll do me best.” - -“That is all anybody can do, Teddy,” answered Joe. “Even if we don’t -catch ’em it won’t be such a terrible disappointment, although I’d like -to see the fellows brought to justice.” - -“They ought to be brought to justice,” put in old Runnell. “Nobody in -these parts will be safe with such rascals at large.” - -“I wonder what has become of Dan Marcy and Hiram Skeetles,” mused Harry. -“It’s a wonder they are not watching us, isn’t it?” - -“Guess the cold snap was too much for them,” answered Fred. “I don’t -believe old Skeetles cares much for an outing anyway. He’d rather stay -in town and make money.” - -“I’ve heard that he has been very mean to a great many persons,” said -Link. “There was one old Irish washerwoman that owed him ten or fifteen -dollars and he pestered the life out of her trying to get it.” - -“That’s right,” came from Teddy. “It was the Widdy O’Rourke, an’ my -folks and a lot of others made up a purse for her, so she could buy a -railroad ticket to Caleville, where her married daughter lives. The -daughter was too poor to pay for the ticket, but she wrote that if her -mother would come on she would do the best she could to give her a -home.” - -“And did old Skeetles get the ten or fifteen dollars?” asked Bart. - -“Sure he did. He wouldn’t let her leave town till she had paid. Oh, he’s -a skinflint, he is,” concluded Teddy. - - - - - CHAPTER XXVI - THE HOUSE IN THE WOODS - - -They reached the shore at a point where a long stretch of pines bent -down heavily with their weight of snow. The scene was so beautiful that -Harry stopped long enough to get two time exposure pictures, using very -small stops, so that the outlines might be extra sharp. - -“There must be a whole lot about photography,” observed old Runnell. -“Those men that are in the business take fine pictures without half -trying, while on the other hand I’ve been out with amateurs, as they -called themselves, and they’d take picture after picture, but none of -’em seemed to amount to much. Some would be crooked, some wouldn’t be -sharp and clear enough, and some would be printed too light or too -dark.” - -“Well, I just guess there is a good deal about it,” came from Bart. “I -have a cousin who is learning the business in Boston, and he writes that -I can’t imagine how many details there are. First one must have the -right light and shade and the proper focus, and then, after the picture -is taken, the plate has got to be developed just so, to bring out the -negative to its best point, and then one must take great care in -printing the paper. He tells me that sometimes a single drop of a -certain kind of chemical will spoil everything.” - -“Reckon, lad, it’s a good bit like hunting, after all,” said old -Runnell. “Some folks think they can put a gun over their shoulder, run -to the forest, and shoot down jest what they want to. Well, they can’t -at all—you know that already. They have got to learn to shoot straight, -and keep cool, and have lots of patience, and then they have got to -learn about the habits of their game.” - -“And some folks never become good hunters any more than they can become -good photographers,” said Joe. “I guess one has got to have a strong -fancy for it, in the first place.” - -“Yes, and a strong fancy for anything that he really wants to succeed -in,” said Joel Runnell. - -When they went into a temporary camp for dinner Harry took a picture of -the group, and then Joe took another, with Harry in the middle, holding -a coffee pot in his hand. Nearly every young hunter had something—a gun, -or a hatchet, or some kitchen utensil, and this photograph caused a -great deal of laughter when it was shown around after they got home. - -By moving slowly along the shore, and making a close examination of -every sheet and drift of snow, Joel Runnell at last found the tracks of -three persons who had come from the lake. The tracks were those made by -three pairs of boots or shoes of good size. - -“Those must be the tramps’ tracks,” declared Joe. “Teddy was right; they -came almost directly across from the opposite shore.” - -“And now the question is, How far have they gone since they crossed the -lake?” put in Harry. - -“That’s the worst of it,” said Fred. “For all we know, they may be miles -and miles away from here by this time.” - -“Tramps are great for stealing rides on freight trains,” ventured Bart. -“How far is the railroad from this point?” - -“At least four miles,” answered Joel Runnell, “and a very rough road at -that. The nearest station is six miles. They couldn’t very well board a -freight train that was moving.” - -“I don’t believe tramps like to ride much in such freezing weather,” -came from Link. “More than likely they have found some sort of a hangout -around here, and are living off of what they can pick up, by honest or -dishonest means.” - -The matter was discussed for a short while, and it was concluded to -follow up the footprints until nightfall if no longer. - -“We may run across them sooner nor you expect,” said old Runnell. - -The tracks led directly through the woods and then toward a rise of -rocks which was swept almost clear of snow. Beyond the rocks was level -ground, and here was a country road, connecting two small villages of -that vicinity with Lakeport. - -“We’re getting into civilization,” said Joe. “This feels almost as if we -were going home.” - -“I don’t want to go home yet,” said Harry. - -“Nor I,” came in a chorus from the others. - -The tracks led along the roadway for perhaps half a mile, and then -turned still further from the lake. - -“Well, I declare!” cried Joel Runnell. “Wonder if those chaps went over -to Ike Slosson’s house.” - -“Where is that?” asked Fred. - -“About half a mile from here.” - -“Who is Ike Slosson?” asked Link. - -“He is a very peculiar man, who lives by himself up in yonder woods. -Some folks say he is very rich, while others have it that he is poor.” - -“Do you say he lives all alone?” - -“Yes, and has for years. He used to have a son live with him, but the -boy died and that kind of made the old man queer in his head. But he -isn’t a bad sort by any means. Once, when I was caught in the woods in a -blizzard he took me in and treated me well. But he don’t care for -company.” - -“He would be just the sort of man those tramps would rob,” put in Joe. - -The tracks of the feet in the snow were plainly to be seen, and as they -continued on their way Joel Runnell became more and more convinced that -the three tramps had gone to Ike Slosson’s house. - -“When we come in sight of the house, I want you to halt,” said the old -hunter. “For all we know it may not be safe to show ourselves.” - -On and on they went. In spots the way was very rough, and they had to -help each other over the rocks. At one point they could see where the -tramps had halted for a meal, and here in the snow lay an empty liquor -flask. - -“That is evidence to me that the persons are the tramps we are after,” -said Joe. “They were all drinking men.” - -They had now to force their way through some short undergrowth and then -cross a small stream, which in the summer time flowed into the lake. The -stream was now a solid mass of ice. - -“The house is just beyond yonder belt of trees,” said Joel Runnell, at -last. “You had better stay here while I investigate.” - -“Let us go a little closer and hide behind the nearest trees,” suggested -Joe, and after a few words this was done. - -With his gun over his shoulder Joel Runnell continued to advance until -he was crossing the small clearing directly in front of the house, which -was an old affair, a story and a half high, and containing but four -rooms. The place looked to be closed and deserted. - -“Hullo, Ike Slosson,” sang out the old hunter, when within fifty feet of -the doorway. “Hullo, I say!” - -Scarcely had he called out when there was a commotion in the house. He -heard a shuffling of feet and some excited talking. - -“Go away!” cried a high-pitched voice. “Go away, I say! I want no -strangers around my house! Go away!” - - - - - CHAPTER XXVII - A PLAN FOR A CAPTURE - - -The words used were those which Ike Slosson had often uttered when folks -of that neighborhood came around his house and he did not wish to -entertain them. As Joel Runnell had said, the old man was very peculiar -and at times he refused utterly to see even those he knew to be his -friends. For strangers he had no welcome whatever. He knew old Runnell, -however, and had treated him better than he had many another man. The -hunter had once given him some fine rabbits and a partridge, and this -had won Ike Slosson’s heart. - -Joel Runnell halted, but did not retreat. The shuffling of several pairs -of feet had not escaped his sharp ears, and now those ears told him that -it was not Ike Slosson who was speaking, but somebody who was trying, in -a crude manner, to imitate the hermit. - -“I say, go away!” came in the same voice. “I want no strangers here.” - -“Whose place is this?” asked old Runnell, calmly. - -“It is my place, and I want you to go away, or I’ll set the dog on you.” - -This reply made Joel Runnell smile to himself, for he knew very well -that Ike Slosson despised dogs and would never have one near him. - -“Who are you?” - -“Never mind who I am. I want you to go away.” - -“Won’t you sell me a supper?” - -“No. I have hardly enough for myself.” - -“I’ll pay you well.” - -“Can’t help it. I have nothing to sell. Now go away, or I’ll put out the -dog.” - -“Don’t send out your dog; I’ll go,” cried Joel Runnell, in pretended -alarm, and then turning, he made his way to the shelter of the trees. - -“How did you make out?” whispered Joe. - -“Hush! don’t speak,” said the old hunter, warningly. “Crawl back, or -somebody may see you.” - -The boys moved to a safe place, and then clustered around the old hunter -for information. Joel Runnell was chuckling quietly to himself. - -“Thought they’d play a joke on me, didn’t they?” he said. “But I’ll soon -have the boot on the other leg.” - -“What do you mean?” asked Harry. - -The old hunter then told of what had been said. “It wasn’t Ike Slosson -who was speaking at all,” he added. “It was some other man, and his -voice was thick with liquor. I’ve a notion those fellows have done -something to Slosson and taken possession of his house and all of his -goods and money.” - -“Can they have killed the old man?” asked Link, in quick alarm. - -Joel Runnell shrugged his shoulders. “There is no telling.” - -“Let us rush out, surround the house, and capture the rascals,” came -from Bart. - -“Hurrah!” shouted Teddy, enthusiastically. “Sure an’ we’ll have a -regular Donnybrook Fair, such as me father often tells about.” - -“No! no!” answered old Runnell. “Some of you would be sure to get shot -or hurt in some way.” - -“But we came for the express purpose of catching those tramps,” cried -Joe. “I’m not afraid to tackle them.” - -“We are seven to three,” said Fred. “Perhaps they’ll surrender, when -they see how many there are of us.” - -“Not if they have done something to Ike Slosson, lad. They’ll fight hard -to get away. I have another plan. Five of us can watch the house while -the other two tramp to the nearest village and get some officers. Then -we can pounce on ’em while they are asleep.” - -This was considered excellent advice, and it was speedily decided that -Harry and Bart were to go to the village of Bralham, two miles away. The -others were to surround the house and keep a close watch so that none of -those inside could escape. - -The sun had now set and it was quite dark by the time Harry and Bart -struck the road leading to Bralham, a place consisting of half a dozen -houses, a store and a grist mill. What help they could muster at such a -place was still a question. - -“Perhaps nobody will care to take hold with us,” observed Harry, as they -trudged along. “Some of these country constables are mighty afraid of -their hides, when it comes to catching a criminal.” - -There was no moon, but countless stars shone in the dear sky, making the -path fairly light. All was very quiet, until directly over their heads -an owl let out a mournful hoot. - -“Oh!” cried Bart, and leaped back several feet. “What was that?” - -“An owl,” answered Harry, with a laugh. - -“How he scared me.” - -They could not see the owl, or Bart might have taken a shot at the -creature. The scare made the lad nervous, and he trembled a little as -they continued on their journey. - -“I don’t know as I should care to walk this road alone at night,” he -said. “I am glad we live in the town and not out in the country or in -the woods.” - -“I fancy it is what one gets used to, Bart. I’ve heard it said a -countryman can’t sleep in the city for the noise, and some city folks -can’t sleep in the country because it’s too quiet.” - -“Yes, I’ve heard that, too. But I think—Oh, my, what was that?” - -Both boys halted as some dark object passed across the road a couple of -rods in front of them. What the object was they could not discern. - -“I guess it was a rabbit or else a fox,” said Harry, as lightly as he -could. “Come on.” - -“Could it have been a—a bear?” - -“No, it wasn’t large enough for that. Come on,” and now Harry urged Bart -along. A little while after this they came within sight of the light in -a farmhouse kitchen, and then both boys felt much relieved. - -Going up to the door of the house they knocked, and a burly farmer -answered their summons. - -“Good evening,” said Harry, politely. - -“Good evening, lad, what can I do for you?” questioned the farmer, -gazing at both boys curiously. He saw that they had guns, but no game, -and concluded they were hungry and wanted supper. - -“Will you tell us where we can find a constable, or some other officer?” - -“Want a constable, eh? Did somebody steal your game?” And the farmer -smiled, quizzically. - -“No, we want the constable to arrest three tramps who are wanted for -stealing.” - -“Shoo! You don’t say!” Farmer Libby was all attention. “Where are the -tramps?” - -“Over to Ike Slosson’s house. They have taken full possession.” - -“Where is Slosson?” - -“We don’t know. The tramps must have done something to him.” - -“I always said somethin’ would happen to Ike,” put in the farmer’s wife. -“It hain’t human for him to be a-livin’ alone as he does. Samuel, you -must help in this.” - -“Guess I must,” said Samuel Libby. “But I’ll have to tell Constable -Peabody, and big Jim Bowman, too. Jim’s a powerful fellow when there’s -trouble to be met.” - -The farmer wanted the two boys to tell their tale, and they did so -without delay. While they talked he put on his overcoat and got down his -shotgun; and five minutes later all three were on their way to where -Constable Peabody resided, in the center of the village. - - - - - CHAPTER XXVIII - THE LAST OF THE TRAMPS - - -The constable was found in the village store, comfortably fixed on a -soap box, and narrating for probably the fiftieth time how he had once -caught two lumber thieves on the lake single-handed. The crowd had heard -the tale many times, but as the constable always added fresh particulars -at each telling, they were willing to listen again. - -“So you want me, do you?” he said to Samuel Libby and the two young -hunters. “All right, I’m your man. What is it, fire away?” - -When he was told what was desired he looked grave. - -“This ain’t no ordinary case,” he argued. “Them tramps must be des’prit -characters. I’ll have to take a posse along.” - -“No posse needed, Peabody,” said Farmer Libby. “Take Jim Bowman and -myself. Remember, old Joel Runnell is a-watchin’ ’em with four young -fellows. Ten men and boys ought to be enough to capture three -good-for-nothing tramps.” - -“Are you going back with us?” asked the constable of Bart and Harry. - -“Certainly we are,” answered Harry. “My brother and I want to learn what -became of his watch, if we can.” - -It was not long after this that big Jim Bowman was found, a lumberman -reputed to be the strongest fellow for miles around. He said he would go -willingly, and took with him a stout club. - -“Don’t much need it,” he said to the young hunters. “When I get in a -mix-up I like to use my fists.” - -“Well, it’s a good thing to know how to use your fists sometimes,” -answered Bart. - -The late moon was now coming up, so the roadway was lighter than it had -been. Both Bart and Harry were tired because of all the tramping they -had done, yet they did their best to keep up with the others. Jim Bowman -led the way, taking strides that no one could have equaled. - -“He must know how to handle lumber,” whispered Harry to Bart. “Just -notice how muscular he is.” - -“It is the constant outdoor life that has made him so strong, Harry.” - -On they went until the bypath was gained. The constable had brought -along a lantern, but this was not lit, for the rising moon was making it -lighter every minute. - -At last they halted and Harry gave a low whistle—a signal which had been -agreed upon. A low whistle came in return, and almost immediately Joel -Runnell came into view. He knew the constable by sight and Samuel Libby -personally and nodded to them. - -“Haven’t heard anything more out of ’em,” he said. “I’ll guess they -think I went away.” - -“Any light in the place?” asked the constable. - -“Yes, a candle light in the kitchen. I wanted to crawl up and take a -peep inside, but thought I wouldn’t risk it, for fear they’d spot me and -try to dust out.” - -After this the others were called up and a regular council of war -ensued. Constable Peabody took charge, and he asked all to march up with -him and surround the house. Then, taking Jim Bowman with him, he knocked -loudly on the back door. - -“Who’s there?” asked a rough voice, and then the voice was changed to an -imitation of Ike Slosson’s and the speaker continued: “Go away! I want -no strangers here. Go away!” - -“Look here, this Tom-foolery won’t do!” cried the constable. “Open the -door, or I’ll have it broken down.” - -At this there was an added commotion in the house. Two men came to a -window and peeped out. - -“Hullo! there are half a dozen men out there,” muttered one. - -“And they have got guns,” growled the other. “Muley, I reckon de jig’s -up.” - -“Who are you?” asked Noxy, the man at the door. - -“An officer of the law, and I demand that you surrender,” shouted -Constable Peabody, pompously. - -“Boys, we must skip,” whispered the tramp called Stump. “If we don’t -we’re sure to do time.” - -“Are you going to open up or not?” demanded the constable. - -To this there was no answer. - -“Jim, I reckon you had better try your strength,” went on the officer. - -The big lumberman was only too willing. He put his shoulder to the door -and it went in with a crash. - -“Now come out of that, one at a time,” sang out the constable. “And -remember, we are ten to three, so it won’t do you any good to fight.” - -“Are there ten o’ ’em?” gasped Noxy. - -“Shouldn’t wonder,” growled Stump. “That feller who was here before must -have told the sheriff. Say, wot are we goin’ to do?” - -“Hang me if I know.” - -The three tramps stared blankly at one another. They were caught like -rats in a trap. They tiptoed their way to the next room, and looked -forth from the windows. - -“I see four men and boys,” said one. - -“An’ three on this side,” came from another. “There must be ten o’ ’em -after all. Boys, our goose is cooked.” - -“Are you coming out, or have we got to fire on you?” continued Constable -Peabody. - -“I’ll give ’em a dose of buckshot,” put in Joel Runnell, although he had -no idea of firing for the present. - -“That’s it,” sang out Joe, who was likewise fooling. - -“No! no! don’t shoot!” howled Stump, who was the most cowardly of the -trio. “Don’t shoot!” - -“Will you come out?” - -“Yes.” - -“Then come, and put your hands over your head.” - -Looking decidedly sheepish the tramp marched out of the house, holding -both hands over his head. In a moment Constable Peabody was behind him -and had the rascal handcuffed. - -“Now you other fellows come out, too,” said the officer. “One at a time, -and with your hands up. If you try any funny work I’ll order my men to -fire.” - -There was a pause for a moment and then Noxy slouched out. He was -quickly followed by Muley, who looked as if he wanted very much to run -away. But the tramps were given no chance to escape, and soon all were -tightly handcuffed. - -“Well, how do you like the situation?” asked Joe, as he faced Muley. -“Can’t you tell me what time it is?” - -The tramp looked at the young hunter and then fell back a step. - -“You!” he gasped. - -“I say, can’t you tell me what time it is? If you’ll remember, you have -my watch and chain.” - -“Say dis beats de nation,” murmured Muley. “Did youse fellers follow us -up?” - -“We did.” - -“What have you done with my brother’s watch?” asked Harry. - -“I ain’t got de watch,” growled the tramp. But later on, when he was -searched, the watch and chain were found in his pocket, he having no -chance to sell or pawn the articles. - -While this talk was going on Constable Peabody was questioning Stump and -Noxy about what had been done to Ike Slosson. At first neither of the -tramps wanted to talk, but at last Stump confessed that they had gotten -the old man away from home by delivering to him a bogus telegram, -stating that a rich relative had died in Springfield and that there was -much money awaiting him. The hermit had been just simple-minded enough -to go away, and as soon as he was gone they had taken possession of his -house, where they had expected to remain until it was time for Slosson -to get back. - -“Well, you’ll not stay here any longer,” said Constable Peabody, grimly. -“You’ll spend a good part of the future in the lockup, if I know -anything about it.” - -“I reckon I missed it when I took dat young man’s watch an’ chain,” said -Muley, with a hitch of his shoulders. “But I never t’ought he’d follow -us like dis, never.” - -Another conference was held, and as a result it was decided that the -constable, assisted by big Jim Bowman and Farmer Libby, should march the -prisoners to a temporary lockup and later transfer them to the Lakeport -jail, there to await the action of the court. It may be added here that -this was done, and the three tramps received sentences which kept them -from doing further harm for some time to come. - -“Well, we won out that time,” said Joe, as the young hunters and Joel -Runnell started, the next day, for the camp on Pine Island. “I am glad -we went after those tramps before they had a chance to leave Ike -Slosson’s house.” - -“We’ll have to give Teddy credit,” said Harry. “He’s the one who made -this capture possible.” And the Irish lad was warmly praised, much to -his satisfaction. - - - - - CHAPTER XXIX - A GREAT MOOSE CHASE - - -All were anxious to learn if the shelter on the island had been -disturbed during their absence. When they arrived at the spot they found -everything as they had left it, much to their satisfaction. - -“I’m going to take it easy for a day,” said Joe. “I think we all deserve -a rest.” - -“Second the commotion,” said Fred, and so they rested. - -“I’ve got to go home,” said Teddy. “I’m sorry to leave you all, but it -can’t be helped.” And he left them that noon, all hands giving him a -rousing cheer as he departed. He carried with him four rabbits taken -from the traps and also a very fat turkey which Joel Runnell managed to -lay low for him. - -The boys all felt that their hunting tour must soon come to an end, and -having rested, they resolved to make the most of the time that still -remained to them. - -“We may never get another chance to go out like this,” said Harry. “One -thing I’d like to bring down before we leave. That is a moose.” - -“I guess a moose would suit all of us,” cried Link. “But I don’t think -we are going to get any. Moose are mighty scarce around here.” - -“Link is right,” put in Joel Runnell. “But for all that we may spot one -before we go.” - -“Oh, have you seen any signs of a moose?” ejaculated Harry. - -“I’ve seen some signs that may have been made by a moose, although a big -deer would leave the same marks.” - -The shelter was now a very cozy place, for all of the boys spent their -leisure time in fixing it up. They had long ago named it Two-Tree Lodge, -and Fred had cut out a sign with his jackknife and this was hung over -the doorway. - -“If folks only knew what a fine camping-out spot this island is, I dare -say there would be many more people here,” declared Bart. - -It must not be imagined that Joe and Harry had forgotten about Hiram -Skeetles’ missing pocketbook, that which contained the papers of so much -value. - -“We must hunt for those papers, Joe,” said Harry, and they went out not -once but several times. But, although they hunted high and low, among -the bushes, rocks, and in the snow, the pocketbook and the valuable -papers failed to come to light. The most they found was the real estate -dealer’s business card, which Joe picked up late one afternoon. - -“Hullo! I’ve found old Skeetles’ card,” he sang out, and Harry rushed to -his side to look it over. - -“Anything else, Joe?” - -“No. But this card shows that we are on the right track.” - -“That is true.” - -After the card was found they hunted around until long after dark, but -nothing else was discovered, much to their disappointment. - -“Perhaps the pocketbook was washed into the lake after all,” said Fred, -who was very much interested, and who had hunted some on his own -account. “If you’ll remember, we had some pretty hard rains before -winter set in.” - -One day all of the boys went gunning deep into the woods back of the -shelter. They went on their snowshoes, and managed to scare up eight -rabbits, four squirrels, and seven partridges. It was a beautiful day -for such sport, and in addition to bringing down his share of the game, -Harry procured several photographs, one showing Joe in the act of -bringing down two partridges with one shot. - -“That will prove that you are an out-and-out hunter, Joe,” said Harry, -after the snap shot was taken. “They can’t go back on a picture.” - -“Oh, you must remember, there are lots of trick photos,” said Joe, with -a laugh. “Don’t you remember that one we saw of a man shooting at -himself?” - -“Yes,” put in Link, “and I once saw a picture of a man riding himself in -a wheelbarrow. But we can all testify that this is no trick photo.” - -Sunday the boys took it easy, and it was a rest well earned and well -needed. - -“Now for the last of our outing,” sighed Harry. “This week will wind it -up.” - -“Let us look at the traps,” came from Bart, and he and Link and Fred did -so, and found in them two rabbits and a squirrel. There were also signs -of a wolf around two of the traps, but they did not catch sight of the -beast. - -“I fancy that wolf wanted to get one of our rabbits,” said Link. -“Perhaps we scared him off just in time.” - -“I want nothing to do with wolves,” said Bart. “If they’ll let me alone, -I’ll let them alone.” - -A couple of days later old Runnell came in somewhat excited. “Unless I -am greatly mistaken, I have seen the track of a moose,” he said. “I am -going to follow up the tracks. Who wants to go along?” - -Who? All of them, and they said so in chorus, while each reached for his -gun. Old Runnell made them put on their snowshoes and fill their game -bags with provisions. - -“We may be gone until to-morrow,” he said. “Running down a moose is no -easy thing, even if the snow is deep.” - -The route lay along the shore and then across the lake to the mainland. -They struck the shore at a point where the pines were heavy, and Joe -Runnell showed the young hunters where the moose had stopped to feed. - -“He’s after some tender bark,” said the old hunter. “See how he nosed -around in the snow for it.” - -After a brief rest they continued their journey, but night found the -game still out of sight, and they had to go into camp in the best -shelter they could find. - -“Never mind,” said Harry. “A moose isn’t to be found here every day.” - -“No, nor every week, either,” added old Runnell. “So far I haven’t heard -of a single one being brought down this winter.” - -They were up again before sunrise and following the tracks as before. -These now led up a rise of ground and Joel Runnell went in advance. - -“The tracks are getting fresher,” he announced. “I don’t think he’s a -mile off at the most.” - -They went on for a short distance farther, and then Joe put up his hand. - -“Hark!” he said, in a low voice. “What sort of a noise is that?” - -They listened, and from a distance heard a scraping and sawing that was -most unusual. - -“We’ve got him!” said old Runnell. “That’s the moose rubbing himself on -a tree.” - -He crept forward, with the others close behind. Soon they came to a -little opening in the forest. Here were several rocks backed up by a -clump of hemlocks. Against one of the hemlocks stood a tall, magnificent -moose, with wide-spreading antlers. He had been scraping his back on the -rough bark, and now he proceeded to repeat the operation. - -“You boys can all fire at the same time,” whispered Joel Runnell. “I’ll -wait and see what you can do.” And giving them time to take aim, he gave -the signal. - -The guns rang out together almost as one piece, causing a tremendous -report to echo throughout the forest, and filling the little opening -with smoke. - -“You’ve got him!” shouted Joel Runnell, with as much joy in his voice as -if he had brought the game down himself. And when the smoke lifted they -saw the moose totter and pitch headlong. Once, twice the animal tried to -rise up, then over he went with a thud on the rocks, gave a kick or two, -and lay still. - -With loud shouts of triumph the young hunters rushed in. But old Runnell -held them back. - -“Beware,” he cried. “He may give a last kick that will split some one’s -head open. Wait!” And they waited until they were certain that life was -extinct. - -“What a beautiful haul!” came from Bart. “And see, every one of us hit -him in the neck and breast.” - -“I’m glad we didn’t hit him in the face,” said Joe. “We can mount that -head and it will be something fine.” - -“Yes, but who is to keep it?” asked Harry. - -“We can take turns,” was the answer, and this caused a laugh. - -To get such large game back to the camp at Needle Rock was not easy, and -it took them until long after nightfall to cover the distance, and then -all were thoroughly exhausted. The moose was placed in a safe place, and -they retired without taking the trouble to cook a regular supper. - - - - - CHAPTER XXX - THE FIND—END OF THE OUTING - - -Noon of the next day found Joe walking along the lake shore some -distance below the camp. On the outing the day before he had lost a -glove and he was trying to locate it in the snow. - -“I’m pretty sure I dropped it somewhere along here,” he told himself. “I -know I had it on just before we came to those bushes yonder.” - -He was still some distance from the bushes when he espied a dark object -hanging from one of the branches, among some dried leaves. Thinking it -was either the lost glove or the remains of an old bird’s nest, he went -over to investigate. The next instant he set up a shout of joy: - -“The pocketbook! The pocketbook at last!” - -He was right; the pocketbook was there, hanging down from the long -string which had been wrapped around it—a dingy, brown affair, well worn -at all of the corners and containing two pockets. - -With a heart that thumped wildly in his breast, Joe took hold of the -pocketbook to examine it. Scarcely had he done so when he gave a groan -and his hopes fell as rapidly as they had risen. - -The pocketbook was empty. It contained absolutely nothing at all. - -“Sold!” he muttered, laconically. “Sold, and just when I thought I had -it!” - -“What have you found, Joe?” came in Harry’s voice, and a moment later -his brother came up. - -“Here is Hiram Skeetles’ pocketbook—but it is empty.” - -“You don’t say!” Harry looked at the object a moment. “Was it hanging -like that when you first saw it?” - -“Yes.” - -“Then perhaps the contents dropped out, or was shaken out by the wind.” - -“To be sure.” Joe went down on his knees at the roots of the bush and -began to scrape away the snow. “I hope we do find something.” - -Harry began to assist, and soon the snow was gone and they began to dig -in among the dead leaves and sticks. Then Joe hauled up several cards -with Hiram Skeetles’ name on them and a memorandum of some property -located near the lake. - -“Here is something belonging to old Skeetles,” said he. - -“Here is another paper,” said Harry. “It’s a bill of sale for a town -lot,” he added, looking it over hastily. - -An instant later Joe came across a large envelope containing several -legal-looking documents. He brushed the dirt from the covering and tried -to make out some handwriting on it. - -“The papers!” he shouted, joyfully. “Grandfather Anderson’s papers as -sure as you are born!” - -“Let me see!” ejaculated Harry, and bent over the find. They hauled the -papers from the envelope and looked them over. Their grandfather was -mentioned in a number of places, and also two plots of land they had -heard their parents discuss. Clearly these were the papers that were so -much needed. - -“We’ll take them to camp and read them over carefully,” said Joe. “And -if they are what we want we had best go right home with them.” - -“Won’t mother and father be astonished when they get the news,” added -Harry. - -They were soon back to camp, and here sat down to look over their find. -They had just concluded to their satisfaction when Fred, who was outside -cutting firewood, set up a shout: - -“Here comes old Skeetles and Dan Marcy!” - -“Quick, Joe, put the papers out of sight,” whispered Harry, and this was -done. - -In a few minutes Hiram Skeetles and Dan Marcy reached the shelter. - -“So ye burnt the lodge down!” exclaimed the real estate dealer. “I’ll -have the law on ye fer that!” - -“The lodge was burnt down by accident,” answered Joe. “We are willing to -pay a fair amount for the damage done.” - -“Humph! And what made ye come over here to camp out?” asked Skeetles, -anxiously. - -“Because we felt like it,” answered Fred. - -“I said ye could stay over to the lodge, not here.” - -“Well, we came here,” put in Joe. “But we are not going to stay very -long. I and Harry are going home, and I guess the rest will go with us.” - -The real estate dealer looked at the Westmore boys sharply. - -“Did ye find—er—anything belongin’ to me around here?” he asked, -suspiciously. - -“We did—a pocketbook and these cards and papers,” answered Joe, boldly, -and handed over what belonged to the miserly man. - -“What!” Hiram Skeetles turned first red and then white. “Did ye—er—find -anything else?” - -“Nothing belonging to you, Mr. Skeetles.” - -“Nothin’ belongin’ to me, eh? What else did ye find?” - -“You’ll learn about that later,” said Harry. - -“Ha! you’re keepin’ something back! I can see it in yer faces! Give it -up, I say, give it up!” And Hiram Skeetles took a savage step forward. - -“Leave the lads alone,” came sternly from Joel Runnell. “What they’ve -got belongs to them.” - -“He’s got them papers!” screamed Skeetles, losing all self-control. -“Take ’em from him, Dan!” And he pointed at Joe. - -Marcy took a step forward as if to catch hold of Joe, but a -well-directed blow from old Runnell’s hand sent him sprawling in the -snow. - -“Clear out,” said the old hunter, wrathfully. “If you don’t——” - -He tapped his gun, but it was unnecessary. The bully staggered to his -feet and retreated without delay. Seeing this, Hiram Skeetles also fell -back, glaring angrily at our friends as he did so. - -“What are ye goin’ to do?” he asked, after a pause. - -“I am going to help my folks get back the property that belongs to -them,” answered Joe. “Hiram Skeetles, you are found out, and the less -fuss you make the better off you’ll be.” - -“Those papers ain’t no good.” - -“That remains to be seen. What I want to know is, how did you manage to -steal them?” - -“Steal ’em?” Hiram Skeetles’ lips quivered. “Didn’t steal ’em. Dan Marcy -got——” - -“Don’t you lay it off on me,” howled the bully. “Skeetles told me they -belonged to him, and that’s why I got ’em. If I had known——” He stopped -short. - -“My opinion of it is, you are both a precious pair of rascals,” came -from Joel Runnell. “And that being so, I want you to leave these boys -alone.” - -A wordy war followed, but old Runnell and the young hunters were -obdurate, and at last Hiram Skeetles and Dan Marcy withdrew, the former -trembling for what the future might have in store and the bully like a -dog that has been thoroughly whipped. - -“I move we start for home at once,” said Joe, and Harry seconded the -motion. The others were willing, and they started less than an hour -after, dragging their diminished stores and the balance of the moose -after them. - -The coming into Lakeport with such big game attracted considerable -attention, and they were loudly congratulated on the success of their -hunting tour; but the majority of the people did not know the full -extent of their success until some time later, when the truth concerning -the missing papers was announced. - -“They are the real papers,” said Mrs. Westmore. “It is wonderful how you -managed to locate them.” - -“We will start proceedings against Hiram Skeetles without delay,” said -Mr. Westmore, and this was done. The real estate dealer put up a feeble -fight, but the evidence was all against him, and in the end the property -came into the Westmore possession. Then it was also decided that -Skeetles had no claim upon Pine Island. The real estate dealer grew so -unpopular in that neighborhood that soon he moved to another section of -the country and that was almost the last seen or heard of him. - -“I guess Dan Marcy feels rather mean,” said Joe. “He knows he didn’t -treat us right.” - -“Oh, Marcy has a thick hide and wouldn’t feel mean over anything,” -answered Fred. “As soon as this affair blows over he’ll go around -bullying folks just as much as ever.” And this proved true, although -Marcy, for a long while to come, gave the Westmores, Fred, and old -Runnell a wide berth. - -The young hunters never tired of talking of the grand outing they had -had. - -“It was a dandy,” said Fred. “I declare, I feel like a regular hunter -now.” - -“I guess we all do,” said Link. “Although Bart and I weren’t out as long -as you fellows.” - -“Never mind—I had my share of the fun,” put in Bart. - -“We had our sports and hardships pretty well mixed,” came from Joe. “But -as everything came out as it should in the end we needn’t complain.” - -“Complain!” cried Harry. “I’d like to have another outing just like it -next winter.” - -The others said the same. And here let us for the present say good-by to -the Gun Club Boys of Lakeport. More good times were in store for them, -and what some of these were will be told in another volume, to be -called, “The Baseball Boys of Lakeport; or, The Winning Run.” Baseball -is our great national sport, as all my readers know, and when clubs play -each other the rivalry is of the keenest. - - - - - * * * * * * - - - - -Transcriber’s note: - ---Silently corrected obvious typographical errors; non-standard - spellings and dialect not changed. - - - -***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE GUN CLUB BOYS OF LAKEPORT*** - - -******* This file should be named 52386-0.txt or 52386-0.zip ******* - - -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: -http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/2/3/8/52386 - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/52386-0.zip b/old/52386-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5b84b18..0000000 --- a/old/52386-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52386-h.zip b/old/52386-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5793545..0000000 --- a/old/52386-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52386-h/52386-h.htm b/old/52386-h/52386-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index e6654d5..0000000 --- a/old/52386-h/52386-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8188 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> -<head> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> -<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Gun Club Boys of Lakeport, by Edward Stratemeyer</title> -<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> -<style type="text/css"> -xbody, table.twocol tr td { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; } /* BODY */ - -h1, h2, h3, h5, h6, .titlepg p { text-align:center; clear:right; } /* HEADINGS */ -h1 { margin-top:3em; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto; max-width:15em; } -.box h1, .box h2 { margin-top:.5em; } -h2, h3 { margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:2em; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width: 17em; } -.box h3 { margin-top:1em; } -h6 { font-size:100%; font-style:italic; } -h6.var { font-size:80%; font-style:normal; } -.titlepg { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border-style:double; clear:both; } - -/* == BOXES == */ -.dbox { border-style:double; } -div.box, .dbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em;} -.nbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:18em;} -div.box, div.subbox, div.nbox { border-style:solid; border-width:1px; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -div.subbox { margin:.2em; } -div.box dl dd, div.subbox dl dd, div.nbox dl dd {margin-left:2em; font-size:90%; } -div.box dl dt, div.subbox dl dt, div.nbox dl dt {margin-left:1em; } -div.box p {margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; max-width:70em; } -h4 { font-size:80%; text-align:center; clear:right; } -span.chaptertitle { font-style:normal; display:block; text-align:center; font-size:150%; } - -p, blockquote, li { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } /* PARAGRAPHS */ -p.bq, blockquote { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -blockquote p.bq { margin-left:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;} -div.verse { font-size:100%; } -p.indent {text-indent:2em; text-align:left; } -p.tb, p.tbcenter { margin-top:2em; } - -span.pb, div.pb, dt.pb, p.pb /* PAGE BREAKS */ -{ text-align:right; float:right; margin-right:0em; clear:right; } -div.pb { display:inline; } -.pb, dt.pb, dl.toc dt.pb, dl.tocl dt.pb, .index dt.pb { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left: 1.5em; - margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em; display:inline; text-indent:0; - font-size:80%; font-style:normal; font-weight:bold; - color:gray; border:1px solid gray;padding:1px 3px; } -div.index .pb { display:block; } -.bq div.pb, .bq span.pb { font-size:90%; margin-right:2em; } - -div.img, body a img, .imgcenter {text-align:center; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:0em; clear:both; } - -sup, a.fn { font-size:75%; vertical-align:100%; line-height:50%; font-weight:normal; } -.center, .tbcenter, .csmallest, .csmaller, .caption { text-align:center; clear:both; } /* TEXTUAL MARKUP */ -.caption {margin-top:0em; font-weight:bold; font-size:90%; } -table.center { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } -.small { font-size:80%; } -.smaller, .csmaller { font-size:66%; } -.smallest, .csmallest { font-size:50%; } -.larger, .xlarge { font-size:150%; } -.large { font-size:125%; } -.gs { letter-spacing:1em; } -.gs3 { letter-spacing:1.5em; } -.gslarge { letter-spacing:.3em; font-size:110%; } -.sc { font-variant:small-caps; font-style: normal; } -.sc i { font-variant:normal; } -.rubric { color: red; font-weight:bold; } -hr { width:40%; margin-left:30%; } -.shorthr { width:20%; } -.jl { text-align:left; } -span.jl { float:left; } -.jr, .jr1 { text-align:right; } -span.jr, span.jr1, span.center, span.jl { display:block; } -.jr1 { margin-right:2em; } -.ind1 { text-align:left; margin-left:2em; } -.u { text-decoration:underline; } - -table.center { border-style: groove; } -table.center, table.hymntab { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - -dd.t { text-align:left; margin-left: 5.5em; } - -span.date, span.author { text-align:right; font-variant:small-caps; display:block; margin-right:1em; } -span.center { text-align:center; display:block; } -span.hst { margin-left:1.5em; } -.biblio dt { margin-top:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } -.biblio dd { font-size:90%; } - -/* INDEX (.INDEX) */ - -/* FOOTNOTE BLOCKS */ -div.notes p { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; text-align:justify; max-width:25em; } -.fnblock { margin-top:2em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em; } -.fndef { text-align:justify; margin-top:1.5em; margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; } -.fndef p.fncont, .fndef dl { margin-left:0em; text-indent:0em; } -.fndef p.fnbq, .fndef dl { margin-left:1em; text-indent:0em; } - -.lnum { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left:.5em; /* POETRY LINE NUMBER */ -display:inline; } - -.hymn { text-align:left; } /* HYMN AND VERSE: HTML */ -.verse { text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:0em; } -p.t0, p.l, .t0, .l, div.l, l { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.tw, div.tw, .tw { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t, div.t, .t { margin-left:5em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t2, div.t2, .t2 { margin-left:6em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t3, div.t3, .t3 { margin-left:7em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t4, div.t4, .t4 { margin-left:8em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t5, div.t5, .t5 { margin-left:9em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t6, div.t6, .t6 { margin-left:10em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t7, div.t7, .t7 { margin-left:11em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t8, div.t8, .t8 { margin-left:12em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t9, div.t9, .t9 { margin-left:13em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t10,div.t10,.t10 { margin-left:14em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t11,div.t11,.t11 { margin-left:15em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t12,div.t12,.t12 { margin-left:16em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t13,div.t13,.t13 { margin-left:17em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t14,div.t14,.t14 { margin-left:18em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t15,div.t15,.t15 { margin-left:19em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } - - /* CONTENTS (.TOC) */ - .toc dt.center { text-align:center; clear:both; margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:1em; } - .toc dt { text-align:right; clear:left; - margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - .toc dt .cn { font-style:normal; } - .toc dt.jr { text-align:right; } - .toc dt.smaller { max-width:25em; } - .toc dd { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:2em; } - .toc dd.t { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:4em; text-indent:0em; } - .toc dt a, .toc dd a { text-align:left; clear:right; float:left; } - .toc dt.sc { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.scl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.sct { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; margin-left:1em; } - .toc dt.jl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:normal; } - .toc dt.scc { text-align:center; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt span.lj { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } - .toc dt.jr { font-style:normal; } - .toc dt a span.cn, .toc dt span.cn, dt span.cn { width:3.5em; text-align:right; margin-right:.7em; float:left; } - dt .large {font-weight:bold; } - div.bcat dl dd { margin-left:4em; max-width:21em; } - div.bcat dl dt { text-indent:-2em; margin-left:2em; } - -.clear { clear:both; } -.htab { margin-left:8em; } - /* MAXWIDTH FOR JUVENILE BOOKS */ - p, blockquote, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre.internal dl { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p.csmaller { max-width:38em; } - p.csmallest { max-width:40em; } - blockquote { max-width:23em; } - - - div.verse { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - div.bq { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:23em; } -/* book advertisements */ - p.bkad {font-size:125%; font-weight:bold; margin-top:2em; max-width:20em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p.bkpr {font-size:90%; } - p.bkrv { } - dl.blist dt { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } - dl.blist, dl.biblio { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - - dl.int { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - dl.int dt {margin-left:0em; } - dl.int dd {margin-left:2em; } - - p.pg { max-width: 80%; } - h1.pg { margin-top: 0em; - max-width: 80%; - clear: both; } - h2.pg,h3.pg { margin-top: 2em; - max-width: 80%; - clear: both; } - hr.full { width: 100%; - margin-top: 3em; - margin-bottom: 0em; - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - max-width: 80%; - height: 4px; - border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */ - border-style: solid; - border-color: #000000; - clear: both; } -</style> -</head> -<body> -<h1 class="pg">The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Gun Club Boys of Lakeport, by Edward -Stratemeyer</h1> -<p class="pg">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States -and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no -restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it -under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this -eBook or online at <a -href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you are not -located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this ebook.</p> -<p class="pg">Title: The Gun Club Boys of Lakeport</p> -<p class="pg"> Or, The Island Camp</p> -<p class="pg">Author: Edward Stratemeyer</p> -<p class="pg">Release Date: June 23, 2016 [eBook #52386]</p> -<p class="pg">Language: English</p> -<p class="pg">Character set encoding: UTF-8</p> -<p class="pg">***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE GUN CLUB BOYS OF LAKEPORT***</p> -<p> </p> -<h3 class="pg">E-text prepared by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan,<br /> - and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> - (http://www.pgdp.net)</h3> -<p> </p> -<hr class="full" /> -<p> </p> -<p> </p> -<p> </p> - -<div class="img"> -<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="The Gun Club Boys of Lakeport; or The Island Camp" width="500" height="744" /> -</div> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/p00.jpg" alt="The old hunter was at hand" width="500" height="719" /> -<p class="caption">The old hunter was at hand</p> -</div> -<div class="box"> -<p class="center"><b>LAKEPORT SERIES</b></p> -<hr /> -<h1>The -<br />Gun Club Boys of Lakeport -<br /><span class="smallest">OR</span> -<br /><span class="small">The Island Camp</span></h1> -<p class="tbcenter"><i>By</i> EDWARD STRATEMEYER -<br /><span class="smaller">Author of “The Baseball Boys of Lakeport,” “Dave Porter at Oak Hall,” “Old Glory Series,” “Pan-American Series,” Etc.</span></p> -<p class="center"><span class="small"><i>ILLUSTRATED</i></span></p> -<div class="img" id="p01"> -<img src="images/p01.jpg" alt="(uncaptioned)" width="216" height="270" /> -</div> -<p class="center"><span class="small">BOSTON -<br />LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.</span></p> -</div> -<p class="center"><span class="small"><span class="sc">Copyright, 1904, by A. S. Barnes & Co., under the Title -<br />“The Island Camp.”</span> -<br /><span class="sc">Copyright, 1908, by Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.</span></span></p> -<h2>PREFACE.</h2> -<p>This story is a complete tale in itself, and -it also forms the first volume of a series to be -devoted to sport in the forest, on the water, -and on the athletic field.</p> -<p>My object in writing this tale was two-fold: -first, to present to the boys a story which would -please them, and, second, to give my young -readers an insight into Nature as presented -in the depths of the forest during the winter.</p> -<p>The young hunters of Lakeport are no different -from thousands of other youths of to-day. -Although they do some brave deeds, -they are no heroes in the accepted sense of -that term, and at certain times they get scared -just as others might under similar circumstances. -They are light-hearted and full of -fun, and not above playing some odd practical -jokes upon each other. In the old and experienced -hunter, who goes with them on this -never-to-be-forgotten outing, they find a companion -exactly to their liking, and one who -teaches them not a few “points” about hunting -that are worth knowing.</p> -<p>The scene of this tale is laid in one of our -eastern states. A few years ago small game -of all kinds was plentiful there, and deer, -moose, and even bears, could also be laid low. -But some of the larger animals are fast disappearing, -and it is now only a question of time -when they will be wiped out altogether. This -seems a great pity; but the march of the lumberman -and the progress of the farmer cannot -be stayed.</p> -<p><span class="jr"><span class="sc">Edward Stratemeyer.</span></span></p> -<h2>CONTENTS</h2> -<dl class="toc"> -<dt class="jr"><span class="jl"><span class="small">CHAPTER</span></span> <span class="small">PAGE</span></dt> -<dt><span class="cn">I. </span><a href="#c1">What Happened in a Snowstorm</a> 1</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">II. </span><a href="#c2">The Dugans to the Rescue</a> 12</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">III. </span><a href="#c3">A Fruitless Search</a> 24</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">IV. </span><a href="#c4">Skating</a> 37</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">V. </span><a href="#c5">A Quarrel on the Ice</a> 44</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">VI. </span><a href="#c6">Organizing the Club</a> 56</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">VII. </span><a href="#c7">The First Day in Camp</a> 71</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">VIII. </span><a href="#c8">What Happened at Night</a> 83</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">IX. </span><a href="#c9">At a Deer Hunt</a> 95</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">X. </span><a href="#c10">Among the Wolves</a> 104</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XI. </span><a href="#c11">Confronted by the Enemy</a> 116</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XII. </span><a href="#c12">Driven from the Lodge</a> 125</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XIII. </span><a href="#c13">Lost in a Blizzard</a> 137</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XIV. </span><a href="#c14">The Enemy Asks a Favor</a> 149</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XV. </span><a href="#c15">A Midnight Visitor</a> 161</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XVI. </span><a href="#c16">Back to the Lodge</a> 173</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XVII. </span><a href="#c17">A Search and a Bear</a> 185</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XVIII. </span><a href="#c18">A Fire, and What Followed</a> 197</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XIX. </span><a href="#c19">A Gathering of Young Hunters</a> 209</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XX. </span><a href="#c20">Building the New Shelter</a> 219</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXI. </span><a href="#c21">The Fight of the Pine Martens</a> 229</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXII. </span><a href="#c22">Teddy Meets “The Indians”</a> 239</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXIII. </span><a href="#c23">Pike Spearing through the Ice</a> 249</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXIV. </span><a href="#c24">A Battle with a Wolverene</a> 261</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXV. </span><a href="#c25">Teddy Evens the Score</a> 270</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXVI. </span><a href="#c26">The House in the Woods</a> 279</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXVII. </span><a href="#c27">A Plan for a Capture</a> 286</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXVIII. </span><a href="#c28">The Last of the Tramps</a> 294</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXIX. </span><a href="#c29">A Great Moose Hunt</a> 303</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXX. </span><a href="#c30">The Find—End of the Outing</a> 312</dt> -</dl> -<div class="pb" id="Page_1">1</div> -<h1 title="">THE GUN CLUB BOYS OF LAKEPORT</h1> -<h2 id="c1">CHAPTER I -<br /><span class="small">WHAT HAPPENED IN A SNOWSTORM</span></h2> -<p>“How many miles have we still to go, Harry?”</p> -<p>“I think about four,” answered Harry -Westmore, as he looked around him on the -country road he and his brother were traveling. -“I must say, I didn’t think the walk -would be such a long one, did you?”</p> -<p>“No, I thought we’d be back home before -this,” came from Joe Westmore. “I wish we -could find some sort of a signboard. For all -we know, we may be on the wrong road.”</p> -<p>“There used to be signboards on all of these -roads, but I heard Joel Runnell tell that some -tramps had torn them down and used them -for firewood.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_2">2</div> -<p>“Yes, they did it for that, and I guess they -took ’em down so that folks could miss their -way, too. Those tramps are not above waylaying -folks and making them give up all -they’ve got in their pockets.”</p> -<p>“I believe you there. But since Sheriff -Clowes rounded up about a dozen of ’em last -month they have kept themselves scarce. -Phew! How the wind blows!”</p> -<p>“Yes, and how the snow is coming down! -If we are not careful, we’ll not get home at all. -I hadn’t any idea it was going to snow when -we left home.”</p> -<p>“I’m afraid if we don’t get home by dark -mother will worry about us.”</p> -<p>“Oh, she knows we are old enough to take -care of ourselves. If it snows too hard we can -seek shelter at the next farmhouse we come to -and wait until it clears off.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_3">3</div> -<p>The two Westmore boys, of whom Joe was -the older by a year and a day, had left their -home at Lakeport early that morning for a -long tramp into the country after some late -fall nuts which a friend had told them were -plentiful at a locality known as Glasby’s Hill. -They knew the Hill was a long way off, but -had not expected such a journey to get to it. -The bridge was down over one of the country -streams and this had necessitated a walk of -over a mile to another bridge, and here the -road was not near as good as that on which -they had been traveling. Then, after the nuts -were found and two fair-sized bags gathered, -it had begun to snow and blow, until now the -wind was sailing by them at a great rate and -the snow was coming down so fast that it -threatened to obliterate the landscape around -them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_4">4</div> -<p>The Westmore family were six in number, -Mr. Horace Westmore and his wife, the boys -just introduced, and two younger children -named Laura and Bessie. Mr. Westmore was -a flour and feed dealer, and had the principal -establishment of that kind in Lakeport, at the -lower end of Pine Lake. While the merchant -was not rich, he was fairly well-to-do, and the -family moved in the best society that the lake -district afforded. On Mrs. Westmore’s side -there had once been much wealth, but an unexpected -turn of fortune had left her father -almost penniless at his death. There was a -rumor that the dead man had left to his daughter -the rights to a valuable tract of land located -at the head of the lake, but though Mr. -Westmore tried his best he could not establish -any such claim. The land was there, held by -a miserly real estate dealer of Brookside -named Hiram Skeetles; but Skeetles declared -that the property was his own, free and clear, -and that Mrs. Westmore’s father had never -had any right to it whatsoever.</p> -<p>“What’s mine is mine, and don’t ye go for -to forgit it!” Hiram Skeetles had snarled, -during his last interview with Horace Westmore -on the subject. “Ye ain’t got nary a -slip o’ paper to show it ever belonged to -Henry Anderson. I don’t want ye to bother -me no more. If ye do, I’ll have the law on -ye!” And Mr. Westmore had come away -feeling that the case was decidedly a hopeless -one.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_5">5</div> -<p>“It’s a shame mother and father can’t bring -old Skeetles to time,” had been Joe’s comment, -when he heard of the interview. “I -wouldn’t trust that old skinflint to do the -square thing.”</p> -<p>“Nor I,” had come from Harry. “But if -Grandfather Anderson had any deeds or other -papers what did he do with them?”</p> -<p>“I’m sure I don’t know. Mother said she -saw some papers once—years ago, when she -was a young girl—but she never saw them -after that,” had been Joe’s comment; and -there the subject had been dropped.</p> -<p>With their bags of nuts over their shoulders -the two boys continued to trudge along in the -direction of home. The loads had not seemed -heavy at starting, but now each bag was a dead -weight that grew harder to carry at every -step.</p> -<p>“Let us rest for awhile,” said Joe, at length. -“I must have a chance to get my wind.”</p> -<p>“Isn’t there wind enough flying around -loose,” returned his brother, with a faint grin. -“Just open your mouth wide and you’ll gather -in pure, unadulterated ozone by the barrelful.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_6">6</div> -<p>“It’s the wind that’s taking my wind, Harry. -I feel as if I’d been rowing a two-mile -race, or just made a home run on the baseball -field.”</p> -<p>“Or a touchdown on the gridiron, eh? -Say, but that last game of football with the -Fordhams was great, wasn’t it?”</p> -<p>The two boys had moved on a few steps further, -and now, through the flying snow, caught -sight of a dilapidated barn standing close to -the roadway.</p> -<p>“Hurrah! here’s a shelter, made to order!” -cried Joe. “Let us go in and take a quarter -of an hour’s rest.”</p> -<p>“Yes, and eat a few of the nuts,” added -Harry. “My! but ain’t I hungry. I’m going -to eat all there is on the table when I get -home.”</p> -<p>“Then you wouldn’t refuse a mince pie -right now, would you?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_7">7</div> -<p>At this question Harry gave a mock groan. -“Please don’t mention it! You’ll give me -palpitation of the heart. If you’ve got a -mince pie tucked away in your vest pocket, -trot it out.”</p> -<p>“Wish I had. But stop talking and come -into the barn. It isn’t a first-class hotel, but -it’s a hundred per cent. better than nothing, -with a fraction added.”</p> -<p>Like many a similar structure, the old barn -had no door or window on the road side, so -they had to go around to the back to get in. -As they turned the corner of the building they -caught sight of two men who stood in the -tumble-down doorway. The men were rough-looking -individuals and shabbily dressed, and -when they saw them the lads came to a halt.</p> -<p>“Hullo, who are you?” demanded one of -the men, who possessed a head of tangled red -hair and an equally tangled red beard.</p> -<p>“We were traveling on the road and came -around here for a little shelter from the -storm,” answered Joe. He did not like the -appearance of the two tramps—for such they -were—and neither did Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_8">8</div> -<p>At the explanation the tramp muttered -something which the two boys did not catch. -At the same time a third tramp came forth -from the barn, wiping his mouth with the back -of his hand.</p> -<p>“Maybe they’re from that farm back here,” -he said, with a jerk of his head over the shoulder. -“I believe there was a couple o’ boys -up there.”</p> -<p>“No, we’re not from any farm,” answered -Harry. “We come from Lakeport.”</p> -<p>“What have ye in them bags?” put in the -tramp who had not yet spoken.</p> -<p>“Nuts. We have been out nutting.”</p> -<p>“Humph! Thought as how nuts was all -gone by this time.”</p> -<p>“We heard of a spot that hadn’t been visited,” -said Joe. He looked at his brother -significantly. “Guess we had better be moving -on.”</p> -<p>“Oh, don’t hurry yourselves, gents,” came -quickly from the tramp with the red and tangled -beard. “Come in an’ rest all yer please. -We’re keepin’ open house to-day,” and he -gave a low laugh.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_9">9</div> -<p>“Thank you, but we haven’t a great deal of -time to spare,” said Harry. “Come, Joe,” -he went on, and started to move toward the -roadway once more.</p> -<p>He had scarcely taken two steps when the -tramp with the red beard caught him by the -shoulder.</p> -<p>“Don’t go,” he said pointedly. “Come in an’ -warm up. We’ve got a bit o’ a fire in there.”</p> -<p>“A fire?” queried Harry, not knowing what -else to say. “Aren’t you afraid you’ll burn -the barn down?”</p> -<p>“Not much! Even if she went, the buildin’ -ain’t worth much. Come on in.”</p> -<p>The tramp had a firm grip on Harry’s arm -by this time and now the other two got between -Joe and the roadway.</p> -<p>It must be confessed that the two lads were -much dismayed. As already noted, they -knew that folks in that neighborhood had been -waylaid by tramps in the past, and they now -felt that a similar experience was in store for -them. How to get out of such a dilemma was -a serious question.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_10">10</div> -<p>“We don’t want to stop with you,” said -Joe, as sharply as he could, although his heart -beat violently. “Let me pass, please.”</p> -<p>“But we ain’t goin’ to let yer pass just yet, -young feller,” said one of the tramps. “Come -on in an’ be sociable.”</p> -<p>“We don’t mean for to hurt ye!” put in another. -“So don’t git scart. If ye belong -down to Lakeport we’ll treat yer right.”</p> -<p>“We don’t wish to stay, I tell you,” went on -Joe. “Let me pass, do you hear?”</p> -<p>“And let me go, too,” added Harry. He -tried to twist himself loose but could not, for -the tramp was strong and had a good clutch.</p> -<p>“Peppery youngsters,” drawled the tramp -with the red hair. “Got to teach ’em manners, -I guess. Shove ’em into the barn, boys. -There don’t seem to be nobuddy else around, -an’ it looks like we had run up against a real -good thing!”</p> -<p>“Do you mean to say that you intend to rob -us?” cried Joe, as he struggled to free himself -from the man who had him by the collar.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_11">11</div> -<p>“Rob yer? Who said anything ’bout robbin’ -yer? We’re honest men, we are! Come -on inside, an’ behave yerself!”</p> -<p>And with this Joe was shoved toward the -barn door. He tried to struggle, but it was -useless. Using brute force the tramps almost -pitched him inside, and Harry followed in a -similar manner. Then the tramp with the red -beard set up the broken-down door before the -opening and stood on guard with a club in his -hand.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_12">12</div> -<h2 id="c2">CHAPTER II -<br /><span class="small">THE DUGANS TO THE RESCUE</span></h2> -<p>It was a situation which no boy would care -to confront, and as Joe and Harry looked -from one brutal face to another, their hearts -sank within them. They could see at a glance -that the tramps were among the worst of their -class and would hesitate at little or nothing to -accomplish their ends.</p> -<p>To one side of the barn, where the flooring -had rotted away, a fire was burning, the smoke -drifting forth through a broken-out window -and the numerous holes in the roof. Beside -the fire lay the remains of two chickens, which -the tramps had probably stolen from some -farmer’s hen-roost. Three soda water bottles -were also on the floor, but there was no telling -what they had contained, since all were empty. -But as the breath of each tramp smelt strongly -of liquor, it is safe to say that the bottles had -contained—at least one of them—something -stronger than a temperance drink.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_13">13</div> -<p>“See here, you haven’t any right to treat -us in this fashion,” said Joe, as soon as he -could recover from the attack which had been -made upon him.</p> -<p>“You ain’t got no right to call us thieves,” -was the answer, and the speaker leered in a -knowing manner at his fellows.</p> -<p>“That’s it,” spoke up another of the -tramps. “It’s a downright insult to honest -men like us.”</p> -<p>“Thet’s wot it is,” came from the third -tramp. “Boys, yer ought to ’polergize.”</p> -<p>“I want you to let us go,” went on Joe.</p> -<p>“Right away,” put in Harry. “If you -don’t——”</p> -<p>“If we don’t,—what?” demanded the tramp -who stood guard with the club.</p> -<p>“It may be the worse for you, that’s all.”</p> -<p>At this all three of the tramps set up a low -laugh. Then the fellow at the doorway called -one of the others to his side and whispered -something in his ear.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_14">14</div> -<p>“Dat’s all right, Noxy; but I don’t care to -go until I see wot we strike,” answered the -man addressed.</p> -<p>“Oh, you’ll get your fair share, Stump,” -was the answer, but Stump refused to leave -even when urged a second time.</p> -<p>“Say, just you tell us wot time it is,” put -in the other tramp, who went by the name of -Muley. He had noticed that Joe carried a -watch—a silver affair, given to him by his -father on his last birthday.</p> -<p>“It’s time you let us go,” answered Joe. -He understood perfectly well what the fellow -was after.</p> -<p>He had scarcely spoken when Muley stepped -forward and grabbed the watch chain. The -watch came with it, and despite Joe’s clutch -for his property it was quickly transferred to -the tramp’s possession.</p> -<p>“Give me that watch!”</p> -<p>“They are nothing but robbers!” burst out -Harry. “Joe, let us get out right away!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_15">15</div> -<p>Unable to pass the tramp at the doorway, -Harry made for one of the barn windows, and -feeling it would be useless to argue just then -about the timepiece, Joe followed his brother.</p> -<p>“Hi, stop ’em!” roared Stump. “Don’t let -’em get away!”</p> -<p>Instantly all three of the tramps went after -the two lads. Muley was the quickest of the -number and in a trice he had placed himself -in front of the window.</p> -<p>“Not so fast!” he sang out. “We want -what you have in your pockets first!”</p> -<p>Cut off from escape by the window, the two -boys turned around. They now saw that the -doorway was unguarded, and ran for the opening -with all speed. Harry reached the door -first and tumbled it aside, and both ran into -the open.</p> -<p>“Stop!” yelled Noxy. “Stop, or we’ll fix -ye!” And then, his foot catching in a loose -board of the flooring, he pitched headlong, and -Stump and Muley came down on top of him.</p> -<p>“Run, Harry, run, or they’ll catch us sure!” -cried Joe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_16">16</div> -<p>Harry needed no urging, and in a minute -the two lads were on the roadway once again -and running harder than they had ever done -in any footrace. For the moment they forgot -how tired they had been, and fear possibly -gave them additional strength.</p> -<p>“Ar—are the—they coming?” panted Harry, -after quarter of a mile had been covered.</p> -<p>“I don’t—don’t know!” puffed his brother. -“Do—don’t se—see anything of ’em.”</p> -<p>“What mean rascals, Joe!”</p> -<p>“Yes, they ought to be in jail!”</p> -<p>The boys continued to run, but as nobody -appeared to be following they gradually slackened -their pace and at length came to a halt.</p> -<p>“Joe, I’m almost ready to drop.”</p> -<p>“So am I, but we had better not stop here. -Let us keep on until we reach some farmhouse. -I’m going to get back my watch and chain if I -can.”</p> -<p>“And the nuts. Think of losing them after -all the trouble we had in gathering them.”</p> -<p>“Yes, Harry, but the watch and chain are -worth more than the nuts. If you’ll remember, -they were my birthday present from -father.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_17">17</div> -<p>“Oh, we’ve got to get back the watch and -chain. Come on—the sooner we find a farmhouse -and get assistance the better. More -than likely those tramps won’t stay at the -barn very long.”</p> -<p>Scarcely able to drag one foot after the -other, the two Westmore boys continued on -their way. The snow had now stopped coming -down, yet the keen fall wind was as sharp -as ever. But presently the wind shifted and -then they made better progress.</p> -<p>“I see a farmhouse!” cried Harry, a little -later.</p> -<p>“Not much of a place,” returned his brother. -“Yet we may get help there,—who -knows?”</p> -<p>When the cottage—it was no more than -that—was reached, Joe knocked loudly on the -door.</p> -<p>“Who is there?” came in a shrill voice from -inside.</p> -<p>“Two boys,” answered Joe. “We want -help, for some tramps have robbed us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_18">18</div> -<p>“I can’t help you. The tramps robbed me, -too—stole two of my best chickens. I’m an old -man and I must watch my property. You go -to Neighbor Dugan’s—he’ll help you, maybe.”</p> -<p>“Where is Dugan’s place?”</p> -<p>“Down the road a spell. Keep right on an’ -you can’t miss it.” And that was all the boys -could get out of the occupant of the cottage.</p> -<p>“He must be a crabbed old chap,” was -Harry’s comment, as they resumed their -weary tramp.</p> -<p>“Well, an old man can’t do much, especially -if he is living all alone. I suppose he’s -afraid to leave his place for fear the tramps -will visit it during his absence,” and in this -surmise Joe was correct.</p> -<p>Fortunately the farm belonging to Andy -Dugan was not far distant. The farmer was -a whole-souled Irishman and both boys had -met him on more than one occasion at Mr. -Westmore’s store.</p> -<p>“Sure, an’ where did you b’ys spring -from?” said Dugan, on opening the door. -“’Tis a likely walk ye are from town.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_19">19</div> -<p>“We’ve been out for some nuts, over to -Glasby’s Hill,” answered Harry.</p> -<p>“Ah now, so ye’ve got there before me, eh? I -didn’t know ’twas known there was nuts there.”</p> -<p>“Mr. Dugan, we want your help,” put in -Joe, quickly.</p> -<p>“Phat for, Joe—to help carry home the -nuts? Where’s the bags?”</p> -<p>“We met some tramps, and——”</p> -<p>“Tramps? On this road ag’in?” Andy -Dugan was all attention and his face grew -sober. “Tell me about thim at onct!”</p> -<p>The boys entered the farmhouse, where -were collected the Dugan family, consisting -of Mrs. Dugan, who weighed about two hundred -and fifty pounds, and seven children, including -three half-grown sons. All listened -with close attention to what the Westmore boys -had to relate.</p> -<p>“Th’ schamps!” cried Andy Dugan. -“Sure an’ they should be in the town jail! -An’ was the watch an’ chain worth much?”</p> -<p>“Twelve or fifteen dollars. And a birthday -present, too.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_20">20</div> -<p>“I’ll go after thim, that I will. Pat, git -me gun, and you go an’ take yer own gun, too—an’, -Teddy, git the pistol, an’ see if it’s after -bein’ loaded. We’ll tache thim scallywags a -lisson, so we will!”</p> -<p>“That’s the talk, Mr. Dugan!” said Joe, -brightening. “But you’ll have to hurry, or -they’ll be gone.”</p> -<p>“I’ll hurry all I can, lad. But phat about -you? You’re too tired to walk back, ain’t -ye?”</p> -<p>“Lit thim roide the mare, Andy,” came -from Mrs. Dugan. “Th’ mare wants exercise -annyway.”</p> -<p>“So they shall, Caddy,” answered the husband, -and one of the smaller boys of the family -was sent to bring the mare forth.</p> -<p>In less than ten minutes the party was -ready to set out, Andy Dugan and his son Pat -with guns, Teddy, who boasted of a face that -was nothing but a mass of freckles, with the -pistol, and Joe and Harry, on the mare’s back, -with clubs.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_21">21</div> -<p>The mare was rather a frisky creature, and -both boys had all they could do to make her -walk along as they wished.</p> -<p>“She’s been in the sthable too long,” explained -Andy Dugan. “She wants a run av -a couple o’ miles to take the dancin’ out av -her heels.”</p> -<p>“Well, she mustn’t run now,” said Harry, -who had no desire to reach the old barn before -the others could come up.</p> -<p>The wind was gradually going down, so -journeying along the road was more agreeable -than it had been. When they passed the little -cottage they saw the old man peeping from -behind a window shutter at them.</p> -<p>“He’s a quare sthick, so he is,” said Andy -Dugan. “But, as he is afther lavin’ us alone, -we lave him alone.”</p> -<p>The party advanced upon the barn boldly -and when they were within a hundred yards of -the structure, Joe and Harry urged the mare -ahead. Up flew the rear hoofs of the steed -and away she went pell-mell along the road.</p> -<p>“Whoa! whoa!” roared Joe. “Whoa, I -say!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_22">22</div> -<p>But the mare did not intend to whoa, and -reaching the barn, she flew by like a meteor, -much to the combined chagrin of the riders. -Joe was in front, holding the reins, and Harry -in the rear, with his arms about his brother’s -waist. Both kept bouncing up and down like -twin rubber balls.</p> -<p>“Do stop her, Joe!”</p> -<p>“Whoa!” repeated Joe. “Whoa! Confound -the mare, she won’t listen to me!”</p> -<p>“She is running away with us!”</p> -<p>“Well, if she is, I can’t help it.”</p> -<p>“Pull in on the reins.”</p> -<p>“That’s what I am doing—just as hard as -I can.”</p> -<p>“Hi! hi!” came in Andy Dugan’s voice. -“Phy don’t ye sthop? Ain’t this the barn ye -was afther spakin’ about?”</p> -<p>“Yes!” yelled back Joe. “But your mare -won’t stop!”</p> -<p>“Hit her on th’ head wid yer fist!” screamed -Pat Dugan.</p> -<p>“I don’t believe that will stop her,” said -Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_23">23</div> -<p>“Perhaps it will, if she’s used to it,” said -his brother, and an instant later landed a blow -straight between the mare’s ears.</p> -<p>Up went the creature’s hind quarters in a -twinkling and over her head shot the two boys, -to land in the snow and brushwood beside the -roadway. Then the mare shied to one side -and pranced down the road, and soon a turn -hid her from view.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_24">24</div> -<h2 id="c3">CHAPTER III -<br /><span class="small">A FRUITLESS SEARCH</span></h2> -<p>“B’ys! b’ys! Are ye after bein’ hurted?”</p> -<p>It was Andy Dugan who asked the question, -as he came rushing to Joe and Harry’s assistance -and helped to set them on their feet.</p> -<p>“I—I guess I’m all right, Mr. Dugan,” -panted Harry. “But I—I thought my neck -was broken at first!”</p> -<p>“So did I,” put in Joe. His left hand was -scratched but otherwise he was unharmed.</p> -<p>“Oh, father, the mare’s run away!” chimed -in Teddy Dugan. “We won’t never git her -back anymore!”</p> -<p>“Hould yer tongue!” answered the parent. -“She’ll come back as soon as it’s feedin’ time, -don’t worry.”</p> -<p>“Oh, father, are you sure?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_25">25</div> -<p>“To be course I am. Didn’t she run away -twice before, an’ come back that same way, -Teddy? Come on after thim tramps an’ let -the mare take care av hersilf.”</p> -<p>“We’ve made noise enough to bring the -tramps out—if they’re still in the barn,” was -Joe’s comment. “I believe they’ve gone.”</p> -<p>“Exactly my opinion,” answered Harry.</p> -<p>Advancing boldly to the doorway of the -barn, Andy Dugan pointed his gun and cried:</p> -<p>“Come out av there, ye rascals! Sure an’ -it won’t do ye any good to hide!”</p> -<p>To this demand no answer was returned, -and a moment of painful silence followed.</p> -<p>“Are ye comin’ out or not?” went on Dugan -the elder. “Answer me.”</p> -<p>“How can they answer, father, if they ain’t -there?” put in Teddy Dugan, with a broad -smile on his freckled face.</p> -<p>To this query the father made no reply, but -advancing cautiously, he gazed into the barn -and then stepped inside.</p> -<p>“Are they there, Mr. Dugan?” queried Joe.</p> -<p>“If they are, they’re mighty good at -hidin’.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_26">26</div> -<p>“Let us make a search,” said Harry. -“Pat, you remain on guard outside.”</p> -<p>“That I will,” answered Pat. “Run ’em -out here till I shoot ’em first, an’ have ’em -arrested afterwards!”</p> -<p>The barn was speedily searched, but the -tramps had taken their departure, and soon -they discovered the track of the rascals, leading -across the fields to another road.</p> -<p>“I believe they left almost as soon as we -did,” said Joe. “They knew we’d come back -with help.”</p> -<p>“Shall we follow?” asked Harry.</p> -<p>“Av course,” replied Andy Dugan.</p> -<p>“It’s getting rather dark,” went on Joe. -“I’m afraid they have given us the slip.”</p> -<p>The matter was talked over, and it was decided -that all of the Dugans should go forward, -and Joe and Harry were to follow if -they could find the mare. If not, they were -to tramp back to the Dugan homestead and -await news.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_27">27</div> -<p>Half an hour was spent by the two -boys in looking for the runaway steed, -and by that time both could hardly walk.</p> -<p>“I wish I was at the Dugan house this instant,” -said Harry.</p> -<p>“Ditto myself, Harry. And I wish I had -my watch and chain back. Did you notice, -the tramps didn’t touch the bags of nuts.”</p> -<p>“I guess they were too excited to remember -them. Maybe they thought we’d come back -quicker than we did.”</p> -<p>The boys rested for awhile at the barn, and -then, with their bags of nuts on their shoulders, -set out on the roadway once again.</p> -<p>“Tired out, are ye,” said Mrs. Dugan, on -seeing them. “Where are the others?”</p> -<p>They told their story, to which she listened -with many a nod of her head.</p> -<p>“The ould b’y take that mare!” she cried. -“Sure an’ didn’t she run away wid me wance -an’ nearly scare me to death, so she did. -Andy must trade her th’ furst chanct he gits.”</p> -<p>She had prepared a hot supper and invited -the boys to sit down, which they did willingly, -for, as Harry expressed it, “they were hollow -clear down to their shoes.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_28">28</div> -<p>The meal was just finished when one of the -little children, who was at the window gazing -into the oncoming darkness, set up a shout:</p> -<p>“There’s Kitty now!”</p> -<p>“Who’s Kitty?” asked Joe.</p> -<p>“Sure an it’s the mare. She’s walkin’ in -the yard just as if nothin’ had happened at -all!”</p> -<p>The youngster was right, and by the time -the boys were outside the mare was standing -meekly by the barn door, waiting to be put in -her stall.</p> -<p>“Now ain’t she aggravatin’?” came from -Mrs. Dugan. “Ye can’t bate her when she -looks loike that, can ye? Poor Kitty! It’s a -fool thing that ye are entoirely!” And she -hurried out, opened the stable and let the mare -find her proper place inside. “Fer sech a -thrick, ye’ll git only half yer supper this -night,” she added, shaking her fist at the animal.</p> -<p>The boys knew that they would be expected -home, and waited anxiously for news of the -Dugans. Fully an hour and a half passed, -before they came back, worn out and downcast.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_29">29</div> -<p>“They give us the shlip,” said Andy Dugan. -“They came around be the lake road an’ thet’s -the last we could find av thim.”</p> -<p>“And I guess that’s the last of my watch,” -added Joe, soberly.</p> -<p>Andy Dugan had a faithful old horse in his -stable and this animal he harnessed to his -family carriage, an old affair that had seen -far better days.</p> -<p>“Ye can drive yerselves home,” he said. -“An’ leave the turnout at Bennett’s stable. -Tell him I’ll call for it to-morrow.”</p> -<p>“Thank you, Mr. Dugan,” said Joe. -“We’ll settle for the keeping, and get father -to pay you——”</p> -<p>“That’s all right, Joe. I want no pay. -Your father is a fri’nd av mine. I’m sorry -we didn’t catch the thramps, that’s all,” was -Andy Dugan’s reply.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_30">30</div> -<p>It was not until nine o’clock at night that -Joe and Harry drove into the town of Lakeport. -All the stores were closed, but the -livery stable was still open, and there they left -the horse and carriage, as Andy Dugan had -directed. It was but a short walk from the -stable to the house.</p> -<p>“I thought you would be back to supper,” -said Mrs. Westmore, when they entered. “I -kept everything hot for over an hour.”</p> -<p>“We’ve had an adventure, mother,” answered -Joe, and as the family gathered around -he told his story.</p> -<p>“Oh, Joe, weren’t you awfully scared!” -cried Laura.</p> -<p>“I don’t like tramps at all!” piped in little -Bessie.</p> -<p>“This is certainly an outrage,” said Mr. -Westmore. “So the Dugans could find no -trace of them after they got on the lake road?”</p> -<p>“No.”</p> -<p>“I must have one of the constables look into -this, and I’ll notify Sheriff Clowes, too.”</p> -<p>“You can be thankful that the tramps did -not injure you,” said Mrs. Westmore, with a -shudder.</p> -<p>“Yes, I am thankful for that,” said Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_31">31</div> -<p>“So am I, mother,” added Joe. “Just the -same, I’m downright sorry to lose that watch -and chain.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps we’ll get on the track of it. If -not, we’ll have to see what we can do about -getting you another,” added the fond mother.</p> -<p>The fact that Joe and Harry had been held -up by tramps was speedily noised around the -town, and for the next few days the authorities -and several other people did what they -could to locate the evildoers. But the tramps -had made good their escape, and, for the time -being nothing more was heard from them. -But they were destined to turn up again, and -in a most unexpected fashion, as the pages to -follow will testify.</p> -<p>Joe and Harry had many friends in Lakeport, -boys who went to school with them, and -who played with them on the local baseball -and football teams. All of these were interested -in the “hold-up,” as they called it, and -anxious to see the tramps captured.</p> -<p>“Glad it wasn’t me,” said one of the lads.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_32">32</div> -<p>“I’ve got a gold watch—one my uncle left -when he died.”</p> -<p>“Why didn’t you punch their heads?” questioned -another, who had quite a reputation as -an all-around athlete. “That is what I should -have done.”</p> -<p>“Yes, and maybe got killed for doing it,” -came from a third. “Joe and Harry were -sharp enough to escape with whole skins, and -that is where they showed their levelheadedness.”</p> -<p>The adventure had happened on Saturday, -and Monday found the boys at school as usual. -They were so anxious to get news concerning -the tramps that they could scarcely learn their -lessons, but as day after day went by without -news, this feeling wore away; and presently -the incident was almost forgotten.</p> -<p>It was customary at Lakeport to close the -schools for about a month around the winter -holidays and all of the pupils counted the days -to when the vacation would begin. At last -the time came, and with a whoop, Joe, Harry, -and several dozen other lads rushed forth, not -to return until near the end of January.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_33">33</div> -<p>“And now for Christmas!” cried Joe. -Deep down in his heart he was wondering if -he would get another watch and chain.</p> -<p>Ice had already formed on Pine Lake, but -just before Christmas it began to snow and -blow heavily, so that skating was out of the -question. This put something of a damper -on the lads and they went around feeling -somewhat blue.</p> -<p>Christmas morning dawned bright and fair. -The ground was covered with over a foot of -snow, and the merry jingle of sleighbells filled -the air.</p> -<p>As may be surmised the Westmore boys -were up early. There were many presents to -be given and received, and it was a time of -great surprises and not a little joy.</p> -<p>What pleased Joe most of all was the new -watch he received. It was decidedly better -than the first watch had been, and so was the -chain better than the other.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_34">34</div> -<p>“Just what I wanted!” he declared. “It -tops all the presents—not but what I like them, -too,” he added, hastily.</p> -<p>Harry had slipped off without the others -noticing. Now he came back, his face aglow -with enthusiasm.</p> -<p>“Oh, Joe, what do you think?” he cried. -“The wind has swept Pine Lake as clean as a -whistle.”</p> -<p>“If that’s the case, Harry, we can go skating -this morning instead of waiting until after -dinner. But how do you know the ice on the -lake is clear?”</p> -<p>“Didn’t I just come from there?” Harry -held up a shining pair of nickel-plated skates. -“Couldn’t resist trying ’em, you know. Say, -it was just all right of Uncle Maurice to give -each of us a pair, wasn’t it?”</p> -<p>“It certainly was,” returned Joe. “But -I rather think I love that double-barreled -shotgun a little better. I am fairly aching to -give it a trial on a bird or a rabbit, or something -larger.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_35">35</div> -<p>“Well, as for that, I don’t go back on the -camera Aunt Laura sent up from New York. -Fred Rush was telling me it was a very good -one, and he ought to know, for he has had -four.”</p> -<p>“What did Fred get for Christmas’?”</p> -<p>“A shotgun something like yours, a big bobsled, -some books, and a whole lot of other -things. One book is on camping out, and he -is just crazy to go. He says a fellow could -camp out up at Pine Island, and have a bang-up time.”</p> -<p>“To be sure!” ejaculated Joe, enthusiastically. -“Just the thing! If he goes I’m -going, too!”</p> -<p>“You don’t know yet if father will let you -go. He says no boy should go hunting without -some old hunter with him.”</p> -<p>“I’m seventeen,” answered Joe, drawing -himself up to his full height; he was rather tall -for his age. “And Fred is almost as old. I -reckon we could take care of ourselves.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_36">36</div> -<p>“If I went I’d like to take my camera,” said -Harry. “I was reading an article in the paper -the other day about how to hunt game with a -snap-shot machine. That would just suit me. -Think of what a famous collection of pictures -I might get—wild turkeys, deer and maybe a -bear——”</p> -<p>“If you met a bear I don’t think you’d stand -to take his photograph. I’ll wager you’d leg -it for all you were worth—or else shoot at him. -But come on. If skating is so good there is no -use of our wasting time here talking,” concluded -Joe, as he moved off.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_37">37</div> -<h2 id="c4">CHAPTER IV -<br /><span class="small">SKATING</span></h2> -<p>Lakeport was a thriving town with a large -number of inhabitants. Early as it was many -people were out, and nearly every passer-by -was greeted with a liberal dose of snowballs, -for the lads of this down-East town were as -fun-loving as are boys anywhere, and to leave a -“good mark” slip past unnoticed was considered -nothing short of a crime.</p> -<p>When Joe and Harry reached the lake front -they found a crowd of fully fifty men and boys, -with a fair sprinkling of girls, engaged in -skating and in ice-boating. The majority of -the people were in the vicinity of the steamboat -dock, for this was at the end of the main -street, and a great “hanging-out” spot during -the summer. But others were skating up the -lake shore, and a few were following Dan -Marcy’s new ice yacht, <i>Silver Queen</i>, as she -tacked along on her way to the west shore, -where an arm of the lake encircled the lower -end of Pine Island.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_38">38</div> -<p>“Marcy’s going to try to beat the lake record,” -Joe heard one boy call to another. “He -says his new boat has got to knock the spots -out of anything that ever sailed on the lake, or -he’ll chop her up for firewood.”</p> -<p>“Well, she’ll have to hum along if she beats -the time made by the old <i>Whizzer</i> last winter,” -came from the other boy. “She sailed from -the big pine to Hallett’s Point in exactly four -minutes and ten seconds. My, but didn’t she -scoot along!”</p> -<p>It took but a few minutes for Joe and Harry -to don their skates. As they left the shore -they ran into Fred Rush, who was swinging -along as if his very life depended upon it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_39">39</div> -<p>“Hello, so you fellows have come down at -last!” sang out Fred, who was short and stout, -and as full of fun as a lad can be. “Thought -you had made up your mind to go to bed again, -or stay home and look for more Christmas -presents. Been having dead loads of fun—had -a race and come in second best, got -knocked down twice, slipped on the ice over -yonder, and got a wet foot in a hole some fellow -cut, and Jerry Little hit me in the shin -with his hockey stick. Say, but you fellows -are positively missing the time of your lives.”</p> -<p>“I want to miss it, if I’m going to have all -those things happen to me,” returned Joe, -dryly. Then he added: “Harry tells me you -got a double-barreled shotgun almost like -mine. How do you like it?”</p> -<p>“Like it? Say, that gun is the greatest -thing that ever happened. I tried it just before -I came down to skate—fired both barrels -at once, because I didn’t have time to fire ’em -separately. It knocked me flat, and a snowbank -was all that saved my life. But she’s a -dandy. I’m going to bring down a bear with -that gun before the winter is over, you see if -I don’t.”</p> -<p>“How are you going to do it?” put in -Harry. “Offer to let the animal shoot off the -gun, and kill him that way?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_40">40</div> -<p>“Don’t you make fun of me, Harry. You’ll -see the bear sooner or later, mark the remark.”</p> -<p>The three boys skated off, hand in hand, -with Fred in the center. The fun-loving youth -was the only son of the town hardware dealer, -and he and the Westmore lads had grown up -together from childhood. At school Fred had -proved himself far from being a dunce, but -by some manner of means he was almost constantly -in “hot water;” why, nobody could -explain.</p> -<p>“Let Fred Rush pick up a poker, and he’ll -get the hot end in his hand,” said one of the -girls one day, and this remark came close to -hitting the nail squarely on the head. Yet -with all his trials and tribulations Fred rarely -lost his temper, and he was always ready to -promise better things for the future.</p> -<p>The boys skated a good half mile up the lake -shore. At this point they met several girls, -and one of them, Cora Runnell, asked Joe if -he would fix her skate for her.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_41">41</div> -<p>“Certainly I will,” replied the youth, and -on the instant he was kneeling on the ice and -adjusting a clamp that had become wedged -fast to the shoe plate of the skate. Cora was -the daughter of an old hunter and trapper of -that vicinity, and as he worked Joe asked her -what her father was doing.</p> -<p>“He isn’t doing anything just now,” was -the girl’s answer. “He was out acting as a -guide for a party of New York sportsmen, but -they went back to the city last week.”</p> -<p>“Did you hear him say anything about -game?”</p> -<p>“Yes, he said the season was a very good -one. The party got six deer over at Rawson -Hill and a moose at Bender’s, and any quantity -of small game. I think pa’s going out -alone in a day or two—just to see what he can -bring down for the market at Brookside.”</p> -<p>“I wish he’d take me along. I’ve got a new -double-barreled shotgun that I want to try the -worst way.”</p> -<p>“And I’ve got one, too,” broke in Fred. -“I’m sure we could bring down lots of game -between us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_42">42</div> -<p>Cora Runnell looked at the stout youth, and -began to giggle. “Oh, dear, if you went along -I guess pa’d have to hide behind a tree when -you took your turn at shooting.”</p> -<p>“Whoop, you’re discovered, Fred!” burst -out Harry. “Cora must have heard how you -shot off both barrels at once, and——”</p> -<p>“Oh, I can shoot straight enough,” came -doggedly from Fred. “Just you give me the -chance and see.”</p> -<p>“Well, you’ll have to see pa about going out -with him,” answered Cora, and then started to -skate after her girl friends, who had moved -off a minute before, and were getting farther -and farther away.</p> -<p>“Hi, there!” came suddenly in a shout from -the lake shore. “Beware of the ice boat!”</p> -<p>“The ice boat?” repeated Harry. -“Where—— Oh!”</p> -<p>He glanced up the lake, and saw the <i>Silver -Queen</i> coming along as swiftly as the stiff -breeze could drive the craft over the glassy -surface. The ice boat was headed directly for -the three boys, but now the course was shifted -slightly, and the craft pointed fairly and -squarely for the spot where Cora Runnell was -skating along, all unconscious of her danger.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_43">43</div> -<p>“By gracious, Dan Marcy will run Cora -down!” ejaculated Fred. He raised his voice -to a yell. “Stop! stop! you crazy fool! Do -you want to kill somebody?”</p> -<p>“Save my girl!” came from the shore. -“Cora! Cora! Look out for the ice boat!” -But the girl did not heed the warning, and -now the ice boat, coming as swiftly as ever, -was almost on top of her. Then the girl happened -to glance back. She gave a scream, -tried to turn, but slipped, and then sank in a -heap directly in the track of the oncoming -danger.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_44">44</div> -<h2 id="c5">CHAPTER V. -<br /><span class="small">A QUARREL ON THE ICE</span></h2> -<p>It was a moment of extreme peril, and the -heart of more than one onlooker seemed to stop -beating. The ice boat was a heavy affair, with -runners of steel, and a blow from that bow, -coming at such a speed, would be like a blow -from a rushing locomotive. It looked as if -Cora Runnell was doomed.</p> -<p>But as all of the others stood helpless with -surprise and consternation, Joe Westmore -dashed forward with a speed that astonished -even himself. He fairly flew over the ice, -directly for Cora, and, reaching the fallen girl, -caught her by the left hand.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_45">45</div> -<p>“Quick! we must get out of the way!” he -cried, and without waiting to raise her to her -feet he dragged her over the smooth ice a distance -of four or five yards. Then the <i>Silver -Queen</i> whizzed past, sending a little drift of -snow whirling over them.</p> -<p>“Git out of the way!” came rather indistinctly -from Dan Marcy. “Can’t you see I’m -trying to beat the record?” And then he -passed out of hearing.</p> -<p>“Are you hurt?” questioned Joe, as he assisted -the bewildered girl to her feet.</p> -<p>“I—I guess not, Joe,” she stammered. -“But, oh! what a narrow escape!” And Cora -shuddered.</p> -<p>“Dan Marcy ought to be locked up for such -reckless sailing.”</p> -<p>“I think so myself.” Cora paused for a -moment. “It was awfully good of you to help -me as you did,” she went on, gratefully.</p> -<p>By this time the others were coming up, and -the story of the peril and escape had to be told -many times. Among the first to arrive was -Joel Runnell, Cora’s father, who had shouted -the warning from the shore. He had been out -hunting, and carried an old-fashioned shotgun -and a game bag full of birds.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_46">46</div> -<p>“Not hurt, eh?” he said, anxiously. -“Thank fortune for that! Who was sailing -that boat?” And when told, he said he would -settle with Marcy before the day was done. -“Can’t none of ’em hurt my girl without hearing -from me,” he added.</p> -<p>The excitement soon died down, and the -skaters scattered in various directions. In -the meantime, to avoid being questioned about -the affair, Dan Marcy, who was a burly fellow -of twenty, and a good deal of a bully, turned -his ice boat about, and went sailing up the lake -once more.</p> -<p>Some of the lads on the lake were out for a -game of snap the whip, and Joe, Harry and -Fred readily joined in this sport. At the -third snap, Fred was placed on the end of the -line.</p> -<p>“Oh, but we won’t do a thing to Fred,” -whispered one of the boys, and word was sent -along to make this snap an extra sharp one.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_47">47</div> -<p>“You can’t rattle me!” sang out Fred, as -the skating became faster and faster. “I’m -here every time, I am. Let her go, everybody, -whoop!” And then he had to stop talking, -for he could no longer keep up. The line -broke, and like a flash Fred spun around, lost -his footing, and turned over and over, to bring -up in a big snowbank on the shore.</p> -<p>“Hello, Fred, where are you bound?” sang -out Harry.</p> -<p>“Where—where am I bound?” spluttered -the stout youth, as he emerged and cleaned the -snow from out of his collar and sleeves. “I -don’t know.” He paused to catch his breath. -“Reckon I’m in training for a trip to the -North Pole.”</p> -<p>Half an hour later found the Westmore -boys at home for dinner. There was something -of a family gathering this Christmas -day, mostly elderly people, so neither Joe nor -Harry had a chance to speak to their father -about the hunting trip they had in mind. -Everybody was in the best of humor, and the -table fairly bent beneath the load of good -things placed upon it—turkey with cranberry -sauce, potatoes, onions, squash, celery, and -then followed pumpkin and mince pies, and -nuts and raisins, until neither of the boys -could eat a mouthful more. Both voted that -Christmas dinner “just boss,” and the other -folks agreed with them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_48">48</div> -<p>The middle of the afternoon found the lads -at the lake again. It had clouded over once -more, and they were afraid that another fall -of snow might stop skating for several weeks, -if not for the balance of the season.</p> -<p>“We want to take the good of it while it -lasts,” said Harry.</p> -<p>Dan Marcy was again out on his ice boat, -and Joe and Harry, accompanied by Fred, followed -the craft to a cove on the west shore. -There seemed to be something the matter with -the sail of the <i>Silver Queen</i>, and Marcy ran -the craft into a snowbank for repairs.</p> -<p>“Say, what do you want around here?” demanded -Dan Marcy, as soon as he caught -sight of the Westmore boys. His face wore -an ugly look, and his tone of voice was far -from pleasant.</p> -<p>“I don’t know as that is any of your business, -Dan Marcy,” returned Joe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_49">49</div> -<p>“Ain’t it? We’ll see. I understand you’ve -been telling folks that I tried to run into you -and that Runnell girl on purpose.”</p> -<p>“You didn’t take much care to keep your -ice boat out of the way.”</p> -<p>“It was your business to keep out of the -way. You knew I was trying to beat the -record?”</p> -<p>“Do you own the lake?” came from Harry.</p> -<p>“Maybe you’ve got a mortgage on the ice?” -put in Fred.</p> -<p>Now the year before, Dan Marcy had been -in the ice business, and had made a failure of -it, and this remark caused him to look more -ugly than ever.</p> -<p>“See here, for two pins I’d pitch into the lot -of you, and give you a sound thrashing!” he -roared.</p> -<p>“Would you?” came sharply from Joe. -“Sorry I haven’t the pins.”</p> -<p>“I’ll give you an order on our servant girl -for two clothespins, if they’ll do,” put in Fred.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_50">50</div> -<p>“Then you want that thrashing, do you?” -growled Dan Marcy; but as he looked at the -three sturdy lads he made no movement to -begin the encounter.</p> -<p>“If anybody needs a thrashing it is you, for -trying to run down Cora Runnell,” said Joe. -“It was a mean piece of business, and you -know it as well as we do.”</p> -<p>“You shut up, Joe Westmore!” Marcy -picked up a hammer with which he had been -driving one of the blocks of the sail. “Say -another word, and I’ll crack you with this!” -He advanced so threateningly that Joe fell -back a few steps. As he did this, a form appeared -on the lake shore, and an instant later -Dan Marcy felt himself caught by the collar -and hurled flat on his back.</p> -<p>“I reckon as how this is my quarrel,” came -in the high-pitched voice of Joel Runnell. -“I’ve been looking for you for the past hour, -Dan Marcy. I’ll teach you to run down my -girl. If it hadn’t a-been for Joe Westmore -she might have been killed.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_51">51</div> -<p>“Let go!” roared Marcy, and scrambled to -his feet, red with rage. He rushed at the old -hunter with the hammer raised as if to strike, -but before he could land a blow, Joe caught -hold of the tool and wrenched it from his -grasp.</p> -<p>“Give me that hammer! Do you hear? I -want that hammer!” went on the bully. Then -he found himself on his back a second time, -with his nose bleeding profusely from a blow -Joel Runnell had delivered.</p> -<p>“Have you had enough?” demanded the old -hunter, wrathfully. “Have you? If not, I’ll -give you some more in double-quick order.”</p> -<p>“Don’t—don’t hit me again,” gasped Dan -Marcy. All his courage seemed to desert him. -“It ain’t fair to fight four to one, nohow!”</p> -<p>“I can take care of you alone,” retorted Joel -Runnell, quickly. “I asked you if you had -had enough. Come, what do you say?” And -the old hunter held up his clinched fists.</p> -<p>“I—I don’t want to fight.”</p> -<p>“That means that you back down. All -right. After this you let my girl alone—and -let these lads alone, too. If you don’t, you’ll -hear from me in a way you won’t like.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_52">52</div> -<p>There was an awkward pause, and Dan -Marcy wiped the blood from his face, and -shoved off on his ice boat.</p> -<p>“We’ll see about this some other time,” he -called out when at a safe distance. “I shan’t -forget it, mind that!”</p> -<p>“He’s a bully if there ever was one,” observed -Harry.</p> -<p>“And a coward into the bargain,” put in -Joel Runnell. “Watch out for him, or he may -play you foul.”</p> -<p>“I certainly shall watch him after this,” -said Joe.</p> -<p>“We’re glad you came along,” came from -Fred. “We want to ask you something about -hunting. I’ve got a new double-barreled shotgun -and so has Joe, and we want to go out -somewhere and try for big game.”</p> -<p>“And I’ve got a new camera, and I want to -get some pictures of live game,” added Harry.</p> -<p>“You can’t get any big game around Lakeport. -If you want anything worth while -you’ll have to go out for several days or a -week.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_53">53</div> -<p>“We’re willing to go out as long as our folks -will let us,” explained Harry. “We haven’t -said much about it yet, for we wanted to see -you.”</p> -<p>“We thought you might like to take us out, -or rather go with us,” came from Joe. “If -you’d go with us we’d pay the expenses of the -trip, and give you your full share of whatever -game we managed to bring down.”</p> -<p>At this Joel Runnell’s gray eyes twinkled. -He loved boys, and knew the lads before him -very well. All the powder and shot he used -came from Mr. Rush’s hardware establishment, -and his flour from the Westmore mill, -and he was always given his own time in which -to pay for the articles. Moreover, he was not -the one to forget the service Joe had rendered -his daughter.</p> -<p>“I’ll go out with you willingly,” he said. -“I’ll show you all the big game I can, and what -you bring down shall be yours.”</p> -<p>“Hurrah! It’s settled!” cried Fred, throwing -up his cap. “We’ll have just the best time -that ever was!”</p> -<p>“Where do you want to go to?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_54">54</div> -<p>“I was thinking of camping out up on Pine -Island,” answered Harry. “But of course we -have got to see my father about it first.”</p> -<p>“Pine Island is a nice place. There is an -old lodge up there—put up five years ago by -some hunting men from Boston. It’s a little -out of repair, but we could fix it up, and then -use that as a base of supplies.”</p> -<p>“Just the thing!” said Joe, enthusiastically. -“If we liked it would you stay out with us for -two or three weeks?”</p> -<p>“To be sure. There is a little game on the -island, and we could easily skate to shore when -we wished. When do you want to go?”</p> -<p>“As soon as we get permission,” said Harry. -“We’ll find out about it to-morrow.”</p> -<p>After that the boys could talk of nothing but -the proposed outing and what they hoped to -bring down in the way of game. Harry -wanted pictures worse than he wanted to bring -down game; nevertheless, he said he would -take along a gun and a pistol. “Then I can -snapshot my bear first, and shoot him afterward,” -he said.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_55">55</div> -<p>It was not until the day after Christmas -that the Westmore lads got a chance to speak -to their parents about what was uppermost in -their minds. At first Mrs. Westmore was inclined -to demur, but her husband said the outing -might do their sons some good.</p> -<p>“And they couldn’t go out with a better fellow -than Joel Runnell,” added Mr. Westmore. -“They’ll be as safe with him as they would be -with me.”</p> -<p>As soon as it was settled that they were -really to go, Harry rushed over to Fred’s -house. Fred had already received permission -to go, and now all they had to settle on was the -time for their departure and what was to be -taken along. Christmas had fallen on Thursday, -and it was decided to leave home on the -following Monday morning, weather permitting. -As to the stores to be taken along, that -was to be left largely to the judgment of Joel -Runnell and to Mr. Westmore, who also knew -a good bit about hunting and life in camp.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_56">56</div> -<h2 id="c6">CHAPTER VI -<br /><span class="small">ORGANIZING THE CLUB</span></h2> -<p>“Boys, we’ve got to organize a club,” said -Joe, as they were talking the matter over, and -getting one thing and another ready for the -trip.</p> -<p>“Just the thing!” shouted Fred. “Let us -organize by all means.”</p> -<p>“What shall we call ourselves?” queried -Harry. “The Outdoor Trio.”</p> -<p>“Or the Forest Wanderers,” came from -Joe.</p> -<p>“Bosh!” interrupted Fred. “We’re going -out with guns. You’ve got to put a gun in the -name.”</p> -<p>“How will Young Gunners do?”</p> -<p>“Gun Boys of Lakeport.”</p> -<p>“Young Hunters of the Lake.”</p> -<p>“Bull’s-eye Boys.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_57">57</div> -<p>“Yes, but if we can’t make any bull’s-eyes, -what then?”</p> -<p>There was a general hubbub and then a momentary -silence.</p> -<p>“I’ve got it,” said Joe. “Let us call ourselves -The Gun Club. That’s a neat name.”</p> -<p>“Hurrah for the Lakeport Gun Club!” -shouted Fred. “Three cheers and a tiger! -Sis-boom-ah! Who stole the cheese?”</p> -<p>There was a general laugh, in the midst of -which Laura Westmore came up.</p> -<p>“Gracious sake! what a noise you’re making! -What is it all about?”</p> -<p>“We’ve just organized the Gun Club of -Lakeport,” answered Harry.</p> -<p>“Indeed. And who is president, who is vice -president, who is secretary, and who is treasurer?”</p> -<p>At this the three lads looked glum for a -moment. Then Joe made a profound bow to -his sister.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_58">58</div> -<p>“Madam, we scarcely need so many officers,” -he said, sweetly. “We’ll elect a leader -and a treasurer, and that will be sufficient. -You can be the secretary—to write up our minutes -after we get home and tell you what happened.”</p> -<p>“I move we make Joe leader,” said Fred.</p> -<p>“Second the commotion,” responded Harry, -gravely. “’Tis put and carried instanter. -Mr. Joseph Westmore is elected to the high -and dignified office of president, etc., of the -Gun Club of Lakeport. The president will -kindly deliver his speech of acceptance at the -schoolhouse during next summer’s vacation. -He can treat with doughnuts——”</p> -<p>“Just as soon as his sister consents to bake -them for him,” finished Fred.</p> -<p>At this Laura burst out laughing. “I’ll -treat to doughnuts on one condition,” she said.</p> -<p>“Condition granted,” cried Fred. “What -is it?”</p> -<p>“That you make me an honorary member of -the club.”</p> -<p>“Put and carried, madam, put and carried -before you mentioned it. That makes you the -secretary sure.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_59">59</div> -<p>And Laura accepted the position, and the -boys got their doughnuts ere the meeting -broke up.</p> -<p>The news soon spread that the Gun Club of -Lakeport had been organized. Many boys -who possessed guns asked if they could join, -and half a dozen were taken in. But of these -none could go on the outing as planned, although -they said they would try to join the -others just as soon as they could get away.</p> -<p>“I’ll tell you one thing I am going to take -along,” said Harry. “That is a pair of snowshoes.”</p> -<p>“Right you are,” returned Fred. “Never -had so much fun in my life as when I first put -on those things. I thought I knew it all, and -went sailing down a slide about a mile a minute, -until one shoe got caught in a bush, and -then I flew through the air for about ’steen -yards and landed on my head kerbang! Oh, -they are heaps of fun—when somebody else -wears ’em.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_60">60</div> -<p>It was decided that all should take snowshoes. -In addition they were to take their -firearms, plenty of powder and shot, a complete -set of camp cooking utensils and dishes, -some coffee, sugar, condensed milk, flour, -bacon, salt pork, beans and potatoes, salt and -pepper, and half a dozen other things for the -table. Mr. Rush likewise provided a small -case of medicines and a good lantern, and from -the Westmore household came the necessary -blankets. Each lad was warmly dressed, and -carried a change of underwear.</p> -<p>“It is going to be no easy work transporting -that load to Pine Island,” observed Harry, -gazing at the stores as they lay in a heap on the -barn floor at his parents’ place.</p> -<p>“We are to take two low sleds,” answered -Fred. “We have one and Joel Runnell will -furnish the other.”</p> -<p>The sleds were brought around Saturday -morning, and by afternoon everything was -properly loaded. Joel Runnell examined the -new shotguns with care and pronounced each -weapon a very good one.</p> -<p>“And I hope you have lots of sport with -’em,” he added.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_61">61</div> -<p>Late Saturday evening Harry was sent from -home to the mill to bring over a sack of buck-wheat -flour his mother desired. On his way -he passed Fred’s home, and the latter readily -agreed to accompany his chum on the errand.</p> -<p>The promise of more snow had not yet been -fulfilled, and the night was a clear one, with -the sky filled with countless stars.</p> -<p>“I only hope it stays clear,” said Fred. -“That is, until we reach the lodge on the island. -After that I don’t care what happens.”</p> -<p>“It might not be so jolly to be snowed in—if -we run short of provisions, Fred.”</p> -<p>“Oh, old Runnell will be sure to keep the -larder full. He told me that the woods are -full of wild turkeys and rabbits.”</p> -<p>Having procured the sack of flour and -placed it on a hand sled, the lads started on the -return. On the way they had to pass a small -clump of trees, back of which was located the -district schoolhouse. As they paused to rest -in the shadow of the trees they noted two men -standing in the entryway of the schoolhouse -conversing earnestly.</p> -<p>“Wonder who those men are?” said Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_62">62</div> -<p>“It’s queer they should be there at this -hour,” returned Fred. “Perhaps they are up -to no good.”</p> -<p>“They wouldn’t get much if they robbed the -place,” laughed Harry. “A lot of worn-out -books and a stove that isn’t worth two dollars -as old iron.”</p> -<p>“Let’s go a little closer, and see who they -are anyway.”</p> -<p>This was agreed to, and both boys stole -along through the trees, and up to the side of -the entryway. From this point they could not -see the men, but could hear them talking in -earnest tones, now high and then very low.</p> -<p>“It ain’t fair to be askin’ me fer money all -the time,” they heard one man say. “I reckoned -as how I’d settled in full with ye long -ago.”</p> -<p>“It ain’t so, Hiram Skeetles,” was the reply -in Dan Marcy’s voice. “I did you a big service, -and what you’ve paid ain’t half of what -I ought to have.”</p> -<p>“It’s more’n you ought to have. Them -papers wasn’t of no account, anyway.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_63">63</div> -<p>“Maybe—but you were mighty anxious to -get ’em when——” And the boys did not -catch what followed.</p> -<p>“And that’s the reason,” came presently -from Hiram Skeetles.</p> -<p>“Do you mean to say you lost ’em?” demanded -Dan Marcy.</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>“Where?”</p> -<p>“One day when I was sailin’ down the lake -in Jack Lasher’s sloop. We got ketched by a -squall that drove us high and dry on Pine -Island. I jumped to keep from getting hurt -on the rocks, and when we got off after the -storm my big pocketbook with everything in it -was gone.”</p> -<p>“Humph!” came in a sniff from Dan -Marcy. “Do you expect me to believe any -such fish story? Not much! I want fifty dollars, -and I am bound to have it.”</p> -<p>A long wrangle followed, in which the bully -threatened to expose Hiram Skeetles. This -angered the real estate dealer from Brookside -exceedingly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_64">64</div> -<p>“If you’re a natural born idiot, expose me,” -he cried. “But you’ll have to expose yourself -fust.”</p> -<p>Dan Marcy persisted, and at last obtained -ten dollars. Then the men prepared to separate, -and in a few minutes more each was gone.</p> -<p>“Now what do you make of that?” questioned -Fred.</p> -<p>“I hardly know what to make of it,” replied -Harry. “But I am going to tell my father -about this just as soon as I get home.”</p> -<p>Harry was as good as his word, and Horace -Westmore listened attentively to what his son -had to relate.</p> -<p>“It is certainly very mysterious,” said Mr. -Westmore. “The papers that were mentioned -may have been those which your grandfather -once possessed—those which showed that he -was the owner of the land at the upper end of -the lake which Skeetles declares is his property. -Then again the papers may be something -entirely different.”</p> -<p>“I think we ought to watch Dan Marcy, -father.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_65">65</div> -<p>“Yes, I’ll certainly watch him after this.”</p> -<p>“You haven’t been able to do much about -the land, have you?”</p> -<p>“I can’t do a thing without the papers—the -lawyers have told me so.”</p> -<p>“If old Skeetles lost them we couldn’t make -him give them up, even on a search warrant.”</p> -<p>“That is true. But they may not have been -lost even though he said so. He may have -them hidden away where nobody can find -them,” concluded Mr. Westmore.</p> -<p>Sunday passed quietly enough, the lads attending -church with their families, and also -going to Sunday school in the afternoon. In -the evening Joel Runnell dropped in on the -Westmores to see that everything was ready -for an early start the next morning.</p> -<p>“Funny thing happened to me,” said the old -hunter. “I was over to the tavern Saturday -night, and met Hiram Skeetles there. He -asked me how matters were going, and I mentioned -that I was to take you fellows up to Pine -Island for a hunt. He got terribly excited, -and said you had no right to go up there.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_66">66</div> -<p>“Had no right?” questioned Joe. “Why -not?”</p> -<p>“He claims that Pine Island belongs to his -family, being a part of the old Crawley estate. -But I told him that old Crawley didn’t leave -the island to him, and he had better mind his -own business,” went on Joel Runnell. “We -had some hot words, and he flew out of the -tavern madder nor a hornet.”</p> -<p>“Can he stop us, do you think?”</p> -<p>“He shan’t stop me, and I shall protect you -boys. Crawley was only a fourth-handed relation -of his, and the property is in the courts, -and has been for three years. At the most, -Skeetles ain’t got more’n a sixth interest in it. -Sheriff Cowles is taking care of it.”</p> -<p>This news made the boys wonder if Hiram -Skeetles would really try to prevent their -going to the island, but when the time came to -start on the trip the real estate dealer was nowhere -to be seen.</p> -<p>“Gone back to Brookside,” said a neighbor. -“He got word to come at once.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_67">67</div> -<p>Down at the lake there were a dozen or more -friends to see them off, including Cora Runnell, -who came to say good-by to her father. -The start was made on skates, and it was an -easy matter to drag the two heavily loaded -sleds over the smooth ice.</p> -<p>“Good-by, boys; take good care of yourselves,” -said Mr. Westmore.</p> -<p>“Don’t let a big buck or a bear kill you,” -said Mr. Rush to Fred, and then with a laugh -and a final handshake the hunting tour was -begun.</p> -<p>As the party moved up the lake they noticed -that the <i>Silver Queen</i> was nowhere in sight. -Dan Marcy had failed to break the record with -his new ice boat and had hauled her over to a -carpenter shop for alterations.</p> -<p>“I don’t believe he is doing a stroke of regular -work,” observed Joe. “If he keeps on he -will become a regular town loafer. He has already -gone through all the money, his folks left -him.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_68">68</div> -<p>There was no sunshine, but otherwise the -atmosphere was clear, and as the wind was at -their backs they made rapid progress in the -direction of Pine Island. The lodge which -Joel Runnell had mentioned was situated near -the upper shore, so that they would have to -skirt the island for over a mile before reaching -the spot.</p> -<p>Inside of an hour they had passed out of -sight of Lakeport, and now came to a small -island called the Triangle, for such was its -general shape. Above the Triangle the lake -narrowed for the distance of half a mile, and -here the snow had drifted in numerous ridges -from a foot to a yard high.</p> -<p>“This isn’t so nice,” observed Harry, as -they tugged at the ropes of the sleds.</p> -<p>“I’ll go ahead and break the way,” said Joel -Runnell, and then he continued, suddenly, -“There is your chance!”</p> -<p>“Chance for what?” asked Harry.</p> -<p>“Chance for wild turkeys. They’ve just -settled in the woods on the upper end of the -Triangle.”</p> -<p>“Hurrah!” shouted Joe. “Where is my -gun?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_69">69</div> -<p>He had it out in an instant, and Fred and -Harry followed suit—the latter forgetting all -about his precious camera in the excitement.</p> -<p>“You can go it alone this time,” said the old -hunter. “Show me what you can do. I’ll -watch the traps.”</p> -<p>In a moment they were off, and five minutes -of hard skating brought them to the shore of -the Triangle. Here they took off their skates, -and then plunged into the snow-laden thickets.</p> -<p>“Make no noise!” whispered Joe, who was -in advance. “Wild turkeys are hard to get -close to.”</p> -<p>“Oh, I know that,” came from Fred. “I’ve -tried it more than half a dozen times.”</p> -<p>As silently as ghosts the three young hunters -flitted through the woods, each with his gun -before him, ready for instant use.</p> -<p>Presently they saw a little clearing ahead, -and Joe called a halt. They listened intently -and heard the turkeys moving from one tree to -another.</p> -<p>“Now then, watch out—and be careful how -you shoot,” cautioned Joe, and moved out into -the open.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_70">70</div> -<p>A second later he caught sight of a turkey, -and blazed away. The aim was true, and the -game came down with a flutter. Then Harry’s -gun rang out, followed by a shot from Fred. -Two more turkeys had been hit, but neither was -killed.</p> -<p>“They mustn’t get away!” cried Fred, excitedly, -and blazed away once more. But his -aim was wild, and the turkey was soon lost -among the trees in the distance.</p> -<p>Harry was more fortunate, and his second -shot landed the game dead at his feet. Joe -tried for a second turkey, but without success.</p> -<p>“Never mind, two are not so bad,” said -Harry, “It’s a pity you didn’t get yours,” -he went on, to Fred.</p> -<p>“Oh, I’ll get something next time, you see if -I don’t,” replied the stout youth. “I don’t -care for small game, anyway. A deer or a -bear is what I am after.”</p> -<p>“Well, I hope you get all you want of deer -and bear,” put in Joe; and then they hastened -to rejoin Joel Runnell, and resume the journey.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_71">71</div> -<h2 id="c7">CHAPTER VII -<br /><span class="small">THE FIRST DAY IN CAMP</span></h2> -<p>“Got two, did you?” came from Joel Runnell, -when the party came up. “That’s a good -deal better than I looked for.”</p> -<p>“I hit a third, but it got away from me,” -said Fred.</p> -<p>“You mustn’t mind that. I’ve seen young -gunners go out more than once and not bring -a thing down,” returned the old hunter.</p> -<p>Once more the journey up the lake was resumed, -and an hour later they came in sight of -Pine Island; a long narrow strip of land, located -half a mile off the western shore. The -island lay low at either end, with a hill about a -hundred feet high in the middle. On the hill -there was a patch of trees that gave to the -place its name, and trees of other varieties -lined the shores, interspersed here and there -with brushwood. There were half a dozen little -coves along the eastern shore, and two small -creeks near the southern extremity.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_72">72</div> -<p>As the party drew closer to the island they -saw that all the trees were heavily laden with -snow, and many of the bushes were covered.</p> -<p>“Pretty well snowed up, isn’t it?” remarked -Joe.</p> -<p>“I’m going to take a picture of the island,” -said Harry, and proceeded to get out his camera, -which was a compact affair, taking film -pictures four by five inches in size.</p> -<p>“Is the light strong enough?” questioned -Joe. “I thought you had to have sunlight for -a snapshot.”</p> -<p>“I’ll give it a time exposure, Joe.”</p> -<p>“Fred, how long do you think it ought to -have?”</p> -<p>“About ten seconds with a medium stop,” -was the reply.</p> -<p>The camera was set on the top of one of the -sleds and properly pointed, and Joe timed the -exposure. Then Harry turned the film roll -around for picture number two.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_73">73</div> -<p>“That’s a good bit easier than a plate camera,” -came from Joel Runnell. “I once went -out with a man who had that sort. His plates -weighed an awful lot, and he was always in -trouble trying to find some dark place where -he could fill his holders.”</p> -<p>“This camera loads in daylight; so I’ll not -have any trouble that way,” said Harry. -“And I can take six pictures before I have to -put in a new roll of films.”</p> -<p>It was high noon when the upper end of -Pine Island was gained. All of the party were -hungry, but it was decided to move on to the -lodge before getting dinner.</p> -<p>The lodge set back about a hundred feet -from the edge of a cove, and ten minutes more -of walking over the ice and through the deep -snow brought them in sight of the building. -It was a rough affair of logs, twenty by thirty -feet in size, with a rude chimney at one end. -There was a door and two windows, and the -ruins of a tiny porch. Over all the snow lay -to a depth of a foot or more.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_74">74</div> -<p>“I’ve got a name for this place,” said Joe. -“I don’t think anything could be more appropriate -than that of Snow Lodge.”</p> -<p>“That fits it exactly!” cried Fred. “Snow -Lodge it is, eh, Harry?”</p> -<p>“Yes, that’s all right,” was the answer; and -Snow Lodge it was from that moment forth.</p> -<p>There had been a padlock on the door, but -this was broken off, so they had no difficulty in -getting inside. They found the lodge divided -into two apartments, one with bunks for -sleeping purposes, and the other, where the -fireplace was, for a living-room. Through an -open window and through several holes in the -roof the snow had sifted, and covered the flooring -as with a carpet of white.</p> -<p>“We’ll have to clean up first of all,” said -Joe. “No use of bringing in our traps until -then.”</p> -<p>“Our first job is to clean off the roof and -mend that,” came from Joe Runnell. “Then -we’ll be ready for the next storm when it -comes. After that we can clean up inside and -cut some firewood.”</p> -<p>“But dinner——” began Fred.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_75">75</div> -<p>“I’ll cook the turkeys and some potatoes -while the others fix the room,” said Harry.</p> -<p>This was agreed to, and soon they had a fire -blazing away in front of the lodge. To dry-pick -the turkeys was not so easy, and all the -small feathers had to be singed off. But -Harry knew his business, and soon there was -an appetizing odor floating to the noses of -those on the roof of the lodge.</p> -<p>The young hunters thought the outing great -sport, and while on the roof Joe and Fred got -to snowballing each other. As a consequence, -Joe received one snowball in his ear, and Fred, -losing his balance, rolled from the roof into a -snowbank behind the lodge.</p> -<p>“Hi! hi! let up there!” roared old Runnell. -“This isn’t the play hour, lads. Work first -and play afterward.”</p> -<p>“It’s no play to go headfirst in that snowbank,” -grumbled Fred. “I’m as cold as an -icicle!”</p> -<p>“All hands to dinner!” shouted Harry. -“Don’t wait—come while everything is hot!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_76">76</div> -<p>“Right you are!” came from Joe, as he took -a flying leap from the roof to the side of the -fire. “Phew! but that turkey smells good, and -so do the potatoes and coffee!”</p> -<p>They were soon eating with the appetite that -comes only from hours spent in the open air in -winter. Everything tasted “extra good,” as -Fred put it, and they spent a good hour around -the fire, picking the turkey bones clean. The -turkeys had not been large, so that the meat -was extra tender and sweet.</p> -<p>The roof of the lodge had been thoroughly -cleaned, and now the boys were set to work to -clean out the interior, and to start a fire in the -open fireplace. In the meantime Joel Runnell -procured some long strips of bark, and nailed -these over the holes he had discovered. Over -the broken-out window they fastened a flap of -strong, but thin, white canvas in such a manner -that it could be pushed aside when not -wanted, and secured firmly during the night or -when a storm was on.</p> -<p>The roaring fire soon dried out the interior -of the building, and made it exceedingly comfortable. -The boys found several more cracks -in the sides, and nailed bark over these.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_77">77</div> -<p>“Now for some firewood and pine boughs -for the bunks, and then we can consider ourselves -at home,” said Joel Runnell. “I know -cutting firewood isn’t sport, but it’s all a part -of the outing.”</p> -<p>“Oh, I shan’t mind that a bit,” replied Joe, -and the others said the same.</p> -<p>Several small pine trees were handy, and -from these old Runnell cut the softest of the -boughs, and the boys arranged them in the -bunks, after first drying them slightly before -the fire. Over the boughs were spread the -blankets brought along, and this furnished -each with a bed, which, if not as comfortable -as that at home, was still very good.</p> -<p>“It will beat sleeping on a hard board all -hollow,” said Harry.</p> -<p>Next came the firewood; and this was -stacked up close to the door of the lodge, while -a fair portion was piled up in the living-room, -for use when a heavy storm was on. Each of -the boys chopped until his back fairly ached, -but no one complained. It was so different, -chopping wood for an outing instead of in the -back yard at home!</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_78">78</div> -<p>“And now for something for supper and for -breakfast,” said Joel Runnell, as the last stick -was flung on the woodpile. “Supposing we -divide our efforts. Joe can go with me into -the woods on a hunt, while Fred and Harry -can chop a hole in the ice on the lake, and try -their luck at fishing.”</p> -<p>“Just the thing!” cried Fred. “Wait and -see the pickerel I haul in.”</p> -<p>“And the fish I catch,” added Harry.</p> -<p>“Will we have to lock up the lodge?” asked -Joe.</p> -<p>“Hardly,” answered the old hunter. “I -don’t believe there is anybody, but ourselves -inside of five miles of this spot.”</p> -<p>The guns were ready, and Joel Runnell and -Joe soon set off, for the short winter day was -drawing to a close, and there was no time to -lose. But the fishing outfits had still to be -unpacked, and the boys had to find bait, so it -was half an hour later before Fred and Harry -could get away.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_79">79</div> -<p>Arriving at the lake shore, the two would-be -fishermen selected a spot that they thought -looked favorable, and began to cut their hole. -As the ice was fully sixteen inches thick this -was no easy task. But at last the sharp ax cut -through, and then it was an easy matter to -make the hole large enough for both to try -their luck.</p> -<p>“I’ll wager a potato that I get the first -bite,” observed Harry, as he threw in.</p> -<p>“What odds are you giving on that bet?” -came from Fred.</p> -<p>“I didn’t think you were such small potatoes -as to ask odds,” was the quick answer; and -then both lads laughed.</p> -<p>Fishing proved to be slow work, and both -boys became very cold before Fred felt something -on his line.</p> -<p>“Hurrah, I’ve got a bite!” he shouted. -“Here is where I win that potato!” And he -hauled in rapidly.</p> -<p>“Be careful that you don’t lose your fish,” -cautioned Harry. “We can’t afford to lose -anything just now.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_80">80</div> -<p>“Huh! don’t you think I know how to fish?” -grunted Fred, and hauled in as rapidly as before. -But then the game appeared to hold -back, and he hardly knew what to do.</p> -<p>“Coming in hard,” he said, slowly. “I -think——. Ah, I’ve got him now! Here he -comes!” And then the catch did come—a bit -of brushwood, with several dead weeds clinging -to it.</p> -<p>“That’s a real fine fish,” said Harry, dryly. -“What do you suppose he’d weigh, in his own -scales?”</p> -<p>“Oh, give us a rest!”</p> -<p>“The potato is yours, Fred. You can eat it -for supper, along with that fine catch.”</p> -<p>“If you say another word, I’ll pitch you into -the hole!”</p> -<p>“I never saw a fish exactly like that one. Is -it a stickleback, or a hand-warmer?”</p> -<p>Fred did not answer, and Harry said no -more, seeing that his chum did not relish the -joke. Both baited up afresh, and this time -Fred got a real bite, and landed a pickerel -weighing close to a pound.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_81">81</div> -<p>“Now you’re doing something!” cried -Harry, heartily. “I’ll give in, you are the -best fisherman, after all.”</p> -<p>“It was blind luck, Harry. You may——You’ve -got a bite!”</p> -<p>Harry did have a bite, and the strain on the -line told that his catch was a heavy one. He -had to play his catch a little. Then it came -up—a fine lake bass twice the size of the pickerel.</p> -<p>After this the sport continued steadily, until -the young fishermen had fourteen fish to their -credit. In the meantime it had grown quite -dark, and the air was filled with softly falling -snowflakes.</p> -<p>“I wonder if the others have got back to the -lodge yet?” said Fred.</p> -<p>“It is not likely, Fred. That last shot we -heard came from almost on top of the hill.”</p> -<p>“I hope they’ve had good luck. It looks -now as if we wouldn’t be able to do much -to-morrow.”</p> -<p>“Oh, this storm may not last. The wind -isn’t in the right direction. We may—Hark!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_82">82</div> -<p>The boys stopped short in their talk, and -both listened intently. From a distance they -could hear a faint cry:</p> -<p>“Help! help!”</p> -<p>“It is Joe!” ejaculated Harry. “He is in -trouble. We must go and see what is wrong!”</p> -<p>And throwing down his line and his fish he -bounded in the direction of the cry for assistance, -with Fred at his heels.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_83">83</div> -<h2 id="c8">CHAPTER VIII -<br /><span class="small">WHAT HAPPENED AT NIGHT</span></h2> -<p>We must go back to the time when Joe and -old Runnell started away from Snow Lodge to -see what game they could bring down for the -next meal or two.</p> -<p>“We haven’t any time to waste,” said the -old hunter, as they moved along. “In an hour -it will be too dark to shoot at a distance.”</p> -<p>“Shall we take snowshoes along?” asked the -youth.</p> -<p>“Not worth while, lad. We’ll try those in -the big forest over on the mainland later on.”</p> -<p>The lodge was soon left behind, and old Runnell -led the way through some brushwood that -skirted the base of the hill.</p> -<p>“There ought to be some rabbits around -here,” he said, and had scarcely spoken, when -two rabbits popped into view. Bang! went his -gun, and both were brought low by the scattering -shot.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_84">84</div> -<p>“Gracious! but you were quick about that!” -cried Joe, enthusiastically.</p> -<p>“You don’t want to wait in hunting, Joe. -Be sure of what you are shooting at, and then -let drive as quick as you can pull trigger.”</p> -<p>On they went, and a few rods farther scared -up two other rabbits. Joe now tried his luck, -Joel Runnell not firing on purpose. One of -the rabbits fell dead, while the other was so -badly lamed that Joe caught and killed him -with ease.</p> -<p>“Good enough! Now we are even!” exclaimed -the old hunter.</p> -<p>“Do you think we shall find any large game -here?”</p> -<p>“Hardly. If a deer was near by he’d slide -away in jig time as soon as he heard those -shots. The most we can hope for are rabbits -and birds.”</p> -<p>“I see a squirrel!” cried Joe, a little later.</p> -<p>“Watch where he goes,” returned the old -hunter. “Ah, there’s his tree.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_85">85</div> -<p>Joe took aim, and the squirrel was brought -down just as he was entering his hole. The -tree was not a tall one, and Joel Runnell prepared -to climb it.</p> -<p>“What are you going to do that for?” asked -the youth.</p> -<p>“For the nuts, Joe. They’ll make fine eating -during the evenings around the fire.”</p> -<p>It was an easy matter to clean out the hole -in the tree—after they had made sure that no -other animals were inside. From the place -they obtained several quarts of hickory and -other nuts, all of which Joel Runnell poured -into the game bag he had brought along.</p> -<p>“This is easier than picking ’em from the -trees,” he remarked. “And that squirrel will -never need them now.”</p> -<p>By the time the top of the hill was gained, it -was almost dark, and the snow had begun to -fall. At this point they scared up half a dozen -birds, and brought down four. Joel Runnell -also caught sight of a fox, but the beast got -away before he could fire on it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_86">86</div> -<p>“We may as well be getting back,” said the -old hunter. “It is too dark to look for more -game.”</p> -<p>“Suppose we separate?” suggested Joe. -“I can take to the right, and you can go to the -left. Perhaps one or the other will spot something -before we get back to the lodge.”</p> -<p>This was agreed to, and soon Joe found -himself alone. As he hurried on as fast as the -deep snow permitted, he heard Joel Runnell -fire his gun twice in succession.</p> -<p>“He has seen something,” thought the -youth. “Hope I have equal luck.”</p> -<p>He was still on high ground when he came -to something of a gully. Here the rocks had -been swept bare by the wind. As he leaped -the gully something sprang up directly in -front of him.</p> -<p>What the animal was Joe could not make -out. But the unexpected appearance of the -beast startled the young hunter, and he leaped -back in astonishment. In doing this he missed -his footing, and the next instant found himself -rolling over the edge of the gully to a snow-covered -shelf ten feet below.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_87">87</div> -<p>“Help! help!” he cried, not once, but half -a dozen times.</p> -<p>He had dropped his gun, and was now trying -his best to cling fast to the slippery shelf. -But his hold was by no means a good one, and -he found himself slipping, slipping, slipping, -until with a yell he went down, and down, into -the darkness and snow far below.</p> -<p>In the meantime, not only Harry and Fred, -but also Joel Runnell were hurrying to his -assistance. But the darkness and the falling -snow made the advance of the three slow. -They came together long before the edge of the -gully was reached.</p> -<p>“Hello!” cried the old hunter. “Was that -Joe calling?”</p> -<p>“It must have been,” answered Harry. -“But where is he?”</p> -<p>“He wasn’t with me. When we started -back to the lodge we separated. I just shot -another brace of squirrels, when I heard him -yell.”</p> -<p>“I think the cry came from that direction,” -said Fred, pointing with his finger.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_88">88</div> -<p>“And I think it came from over there,” -said Harry, pointing in another direction.</p> -<p>“I think Harry is right,” said old Runnell. -“Go slow, boys. There are many pitfalls -among the rocks.”</p> -<p>He led the way, and they came after him, -spreading out a distance of several rods. -Presently they reached the gully, but not at -the point where Joe had taken the fall.</p> -<p>“Hello, Joe? Where are you?” called -Harry.</p> -<p>No answer came back, and the call was repeated -several times. Not a sound broke the -stillness of the evening.</p> -<p>“He’s in trouble, that is certain,” said -Harry, looking more anxious every minute.</p> -<p>“Perhaps he fell over the rocks, and broke -his neck,” put in Fred.</p> -<p>“Oh, Fred, do you think he did?”</p> -<p>“Let us hope for the best, lads,” broke in -Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“If he wasn’t badly hurt he’d answer us,” -went on Harry. “I wish we had the lantern.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_89">89</div> -<p>“I’ll go back for it,” said Fred, and hurried -for the lodge without further words.</p> -<p>Joel Runnell had started along the edge of -a ravine, with his face close to the rocks and -snow. Now he came to a halt.</p> -<p>“Here are some footprints,” he declared. -“Wait till I strike a light.”</p> -<p>He lit a match, and with this set fire to a dry -pine bough. The footprints were there plain -enough.</p> -<p>“Joe!” he called, sharply. “Joe, are you -below?”</p> -<p>“Yes,” came faintly to his ears.</p> -<p>“He’s here!” shouted the old hunter.</p> -<p>“Where?” and now Harry came up quickly.</p> -<p>“He’s down below.”</p> -<p>Harry bent over the dark opening.</p> -<p>“Joe, are you badly hurt?” he questioned.</p> -<p>“I—I guess not. But my—my wind is -g-g-gone!”</p> -<p>“We’ll soon have you up.”</p> -<p>“We can’t do it without a rope,” said old -Runnell. “Better go back to the lodge for -one.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_90">90</div> -<p>Harry caught Fred just coming away with -the lighted lantern. The rope was quickly -procured, and both sped back to the gully. -Then Harry was lowered, taking the light with -him.</p> -<p>He found Joe sitting on a ledge of rocks, his -feet in the snow. One hand was scratched and -bleeding, and there was blood on one of his -cheeks.</p> -<p>“It was a nasty fall, I can tell you that,” -said Joe, when he felt able to talk. “When I -came down I thought it was all up with me.”</p> -<p>“You can be thankful you didn’t break any -bones, Joe,” returned his brother, tenderly.</p> -<p>A sling was made, and Joe was hoisted up -by old Runnell and Fred, and then Harry -came up, carrying the shotgun. By this time -it was pitch-dark on all sides, and the snow -was coming down thickly.</p> -<p>“It’s good we have the lantern,” observed -Harry. “It is going to be no easy job getting -back to the lodge.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_91">91</div> -<p>Joel Runnell led the way, and the boys followed, -with Joe in the middle leaning on the -others’ shoulders. Progress was slow, and it -took the best part of an hour to reach Snow -Lodge.</p> -<p>“Jumping bullfrogs! if I didn’t leave the -door wide open!” cried Fred, in consternation.</p> -<p>“Well, we’ll forgive you this time,” laughed -Joe Runnell. “But don’t let it happen -again.”</p> -<p>The lodge was cold, but with the door shut -tight and a good fire the temperature soon -arose. Then Fred slipped down to the lake, -and brought in the fish that had been caught.</p> -<p>“Not so bad,” said the old hunter, as he -looked the catch over. “Reckon we’ll have -enough to eat for a day or two.”</p> -<p>Before retiring that night Joe washed his -bruises and bathed them with some arnica that -was in the medicine case. This eased the -wounds a great deal, and in a few days he felt -as well as ever.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_92">92</div> -<p>It snowed steadily the whole of the night, -and toward morning the wind arose and sent -the snow flying against the lodge until it was -piled almost to the top of the door. The thermometer -went down ten degrees, and all -hands were glad enough to hug the fire.</p> -<p>“Phew! but this storm is a corker,” exclaimed -Fred. “I’m glad we haven’t got to -travel in it.”</p> -<p>“We needn’t stir until it clears off,” said -Joel Runnell. “That will give Joe a chance -to mend.”</p> -<p>Breakfast was late, and they took their own -time in eating the fish and potatoes that had -been prepared. After this they gazed out of -the window for a while, and then sat down to -play at dominoes and checkers, both games -having been brought along by Fred for just -such an emergency.</p> -<p>Yet with it all the day passed slowly, and -the boys were not sorry when, at nightfall, the -snowing ceased, and the wind also fell.</p> -<p>“It’s going to be a clear day to-morrow,” -the old hunter predicted. “We ought to have -some fine sport.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_93">93</div> -<p>It was not yet nine o’clock when the boys -and the old hunter retired for the night. The -fire was fixed with care, so that no sparks -might set fire to the lodge.</p> -<p>It did not take long for the boys to get to -sleep. Each occupied a separate bunk in the -sleeping apartment, while old Runnell -stretched himself on the floor in the living-room.</p> -<p>Fred had been asleep about an hour, when -he awoke with a start. What had aroused him -he could not tell, until a peculiar sensation -along one of his lower limbs attracted his attention.</p> -<p>“What in the world can that be?” he asked -himself. “Am I getting a chill, or is it -rheumatism?”</p> -<p>He caught his breath, and on the instant his -heart almost stopped beating from fright. -Something was in the bunk; something that -was crawling over his lower limbs and up to -his breast!</p> -<p>“It’s a snake!” he thought. “It’s a snake! -If I dare to move it will sting me! Can it be a -rattler?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_94">94</div> -<p>He was on the point of screaming, but could -not bring himself to do it. The cold beads of -perspiration stood out on his forehead. In -those few seconds he lived an hour of anguish. -Then he made a swift clutch at the object -through the blanket, and leaped out upon the -floor.</p> -<p>“A snake! A snake!” he yelled. “Help -me! Shoot him, somebody! A snake has me -by the leg! He’s stinging me this minute! -I’m a dead boy!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_95">95</div> -<h2 id="c9">CHAPTER IX -<br /><span class="small">AT A DEER HUNT</span></h2> -<p>In a moment there was a wild commotion -throughout the lodge. All of the others -sprang up, and reached for their weapons.</p> -<p>“What is it, a bear?” gasped Harry.</p> -<p>“A snake! a snake!” screamed Fred. “Save -me, before he stings me!”</p> -<p>The lantern had been turned low. Now Joe -turned it up, while Joel Runnell kicked the -fire into a blaze. In the meantime, Fred -pulled both the blanket and the reptile from -him, and cast them upon the floor.</p> -<p>“Let me get at him,” said old Runnell, and -he stepped into the sleeping room as the snake -crawled from under the blanket and started -across the floor for a hole in the corner.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_96">96</div> -<p>Bang! it was a hasty shot, and in that confined -space it made the ears of all the boys -ring. For the time being, the smoke was so -thick nobody could see, and more than one began -to cough.</p> -<p>“Did you—you fetch him?” faltered Fred. -He felt so weak in the lower limbs that he had -to rest on the edge of a bunk for support.</p> -<p>“Think I did,” was the laconic reply of the -old hunter. He held the double-barreled gun -ready for a second shot.</p> -<p>But this was unnecessary, for as the smoke -cleared away it was seen that the snake had -been literally cut to pieces by the dose of shot. -The tail still whipped over the floor, and, -catching it up, the old hunter threw it on the -back of the fire, and a moment later the head -and the bits of body followed.</p> -<p>“Was it a rattler?” questioned Harry.</p> -<p>“No, it was only an ordinary everyday -snake,” answered Joel Runnell. “I reckon -the heat warmed him into life. But he scared -you, didn’t he, Fred?”</p> -<p>“Well-er—it wasn’t very pleasant,” answered -the stout youth. “I don’t want another -such bunkmate.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_97">97</div> -<p>“I guess none of us do,” came from Joe. -“Ugh! it makes one shiver to think of it.”</p> -<p>“I’m going to search around for more,” -said Harry, and took up the lantern. The -others helped him, but no more snakes were -to be found.</p> -<p>As Joel Runnell had predicted, New Year’s -day proved clear, and the bright sun, shining -on the snow, was fairly dazzling.</p> -<p>“We’ll go out after dinner,” said the old -hunter. “The sun will soon make the top of -the snow right for snow-shoeing,” and so it -proved.</p> -<p>The boys were anxious to try the snowshoes, -or <i>skis</i>, as they are called in certain parts of -the country. They had already tried them -around the yard at home, with varying success. -Joel Runnell was an expert in using them, and -he gave them all the advice he deemed necessary.</p> -<p>“Take your time, and make sure of what -you are doing,” he said. “If you try to hurry -at the start, you’ll surely take a tumble. -Swiftness comes only with practice.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_98">98</div> -<p>It had been decided that they should cross -to the mainland on a hunt for deer. About -two miles and a half away was a cove to which -the deer came regularly at certain seasons of -the year. This was known, however, to nobody -but Joel Runnell, and he took good care -to keep the fact to himself.</p> -<p>An early dinner was had, and they started -off about midday, after closing up the lodge -and putting a wooden pin through the hasp of -the door. A rough board was nailed over the -open window, so that no wild animal might -leap through to rummage their stores.</p> -<p>“Now for a nice deer apiece!” exclaimed -Joe, as they made their way to the lake shore.</p> -<p>“I must say you don’t want much,” said -Harry. “I guess we’ll be lucky if we get one -or two all told.”</p> -<p>“Nothing like hoping for the best,” grinned -old Runnell. “It might be that we’d get two -each, you know.”</p> -<p>“I want a good picture of a deer as much as -anything,” went on Harry, who had his -camera swung from his shoulder.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_99">99</div> -<p>“Humph! that’s all well enough, but we -can’t live on photos,” grumbled Fred. “A -nice juicy bit of venison will just suit me to -death after such a tramp as this is going to -be.”</p> -<p>As soon as the thick undergrowth was left -behind, they stopped and donned their snowshoes. -Out on the lake the snow lay in an -unbroken mass for miles. Over this they -found snowshoe walking to be comparatively -easy.</p> -<p>“Snowshoes are all right on a level,” old -Runnell explained. “It is going up-hill and -coming down that tests one’s skill.”</p> -<p>“Oh, I think this is lots of fun!” cried -Harry, and started to run. All went well for -fifty yards, when he struck an extra high drift -of snow and pitched into it headlong.</p> -<p>“Oh, for a snap-shot!” sang out Joe, merrily. -“Harry, lend me the camera until I -press the button on you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_100">100</div> -<p>“Not much!” spluttered his brother. -“Wuow! But that was a cold plunge!” he -added, as he freed himself of the snow. “Tell -you what, there is more science in using these -things than one imagines.”</p> -<p>The edge of the cove was covered with pines -and spruces, all hanging low with their weight -of snow. Back of this fringe was a small -opening, filled with young saplings.</p> -<p>“The deer have been around here, that’s -certain,” said Joel Runnell, as he pointed to -the saplings. “See how they have been peeling -off the bark.”</p> -<p>He told them to look to their firearms, and -they did so, while Harry made certain that his -camera was ready for use. Then they continued -their journey, with eyes and ears on the -alert for the first appearance of any game.</p> -<p>It was all of an hour before the old hunter -called a halt. He pointed to a track in the -snow just ahead of them.</p> -<p>“Deer!” he said, in a half whisper. “Five -of ’em. Go slow now, and make no noise.”</p> -<p>At this announcement the heart of each of -the youths began to flutter, and they clutched -their guns tightly, while Harry brought his -camera around to the front.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_101">101</div> -<p>There was a slight rise of ground in front of -them, at the top of which was a belt of brushwood. -To the right was a hollow, and to the -left something of a cliff.</p> -<p>The brushwood gained, Joel Runnell, who -was in the lead, motioned for the boys to -crouch low. They did as ordered, and came -up to him as silently as so many ghosts.</p> -<p>The sight that met their gaze thrilled them -to the core. The five deer were just beyond, -feeding on the tender bark of the young trees -in that vicinity. They were knee-deep in the -snow. A magnificent old buck was leader of -the herd.</p> -<p>“Let me take a picture first!” whispered -Harry, and swung his camera into position. -The sun was shining directly on the game, and -the grouping could not have been better. -Click! and the snap-shot was taken. Then, to -make sure of a picture, he took a second shot -from a slightly different position.</p> -<p>As the second click was heard, the old buck -raised his head to look around and listen. The -wind was blowing from the deer toward the -hunters, so the buck scented nothing unusual.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_102">102</div> -<p>“Joe, take the one on the left; Harry, try -for that on the right; Fred, shoot the one near -the big rock. I’ll take the buck,” whispered -Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>All agreed, and the firearms were brought -into position. Fred was trembling as with -“buck fever,” and Harry was equally excited.</p> -<p>“When I count three, fire,” said the old -hunter. “Ready? One, two, three!”</p> -<p>Crack! crack! bang went the rifles and the -shotguns, in a scattering fire. On the instant -the old buck bounded into the air and fell lifeless, -with a bullet through his left eye. The -deer Joe had aimed at was mortally wounded, -and fell where it had stood, kicking and plunging, -and sending the snow and ice flying in all -directions.</p> -<p>Harry and Fred had not been so fortunate, -although each had “nipped” his mark, Fred -landing some shot in the deer’s side, and -Harry striking in the hind quarter. In the -meantime, the fifth deer turned, and sped from -sight with the swiftness of the wind.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_103">103</div> -<p>“Hurrah! we’ve got two at least!” shouted -Joe, and ran forward to finish his prize. This -was an easy matter, and a second shot caused -the deer to stop struggling at once.</p> -<p>“Look out for those other chaps!” yelled -Joel Runnell, suddenly. “They are going to -attack us!”</p> -<p>He was right. The two wounded deer were -hurt enough to turn ugly, and now each came -on with eyes that were full of fight. One -sprang at Joe, and with a well-directed blow -sent that youth sprawling headlong over the -game he had brought low. The second charged -on Fred, knocking the stout youth over likewise -and then preparing to gore him with all -the power of those cruel-looking prongs.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_104">104</div> -<h2 id="c10">CHAPTER X -<br /><span class="small">AMONG THE WOLVES</span></h2> -<p>It was a moment of extreme peril, and each -of the party realized it fully. A wounded -deer is an ugly creature to deal with at the best, -and these animals were both wounded and half -starved, for the recent heavy falls of snow had -cut them off from nearly all of their food -supplies.</p> -<p>“Jump, Joe!” screamed Harry, in terror. -“Jump, or you will be killed!”</p> -<p>“Save me!” screamed Fred. “The deer is -going to bore me through!”</p> -<p>The words had scarcely been uttered, when -Joel Runnell’s rifle rang out, and the deer that -had attacked Fred fell over, paralyzed from a -bullet through its backbone. Then Fred -scrambled up, and ran for dear life down the -slope leading to the lake.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_105">105</div> -<p>“Come on!” he yelled. “Come on! I’ve -had enough of deer hunting! Come on, before -all of us are killed!”</p> -<p>Harry could not bear to see Joe in such dire -peril, and leaping up to the side of the deer he -discharged the second barrel of his shotgun -with all possible speed.</p> -<p>The aim was none of the best, but some of -the shot penetrated the animal’s hind leg, and -caused it to start back limping. At this, Joe -tried to scramble up, but found himself too -weak to do so. The deer then turned upon Harry, -and that youth met the onslaught by hitting -the game over the head with his gun-stock.</p> -<p>“That’s the way to do it!” shouted Joel -Runnell, who was coming up as fast as he -could, hunting knife in hand. “Don’t let him -get away to buck you. Crowd him up!” And -Harry crowded the deer that was now inclined -to flee. A moment later the old hunter was at -hand, and, catching the game by one prong, -plunged the keen knife into the upturned -throat; and then the brief but fierce fight came -to an end.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_106">106</div> -<p>“Say, but that was hot!” gasped Joe, when -he at last arose. “I was afraid I was a goner, -sure!”</p> -<p>“Where is Fred?” asked old Runnell, looking -around as he reloaded.</p> -<p>“He ran away,” answered Harry. He -raised his voice: “Fred, where are you? -Come back, the fight is over.”</p> -<p>“Are those deer dead?” came in a trembling -voice from a distance.</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>At this news the stout youth came limping -back, one snowshoe on and the other under his -arm. He looked rather sheepish.</p> -<p>“Thought you’d leg it, did you?” said old -Runnell, quizzically. “Can’t say I blame you -much.”</p> -<p>“I—I guess I was looking for that other -deer,” answered Fred, lamely. His companions -could not help but smile, but they did not -let the stout youth see it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_107">107</div> -<p>“Well, we got one apiece, after all,” said -Joel Runnell, after a pause, during which they -made sure that all of the game were dead. -“Boys, I can tell you that we’ve been lucky. -It isn’t likely that we’ll make a better haul -than this all the time we are out.”</p> -<p>“Excepting we get on the track of a moose,” -said Joe.</p> -<p>“So far as I know, there are no longer any -moose in this vicinity. I haven’t shot one for -four years. As for meat, there is nothing better -than the deer we have just brought down.”</p> -<p>How to get the game to the lodge was the -next problem, and after a conference it was -decided to pile two of the deer on a drag, and -take them over at once. The others were hung -high in a tree, so as to protect them from other -wild animals.</p> -<p>“I reckon we’ve had sport enough for one -day,” said Joel Runnell. “By the time we get -these two deer to the lodge everybody will be -fagged out.”</p> -<p>For drags they cut long sweeps of pine. On -these the deer were tightly bound with ropes, -and while the old hunter and Fred pulled one, -Joe and Harry pulled the other.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_108">108</div> -<p>As they reached the edge of the lake Joe -caught sight of some game in a nearby tree. -They were partridge, and he and old Runnell -brought down six. The others flew away with -a rush that was exceedingly noisy.</p> -<p>“Now we can have a potpie worth eating!” -exclaimed Joe. “I’ll make one just like -Grandma Anderson’s.”</p> -<p>To Harry, who was tired out, the walk over -the lake appeared endless, but just as the sun -was setting they came in sight of the lodge.</p> -<p>“Home again!” sang out Joe. “Home -again, and glad——Hello!”</p> -<p>He stopped short, and looked at the snow before -him. There were prints that filled him -with wonder.</p> -<p>“What is it, Joe?” asked Fred.</p> -<p>“Unless I am mistaken these marks were -made by the hoofs of a horse!”</p> -<p>“They were,” said Joel Runnell, after an -examination. “Somebody has been around -here on horseback.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps we’ve got a visitor,” suggested -Harry. “Let’s hurry up and see.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_109">109</div> -<p>Increasing their speed they soon reached the -lodge. The hoof prints were there, and they -could plainly see where somebody had leaped -from the horse and entered the building.</p> -<p>“Hope it wasn’t a thief,” said Joe.</p> -<p>The door was fastened just as they had left -it, and inside of the lodge nothing appeared -to be disturbed. But on the table was a note, -pinned down by a fork stuck in the crack of -the boards. The note ran as follows:</p> -<blockquote> -<p>“You ain’t wanted here, and you had better clear out -before Hiram Skeetles has the law on you.</p> -<p><span class="jr">“<span class="sc">Daniel Marcy.</span>”</span></p> -</blockquote> -<p>“Well, listen to that!” ejaculated Joe. -“What right has Dan Marcy to leave such a -message as this?”</p> -<p>“Evidently Hiram Skeetles got him to do -it,” said Joel Runnell. “Remember, Skeetles -claims to own the island.”</p> -<p>“But he doesn’t own it,” answered Joe, -warmly. “And I, for one, shan’t budge.”</p> -<p>“Nor I,” added Harry.</p> -<p>“So say we all!” sang out Fred. “Just let -Marcy or old Skeetles show himself, and we’ll -give him a piece of our mind, eh, fellows?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_110">110</div> -<p>“Nobody ever tried to stop my hunting here -before,” said Joel Runnell. “As I told you -before, so far as I know, the island is under -the care of Sheriff Clowes. As to who owns -the island, that is for the courts to decide.”</p> -<p>“Then we’ll quit on notice from the sheriff, -and not before,” said Joe.</p> -<p>“It’s a wonder Dan Marcy didn’t steal -something,” put in Harry. “I don’t think -he’d be above doing such a thing.”</p> -<p>“Oh, don’t paint him any blacker than he -is, Harry,” returned his brother; nevertheless, -all looked around the lodge with interest, to -make sure that nothing was missing.</p> -<p>“I suppose Marcy has gone to old Skeetles -to report,” said Joel Runnell, later on, while -they were broiling a choice cut of deer meat. -“And if that’s so we’ll hear from him again -before long.”</p> -<p>The hunt had given everybody a good appetite, -and they sat over the well-cooked venison -a long time, praising the meal and talking -over the prospects for more sport. There was -a good deal of enthusiasm, and, in the midst -of this, Marcy and Hiram Skeetles were for -the time being forgotten.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_111">111</div> -<p>It being New Year’s night they did not go -to bed as early as usual, but instead sat up -eating nuts and listening to several good hunting -stories old Runnell had to tell. They also -talked of home, until Harry grew just a bit -homesick and changed the subject.</p> -<p>With nothing to make them get up early, -all hands slept the following morning until -after eight o’clock. The old hunter was the -first to arise, and he had the breakfast well -under way before the others rolled out.</p> -<p>“I’ve been a-thinking it over,” said old -Runnell. “Perhaps one of us had better stay -at the lodge while the others go for that other -deer meat. Then, if Marcy comes, or Hiram -Skeetles, there will be somebody here to talk -to him.”</p> -<p>“I’d just as lief stay,” said Fred, who did -not relish hauling the load of meat to Snow -Lodge.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_112">112</div> -<p>“Supposing you and Runnell both stay,” -suggested Joe. “I am sure Harry and I can -get the deer over without much trouble.”</p> -<p>The matter was discussed while they were -eating breakfast, and Joe’s plan was adopted. -A little later he and Harry set off, each with -his gun, and Harry with his ever-present -camera in addition. So far Harry had taken, -besides the game, several pictures of the lodge -and its surroundings, and had already laid -away a strip of six films for development when -he should get home.</p> -<p>“I hope we’re able to bring down something -on this trip,” said Harry, as they trudged -along over the lake.</p> -<p>“We can’t expect to bring in something -every trip we make, Harry. If we did we’d -be the greatest Gun Club in the United States. -Many a hunter goes out all day and doesn’t so -much as see a squirrel.”</p> -<p>“Oh, I know that. I really think that so -far our luck has been remarkably good.”</p> -<p>“It won’t keep up. Our shooting in this -vicinity will scare the game away from the -lodge. As the days go by we’ll have to go -farther and farther away for something worth -bringing down.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_113">113</div> -<p>The journey across the lake was made without -incident, but scarcely had they struck the -mainland when a distant howl greeted their -ears.</p> -<p>“What is that?” came from Harry.</p> -<p>“It’s the howl of a wolf,” answered his -brother. “I shouldn’t wonder but what he -has scented the deer meat.”</p> -<p>“If he has we may have some trouble in -getting the deer home.”</p> -<p>“Oh, I guess we can easily take care of one -wolf.”</p> -<p>“But there may be more, Joe. Wolves generally -travel in packs, you know.”</p> -<p>“Yes, but I don’t hear any others.”</p> -<p>“He may be calling his mates.”</p> -<p>They moved forward up the rise, and presently -came in sight of the game. Under the -tree where the deer was strung up sat two -wolves, gazing wistfully at the meat.</p> -<p>“Two of them here, and one below!” cried -Joe. “That makes three.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_114">114</div> -<p>“Wait! let me get a picture!” whispered -Harry, and brought his camera into use without -delay. It certainly made a good scene, -and he got as close as he could ere he pressed -the button. Then he took up his shotgun and -blazed away, and Joe did the same.</p> -<p>Neither of the wolves was much hurt, and -both limped into the woods growling savagely. -The growl was answered from a distance, and -in a very few minutes four other wolves appeared, -ranging themselves in a semicircle at -what they considered a safe distance.</p> -<p>“The impudent beggars!” murmured Joe, -and, bringing his shotgun up, he let drive at -the nearest wolf. This time his aim was true, -and the wolf leaped up, to fall dead. Instantly -the other wolves fell upon their dead companion, -rending the carcass limb from limb.</p> -<p>“I must say I don’t like this,” declared -Harry, in something of a nervous voice. “It -looks as if they meant business. As soon as -that wolf is gone they’ll turn on us again.”</p> -<p>“Here comes a whole pack of wolves!” -shouted Joe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_115">115</div> -<p>He was right, a distant yelping and howling -proclaimed their approach. Soon they burst -into view, at least twenty strong, and in a -twinkling the two young hunters found themselves -completely surrounded!</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_116">116</div> -<h2 id="c11">CHAPTER XI -<br /><span class="small">CONFRONTED BY THE ENEMY</span></h2> -<p>Fred had broken one of his snowshoes while -running away from the deer, and Joel Runnell’s -first work after Harry and Joe had left -Snow Lodge was to repair this.</p> -<p>“You want to be more careful in the future,” -said the old hunter, when the job was -finished. “So far you have tumbled into -nothing worse than a snowbank. If you -should slide over a cliff and land upon the -rocks, you might get badly hurt.”</p> -<p>“I intend to be careful in the future,” answered -the youth. “I am sorry I ran away—now,” -he added, regretfully.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_117">117</div> -<p>“Well, lad, as to that, it’s often much safer -to run than to stand your ground. I dodged -an old buck once for half an hour, and then -escaped only by the skin of my teeth. Something -got the matter with my gun, and it -wouldn’t go off.”</p> -<p>“Did you kill him?”</p> -<p>“Yes, two days later. I made up my mind -I’d have him, and I traveled nigh on thirty -miles to lay him low.”</p> -<p>After the necessary work around the lodge -was concluded time hung heavily on Fred’s -hands, and he decided to try his luck once -more at fishing.</p> -<p>“It’s better than doing nothing,” he said.</p> -<p>“Well, it’s all right, only don’t fall into the -hole, and get drowned,” cautioned Joel Runnell. -And then Fred disappeared with his -outfit, whistling merrily.</p> -<p>Left to himself, Joel Runnell proceeded to -split some more wood, and pile it up in a corner -of the living-room. To his experienced -eye he could see that another snowstorm was -not far off, and how long it would last there -was no telling.</p> -<p>“We’ve got meat enough,” he reasoned to -himself. “And so long as we have wood, too, -there will be no cause to worry.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_118">118</div> -<p>The thermometer had gone down once more, -and he had to work at a lively rate to keep -warm. He wondered how Fred was making -out with his fishing, and grinned to himself.</p> -<p>“Wager he won’t stay there long,” he muttered. -“If he does, he’ll be frozen stiff.”</p> -<p>The old hunter had just carried in his sixth -armful of wood, when a shadow crossed the -open doorway, and looking up he found himself -confronted by Hiram Skeetles.</p> -<p>The real estate dealer was a tall, thin man, -with a leathery face and broken snags of yellowish -teeth. He chewed tobacco constantly, -and the corners of his mouth were much discolored -in consequence.</p> -<p>“So ye hain’t taken my warnin’, I see,” -snarled Skeetles.</p> -<p>“Hello, Skeetles; what brings you?” demanded -Joel Runnell, as cheerily as he could.</p> -<p>“Ye know well enough what brung me, Joel -Runnell. Didn’t I warn ye not to trespass on -my property?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_119">119</div> -<p>“I’ve told you that I don’t know as it is -your property. So far I think it belongs to -the old Crawley estate, and it’s in the sheriff’s -care.”</p> -<p>“It ain’t so; it’s mine, every foot of it.” -Hiram Skeetles’ eyes blazed. “I want for -you to git out, an’ be quick about it.”</p> -<p>“And I ain’t a-going,” answered Joel Runnell, -doggedly.</p> -<p>“You ain’t?”</p> -<p>“No.” The old hunter sat down by the fire, -with his gun across his knees. “Now, what -are you going to do about it?”</p> -<p>“Did you see the notice I had Dan Marcy -leave?”</p> -<p>“I did; but that counts for nothing with -me.”</p> -<p>“I’ll have the law on ye!”</p> -<p>“Perhaps you will, and perhaps you won’t, -Hiram.”</p> -<p>“Don’t Hiram me, Joel Runnell. I don’t -put myself on a level with a vagabond o’ a -game stealer like you. If——”</p> -<p>“Hold on there, Skeetles. I am no game -stealer, and if you say so——” The old -hunter had leaped up, gun in hand.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_120">120</div> -<p>“Don’t—don’t ye shoot me!” howled the -real estate dealer.</p> -<p>“Then don’t say such things again. Every -bit of game I bring in I come by honestly.”</p> -<p>“Where are those Westmore chaps?” questioned -Hiram Skeetles, deeming it best to shift -the subject.</p> -<p>“They have gone out to bring in some game -we shot yesterday.”</p> -<p>“Did they see the notice?”</p> -<p>“They did, and they care for it as little as -I do.”</p> -<p>“Think they can ride over me, eh?” Hiram -Skeetles took a turn up and down the apartment. -“Must say the lot of ye are carryin’ -matters with a high hand.”</p> -<p>“What did you do with Dan Marcy?” asked -Joel Runnell, suddenly.</p> -<p>“That’s my business.”</p> -<p>“If you brought him along to worry us you -did a very foolish thing,” went on the old -hunter. “I haven’t forgotten how he tried to -run down my girl with his ice boat.”</p> -<p>“Your gal had a right to git out o’ the way.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_121">121</div> -<p>“I won’t argue the point. But if Marcy -worries me any more he’ll get something he -won’t like.”</p> -<p>“We’ll see about this. I’ll call on the -sheriff,” said Hiram Skeetles; and without -another word he passed out of the lodge, and -made his way toward the upper end of the -lake.</p> -<p>Anxious to learn what would be the man’s -next move, Joel Runnell followed. But -Skeetles broke into a run, and soon disappeared -from view among a patch of woods.</p> -<p>In thoughtful mood the old hunter walked -back to the lodge, and then toward where Fred -was fishing. He found the youth safe, and -surprised to learn that the real estate dealer -had showed himself in that out-of-the-way -place.</p> -<p>“He doesn’t like it that Joe and Harry are -here,” said Fred. “I really think he’s afraid -they’ll find that pocketbook he says he once -lost.”</p> -<p>“I hope they do find it—if it’s got those -missing papers in it,” was the answer.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_122">122</div> -<p>Fred had already caught several fish, and -said he intended to catch as many more before -he quit, no matter how cold it grew.</p> -<p>“I’ll show them that I can catch fish even -if I’m no good at deer hunting,” he explained.</p> -<p>“Have you seen anything in the shape of -game since you came down?”</p> -<p>“I saw something that looked like a black -bear. But he didn’t come near here.”</p> -<p>“A bear? Where?”</p> -<p>Fred pointed out the direction, and Joel -Runnell started off to see if the report was -true. But he could find nothing, and in half -an hour he returned.</p> -<p>“You must have been mistaken, Fred. Perhaps -it was nothing but a shadow.”</p> -<p>“Well, I was busy fishing, and didn’t notice -particularly,” returned the boy.</p> -<p>He said he wanted to catch just two fish -more, and would then return to the lodge.</p> -<p>“All right, but don’t get frozen stiff doing -it,” answered Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“When do you think Joe and Harry will return?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_123">123</div> -<p>“They ought to be along inside of an hour. -They’ll find that load a pretty heavy one.”</p> -<p>“I heard some shooting over there a while -ago. But it has stopped now.”</p> -<p>To warm himself, the old hunter walked -briskly in the direction of Snow Lodge. He -felt uneasy; why, he could not explain.</p> -<p>“Those boys may have gotten into trouble,” -he thought. “Perhaps I had better slip after -them and find out.”</p> -<p>As he came in sight of the lodge an exclamation -of astonishment burst from his lips. -All of their traps and stores had been tumbled -in a heap on the edge of the clearing, and the -door was tightly closed, and the broken-out -window partly barred.</p> -<p>“This is Skeetles’ work!” he muttered.</p> -<p>“Stop where you are!” came in the real estate -dealer’s voice, as Runnell walked to the -door and tried it, to find it locked. “If you -attempt to come in you’ll get shot.”</p> -<p>“That’s the talk,” was added by Dan Marcy. -“Possession is nine points of the law, and we -want you to take your stuff and be gone!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_124">124</div> -<p>“But see here——” began Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“We won’t argy with ye!” snarled Hiram -Skeetles, as he appeared at the window, gun in -hand. “Clear out, an’ be quick about it.”</p> -<p>Joel Runnell was about to say something far -from complimentary to the pair, when a yell -from the lake shore reached his ears. Fred -was running toward him with a face full of -fear.</p> -<p>“The bear! The bear!” he yelled. “He’s -after me!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_125">125</div> -<h2 id="c12">CHAPTER XII -<br /><span class="small">DRIVEN FROM THE LODGE</span></h2> -<p>As soon as he heard Fred’s cry, Joel Runnell -forgot for the time being his trouble with -Hiram Skeetles and Dan Marcy.</p> -<p>“A bear?” he repeated. “Where is he?”</p> -<p>“He’s coming right after me!” yelled the -stout youth. “Shoot him, or we’ll both be -chewed up!”</p> -<p>The old hunter had his rifle in his hands, and -now he ran to meet Fred, who was coming up -with his fishing rod and a string of fish. The -stout youth was tremendously excited, and, -reaching the pile of traps on the ground, he -went sprawling headlong, while his catch scattered -in all directions.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_126">126</div> -<p>“I see him!” exclaimed Joel Runnell, as the -bear came into view, a shaggy black fellow, -weighing several hundred pounds. The animal -was among the trees, and to get a fair shot -at the creature was next to impossible.</p> -<p>Boy and beast had come up to Snow Lodge -on the side upon which the partly barred window -was located, so it was easy for Hiram -Skeetles and Dan Marcy to note what was taking -place without exposing themselves to -danger.</p> -<p>“Is it really a bear?” questioned the real estate -dealer, in a nervous voice.</p> -<p>“It is,” announced Marcy. “And a right -big fellow, too. Like as not he’ll give ’em a -stiff fight. He looks hungry enough to tackle -most anything.”</p> -<p>“Do you—er—think he can get in here?”</p> -<p>“Not unless he comes in by this window, and -we can shoot him if he tries that.”</p> -<p>“Let us try to close up the opening,” came -from Hiram Skeetles, and he hurried to the -pile of wood to get a stick for that purpose.</p> -<p>In the meantime the bear had reached the -edge of the clearing, and there he stood, upright, -viewing the situation. The smell of fish -was tantalizing to his empty stomach, but the -sight of two human beings instead of one made -him hold back.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_127">127</div> -<p>Bringing up his rifle, Joel Runnell took the -best aim possible and fired. When the smoke -cleared away, it was seen that the bear had -been hit in the front leg, but not seriously -wounded. With a growl of pain and rage, the -disappointed beast dropped on all fours, -turned, and sped into the woods with all the -speed at his command.</p> -<p>“Whe—where is he? Did you kill him?” -gasped Fred, as he scrambled to his feet.</p> -<p>“No; I only wounded him,” was the answer, -as the old hunter reloaded the rifle with all -speed. “Wait here until I see if I can’t lay -him low.”</p> -<p>“But supposing he comes back here?”</p> -<p>“I’ll be on his heels. You can take your -shotgun and climb into a tree if you wish.”</p> -<p>Without another word Joel Runnell ran off -in the direction the bear had taken, and soon -the trees, bushes and deep snow hid him completely -from view.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_128">128</div> -<p>“It’s funny he told me to climb a tree,” -mused Fred. “It’s a good deal safer in the -lodge than anywhere else, and a heap sight -warmer, too,” and picking up his fish, he -started to go forward, when he stopped short -and gazed at the traps and stores in astonishment. -“What on earth made Runnell throw -these things out?” he mused.</p> -<p>“Keep back there, Fred Rush!” came in -Dan Marcy’s voice from the lodge window. -“You can’t come in here, nohow!”</p> -<p>“Hello!” ejaculated Fred. “So you are -back. Did you throw out our things in this -fashion?”</p> -<p>“We did,” put in Hiram Skeetles. “And -what is more, they are going to stay out. -We’ve given you warning, and now I want the -whole crowd of ye to clear out.”</p> -<p>“Well, I never!” gasped the stout youth. -“Of all the cheeky things to do——”</p> -<p>“It wasn’t cheeky at all,” interrupted the -real estate dealer. “As I told Runnell, this is -my land, and I won’t have none o’ ye on it.”</p> -<p>“Won’t you let me in to warm myself?”</p> -<p>“No.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_129">129</div> -<p>“Then all I’ve got to say, Hiram Skeetles, -is that you are a brute.”</p> -<p>“I don’t want none o’ your talk, Fred -Rush.”</p> -<p>“You claim to own this island, but we don’t -think so, any more than we think you own the -old Anderson claim.”</p> -<p>This latter remark appeared to make Hiram -Skeetles furious.</p> -<p>“Bringin’ that up again, eh?” he shouted. -“I reckon as how them Westmore boys set ye -up to it. But I know what’s mine, and I intend -to keep it. Now you clear out, and be -mighty quick about it.”</p> -<p>“What will you do if I don’t go?”</p> -<p>“I’ll make it warm, I can tell ye that!”</p> -<p>Skeetles showed his gun, and Dan Marcy exhibited -a pistol, and, alarmed at the unexpected -show of firearms, Fred dropped back to the -place where the stores had been placed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_130">130</div> -<p>As he could not get into the lodge, Fred decided -to follow Joel Runnell’s advice and take -to a tree. Armed with several blankets, he -climbed into a pine and made himself as comfortable -as possible. The storm that had -threatened now started, the flakes of snow coming -down softly, and growing thicker and -thicker every minute.</p> -<p>“This will make it bad for Joe and Harry,” -thought Fred. “They’ll have their own -troubles getting back to camp if it snows too -hard.”</p> -<p>From a distance he heard a rifle shot, proving -that Joel Runnell was still following the -bear. But after that all was quiet for a good -hour.</p> -<p>By that time Fred was hungry, and climbing -down to the ground, he procured such things -from the stores as were ready to eat. He was -just finishing a cracker when Joel Runnell -came into view.</p> -<p>“Did you shoot him?” asked the youth, -eagerly.</p> -<p>“No, he got away among the rocks,” was -Joel Runnell’s reply. “I might have tracked -him farther, but I was afraid of falling into -some pit, the snow is that thick. I reckon this -is going to be the banner storm of the season. -How did you make out with Skeetles and -Marcy?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_131">131</div> -<p>“I made out—and that’s all,” grinned Fred. -“They won’t let me come near the cabin.”</p> -<p>“I thought as much, and as I came along I -picked out a new spot for a shelter—providing -you and the others want to stay on the island.”</p> -<p>“We can’t leave until Joe and Harry come -back. If we do, they won’t know where to look -for us.”</p> -<p>“Just my idee, Fred. We’ll go down close -to the shore. Then they can’t miss us when -they come over.”</p> -<p>“They ought to be here by this time.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps they got on the track of more -game.”</p> -<p>Without delay the stores and traps were -packed on the two sleds, and the pair started -away from Snow Lodge. From the window -Hiram Skeetles and Dan Marcy watched them -with interest.</p> -<p>“Don’t ye dare to stay on the island!” -shouted the real estate dealer after them. “If -ye do, I’ll have the law on ye!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_132">132</div> -<p>“Oh, give us a rest!” retorted Fred. “Perhaps -we’ll have the law on you before this -affair is finished.”</p> -<p>“I’ve got my rights——”</p> -<p>“And so have we, and the Westmores have -got theirs, too. Some day they’ll find those -missing papers, and then you may hear a thing -or two,” and with this parting shot Fred -moved off with one sled, while old Runnell -moved off with the other.</p> -<p>“Ha! did you hear that?” gasped Hiram -Skeetles, clutching Marcy by the arm. “Do -you think——”</p> -<p>“Oh, don’t get scared,” came from the bully. -“They don’t know any more about those -papers than they know about the man in the -moon.”</p> -<p>“But they might have heard of my loss——”</p> -<p>“No, I think it was only a bluff, Hiram. -They’ll leave to-day or to-morrow, and that -will be the end of it.”</p> -<p>“I hope they do leave,” sighed the real estate -dealer. “I won’t feel safe so long as they -are on the island.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_133">133</div> -<p>“Do you remember the place where you -dropped your pocketbook?”</p> -<p>“Not the exact spot. I was all shook up by -the storm, and had a splittin’ headache. I -looked around for half a day, but it was no -use.”</p> -<p>“Maybe the pocketbook and the papers went -to the bottom of the lake.”</p> -<p>“I’d rather have that happen than that they -should run across those papers,” answered -Skeetles, with another sigh.</p> -<p>The spot Joel Runnell had chosen for a new -camp was located not far from where Fred -had been fishing. Here a clump of pines overhung -a hollow several yards wide, and sloping -off toward the lake shore. To the north of -the hollow were a series of rocks, that, along -with the pines, cut off a good portion of the -wind and the snow.</p> -<p>“I’ll cut a few saplings, and throw them -over the hollow, and over them we can place -a double blanket and some pine boughs,” said -Joel Runnell. “Then we can clean out the -place and start a fire near the doorway, and -we’ll be almost as comfortable as at the lodge.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_134">134</div> -<p>“They kept one of the deer on us. I think -that was cheeky.”</p> -<p>“Never mind, we have the other, and we’ll -have two more when Joe and Harry get back. -I don’t think they took anything else.”</p> -<p>But in this the old hunter was mistaken. -Skeetles and Marcy had helped themselves to -a little of almost all the stores, but had not -taken sufficient of any particular article to -make it noticeable.</p> -<p>It took over an hour to get the shelter into -shape. Then the fire was started between two -large rocks, and here they proceeded to broil -several of the fish, and also set a pot of beans -to baking as soon as one of the rocks was hot -enough.</p> -<p>“It’s queer that Joe and Harry don’t show -themselves,” was Fred’s comment, while they -were eating. “In such a storm as this they -ought to know enough to hurry back.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_135">135</div> -<p>“I’ll wait a little longer and see if they don’t -turn up, Fred. They may have found the load -heavier than they calculated on. Remember, -too, it’s quite a distance to where we left those -deer hanging.”</p> -<p>“What do you think those shots meant?”</p> -<p>“I can’t say, except that they might have -brought down some more small game, maybe a -partridge or some rabbits.”</p> -<p>Having finished the repast, both set to work -to chop firewood, for it was easier to do this -than to drag it from the pile at the lodge.</p> -<p>“It galls me to think they’ll use up what we -cut,” grumbled Fred. “But I’m going to get -square sometime, you see if I don’t!”</p> -<p>“I think, according to law, we could make -’em pay for that venison,” returned Joel Runnell. -“But I reckon it ain’t worth going to -law about. We can decide on what’s best to -do after Joe and Harry get back.”</p> -<p>Slowly the afternoon wore away. In the -meantime the sky grew darker, and the snow -came down so thickly that but little could be -seen in any direction.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_136">136</div> -<p>“I must say I don’t like this,” remarked -the old hunter, with a grave shake of his head. -“Reckon I had best go across the lake and see -what has become of those lads. You won’t -mind staying here alone, will you?”</p> -<p>Fred did mind—not having forgotten about -the bear. But he hesitated to say so, and put -on a bold front.</p> -<p>“Go ahead, but don’t stay away any longer -than is necessary,” he said, and a few minutes -later Joel Runnell departed on his search for -the missing ones.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_137">137</div> -<h2 id="c13">CHAPTER XIII -<br /><span class="small">LOST IN A BLIZZARD</span></h2> -<p>To Joe and Harry the sight of so many half-starved -wolves was certainly a dismaying one. -They were vicious-looking creatures, and the -fact that the first arrivals had quickly devoured -the beast they had brought low proved -that they would stop at nothing in order to -satisfy their hunger.</p> -<p>Without wasting words, each of the youths -fired into the pack, and by good luck two more -of the creatures were killed. The others retreated -for a minute, but then came forward -once more, to rend the dead bodies and snarl -and fight over the choicest pieces.</p> -<p>“That was lucky,” said Joe. “But those -dead ones won’t last long.”</p> -<p>“What had we best do?” questioned his -brother. “Run for it, or climb into the tree?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_138">138</div> -<p>Before an answer could be given to this -query three of the wolves advanced on the -lads, snarling more savagely than ever. Not -wishing to be attacked before he could re-load, -Harry leaped up into the lower branches of -the tree in which the two deer still hung. Joe -followed, and both climbed still higher out of -harm’s way. More wolves came up, until -eight were stationed at the foot of the tree, all -snarling and yelping and leaping, their -polished teeth showing plainly, and their eyes -reflecting the cruelty of their natures.</p> -<p>“We are in a pickle now, and no error!” -groaned Harry. “What in the world are we -to do next?”</p> -<p>“Well, I reckon you can take another snap -shot if you wish,” answered Joe, dryly.</p> -<p>“This is no joking matter, Joe. I feel like -smashing my camera over their heads.”</p> -<p>“The best thing we can do is to stay here.”</p> -<p>“I’m going to kill another wolf or two if I -can.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_139">139</div> -<p>Harry re-loaded and took careful aim at the -largest wolf in the pack. But the beast was -wary, and just as the young hunter pulled the -trigger it leaped to one side, so that the shot -flew wide of its mark, striking another wolf in -the tail, causing an added howl of pain and -rage, but no serious damage.</p> -<p>After that the wolves seemed inclined to -keep their distance. Occasionally one would -draw closer, with nose uplifted, sniffing the -blood of the deer, but as soon as one or the -other of the lads raised his gun the beast would -slink back behind a tree, bush, or rock.</p> -<p>“I guess they are going to play a waiting -game,” said Joe, after a dreary half hour had -passed.</p> -<p>“Do you think they expect us to come -down?”</p> -<p>“They know we won’t want to remain up -here forever.”</p> -<p>“If we only had something with which to -scare them.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps we can fix up something.”</p> -<p>“What do you mean?”</p> -<p>“I was thinking of those deer. What have -you got in the way of powder and shot?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_140">140</div> -<p>Harry showed his store, and Joe looked over -what he possessed.</p> -<p>“We’ll fix ’em,” said Joe, getting out his -knife.</p> -<p>With great care he cut a chunk of venison, -and wrapped it in a piece of the deer skin. -Inside of the skin he placed a quantity of powder -and shot, and to this added a fuse, a rude -affair, but one that looked as if it might burn. -Then he cut several other pieces of venison.</p> -<p>“Now feed these to the wolves, one at a -time,” he said to his brother.</p> -<p>Harry understood, and threw one of the bits -far out from the tree. A wolf came and -sniffed at it, and then began to eat. Another -bit brought several other of the beasts up, and -then the whole pack crowded up close.</p> -<p>“Now then, take that, and see how you like -it!” cried Joe, and, lighting the fuse, he threw -the big piece down in the very center of the -pack. “Now use your gun, Harry!” he cried, -and snatched up his own firearm.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_141">141</div> -<p>There was a moment of suspense, and then -bang! went the charge in the venison, causing -several of the wolves to fall back badly wounded. -An instant later crack! crack! went the -two shotguns of the young hunters.</p> -<p>When the smoke cleared away it was found -that three of the wolves were dead, and two -others were seriously, if not mortally, wounded. -The slaughter thoroughly scared those -which remained, and in a twinkling they -turned and disappeared into the forest, some -howling and yelping as they ran.</p> -<p>“That is the time we did it!” cried Joe. -“They’ve learned a lesson they won’t forget.”</p> -<p>“Will they come back?”</p> -<p>“I hardly think so. Runnell told me once -that when a wolf is thoroughly scared he’ll run -for miles before he stops.”</p> -<p>The wounded beasts were drawing away as -fast as their hurts would permit, and in a few -minutes only the dead animals were in sight. -With caution the young hunters descended to -the ground and looked around among the trees.</p> -<p>“They are gone, that’s certain,” announced -Joe. “I don’t believe we’ll see or hear of -them again.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_142">142</div> -<p>By this time it had begun to snow a little. -Now that the enemy were gone each found -himself hungry.</p> -<p>“We’ll get a hasty meal, and then start for -camp,” said Harry. “I shan’t feel perfectly -safe until I’m back with the others.”</p> -<p>But as the meal progressed they grew -calmer, and even examined the dead wolves -with interest.</p> -<p>“We’ll have a tale to tell when we get back,” -said Joe.</p> -<p>“Let us take the tails to verify our tale,” -laughed Harry, and cut off the wolves’ tails -without further words.</p> -<p>It was not until half an hour later that they -had their drags fixed, ready to start back for -Pine Island. By this time the snow was coming -down heavily.</p> -<p>“We’re up against a regular storm now, -that’s certain,” came from Joe, as he surveyed -the darkening sky.</p> -<p>“Well, I declare, if I haven’t lost my pocket-knife!” -ejaculated Harry, as he searched his -pockets. “It’s the new one, too—the one -Laura and Bessie gave me on my last birthday.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_143">143</div> -<p>Both, of the youths began a search that -lasted another quarter of an hour, when the -knife was found among the branches of one -of the drags.</p> -<p>“And now don’t let us lose any more time,” -came from Joe. “The wind is rising, and -we’ll have all we can do to get back to the -lodge before night.”</p> -<p>He was right about the wind. It was already -moaning and sighing among the pines, -and causing the snow to swirl in several directions. -The increased cold also affected them, -and caused Harry to shiver.</p> -<p>“I’d give as much as a dollar to be back to -camp,” he announced. “Hauling this load is -going to be no picnic.”</p> -<p>“Follow in my footsteps, Harry,” came -from his brother, and Joe led the way out of -the wood and down to the lake shore. Here it -seemed to snow and blow harder than ever, and -the snow was piling up in drifts that looked -far from inviting.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_144">144</div> -<p>For a moment the boys thought of turning -back and going into a temporary camp until -the storm should subside. But they knew that -Fred and Runnell would worry over their non-appearance, -and so pushed on in as straight a -course as they could lay down.</p> -<p>The farther they got out on the lake the -more the snow swirled around them. The -snow was now as hard as salt, and beat into -their faces and down their necks in spite of -all they could do to protect themselves. Thus -less than half a mile was covered, when Harry -called a halt.</p> -<p>“I—I can’t get my breath,” he gasped. -“Joe, this is fearful.”</p> -<p>“I guess it’s something of a blizzard, Harry. -Come on, we can’t stay here.”</p> -<p>“Hadn’t we better go back?”</p> -<p>“It’s just as bad to go back as it is to go -ahead.”</p> -<p>“I can’t see a dozen yards in any direction.”</p> -<p>“It’s the same with me.”</p> -<p>“Then how do you know that you are going -in the right direction?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_145">145</div> -<p>“Oh, the island is over there, isn’t it?”</p> -<p>“I should say a little to the left of that.”</p> -<p>“Well, it’s between those two points, and -we can’t miss the shore, even if we don’t strike -the lodge. As soon as we get close enough we -can fire a gun as a signal to Fred and old Runnell.”</p> -<p>Once more they pushed on, in the very teeth -of the blizzard, for such the storm had now become. -The wind roared and shrieked around -them, often tumbling them and the drags over -in the snowdrifts. Soon even Joe was all but -winded, and he willingly enough crouched beside -Harry and the drags for a brief rest.</p> -<p>“This is certainly fierce,” he gasped out. -“I never dreamed it would get so bad.”</p> -<p>“I only hope we can hold out until we reach -some part of the island. If we can’t——” -Harry did not finish, but the sigh he gave -meant a good deal.</p> -<p>“Oh, you don’t want to give up so easily, -Harry,” cried his brother, bracing up. -“We’ve simply got to get over, or else go back -to where we came from. We can’t stay out on -the lake all night. We’d be frozen stiff.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_146">146</div> -<p>Once more they arose and caught hold of the -drags. But now the loads were much too -heavy for them.</p> -<p>“Let us take one and leave the other,” suggested -Joe.</p> -<p>Feeling that that was the best they could do, -they dropped Harry’s deer, and both caught -hold of the drag Joe had been pulling. With -their burdens thus lightened, they pushed on -several hundred yards farther. But that was -Harry’s limit, and again he sank down, this -time as if ready to faint from exhaustion.</p> -<p>“It’s no—no use,” he sighed. “I can’t go -an—another step!”</p> -<p>“Oh, Harry, you must! We can’t stop -here!”</p> -<p>“I know that, but m—m—my legs feel as if -they weighed a—a ton.”</p> -<p>“Here, give me your hand. We’ll let the -other deer go, too. Perhaps old Runnell can -bring it in in the morning.”</p> -<p>“It’s a shame to leave the game——”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_147">147</div> -<p>“I know, but we have got to think of ourselves -first. I don’t think we’re so very far -from the island. I’ll shoot my gun off as a -signal.”</p> -<p>Joe did so, and listened for fully a minute -for an answering shot. But no sound but the -roaring and shrieking of the wind reached -their ears. He slung his gun over his shoulder -and literally yanked his brother up.</p> -<p>“Courage, Harry, courage!” he whispered. -“You musn’t give in this way. Brace up, old -boy!”</p> -<p>“I’m so—so sleepy,” came back, drowsily. -“I really can’t go on.”</p> -<p>Yet urged by Joe, Harry took a score of -steps or more. But now his teeth were chattering -from the cold, and he could not stand, -try his best. He sank a dead weight on the -ice.</p> -<p>Filled with a new fear, Joe caught his -brother up in his arms.</p> -<p>“If I leave him here he’ll surely die!” he -muttered, hoarsely. “I must get him to the -island somehow! I must!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_148">148</div> -<p>Throwing the semi-unconscious form over -his shoulder, he staggered on until he came to -a deep ridge of snow. Here he stumbled and -fell. He tried to get up, but his shaking limbs -refused to hold him.</p> -<p>“It’s no use,” he thought. “It’s all over.”</p> -<p>He caught sight of Harry’s gun, and reaching -for it, pulled the trigger. He listened, -and fancied he heard an answering shot. But -he was not sure. It might have been only the -wind.</p> -<p>“If only the others knew!” he murmured, -and then sank down beside Harry, all but unconscious -from the cold and exhaustion.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_149">149</div> -<h2 id="c14">CHAPTER XIV -<br /><span class="small">THE ENEMY ASKS A FAVOR</span></h2> -<p>As soon as he reached the lake shore, Joel -Runnell realized that the snowstorm was fast -turning into a blizzard that was likely to last -for several days.</p> -<p>“It’s going to be a hummer,” muttered the -old hunter to himself. And then, as he gazed -out upon the storm-swept ice, he added: “It’s -too bad those boys ain’t back.”</p> -<p>Pulling down his cap and buttoning his coat -up around his ears, he stepped out on the ice -and began the journey to the main shore. The -wind roared and tore all around him, and his -progress was necessarily slow. More than -once he had to stop to catch his breath.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_150">150</div> -<p>It was during one of those resting spells that -he heard a gun shot not many rods away. -Feeling it must be a signal, he fired in return, -and then started in the direction with all the -speed he could command.</p> -<p>The first he knew of the proximity of the -young hunters was when he stumbled over -Joe’s body, half covered with the drifting -snow.</p> -<p>“Joe!” he exclaimed. “And Harry! This -is too bad!”</p> -<p>He bent over Joe, and tried his best to -arouse the young hunter. This was difficult, -but at last Joe opened his eyes and stared vacantly -around him.</p> -<p>“Wha—what do you want? Why can’t you -let me sleep?” he murmured, softly.</p> -<p>“Get up, Joe. You are close to camp. -Rouse yourself, my boy. You can’t stay -here.”</p> -<p>“Oh, Runnell, is it you? I—I——”</p> -<p>“Yes, yes, I know. Get up. I’ll take -Harry.”</p> -<p>The old hunter assisted Joe to his feet. -Then he lifted Harry bodily, and with the -younger lad over his shoulder, and the other by -the arm, he started back whence he had come.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_151">151</div> -<p>How they all reached shore was little short -of a miracle, for the snow and wind whizzed -and shrieked around them more madly than -ever. Once Joel Runnell thought he would -have to give up. But he set his teeth hard and -pushed on, until at last he saw a flash of fire, -and knew he was close to the shelter. He set -up a feeble shout:</p> -<p>“Hello, Fred! Start up that fire, quick! -And make a pot of hot coffee! I’ve found -’em, and they’re half frozen to death!”</p> -<p>At this cry Fred appeared. He was scared, -but realizing that rapid action was necessary, -he piled the wood on the camp fire and set a -pot of water to boiling. Then he helped the -others into the shelter and arranged the -blankets afresh, that all of them might be -made as warm and comfortable as possible.</p> -<p>Joe recovered before long, but they had to -work over Harry a good half hour before old -Runnell pronounced him out of danger. One -of his ears had been nipped by the cold, and so -had his left foot.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_152">152</div> -<p>“It was a close call,” said Harry, when he -could talk. “I sank down just as if I was in -a dream. I felt horrible just before that, but -that feeling passed completely away.”</p> -<p>“Such a sleep is what hunters call the sleep -of death,” answered Joel Runnell, with a -shudder. “I had it once, when I was a young -man. I was half frozen, and it took me weeks -to get over it.”</p> -<p>The hot coffee served to warm all of them -up, and as soon as he felt able, Runnell went -out to cut more wood, assisted by Fred. The -latter wanted to go out on the lake and bring in -the abandoned deer, but the old hunter would -not listen to it.</p> -<p>“We’ll wait until the storm is over,” he -said. “No use of risking your life now.”</p> -<p>The wood was piled on both sides of the -shelter, and this helped to protect them from -the wind. Runnell also placed a big flat rock -over the fire, and when his was very hot, transferred -it to the center of the shelter, and put -another rock to heat.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_153">153</div> -<p>“That will make a footwarmer,” he said. -“And when it is cold, we can exchange it for -the one that is now getting warm,” and this -was done, much to the satisfaction of everybody.</p> -<p>All that night the snow fell as hard as ever, -and toward morning the wind increased to -such a degree that they were afraid the pines -would come down over their heads. Nobody -could sleep, and they crouched near the shelter -entrance, ready to leap out at the first intimation -of danger. At a distance they heard a -large tree come down with the report of a cannon. -The snow sifted in despite all they could -do to keep it out, and they had to work constantly -to keep from being snowed under and -smothered.</p> -<p>“And to think that old Skeetles and Dan -Marcy are having it as comfortable as you -please at the lodge,” said Joe, in deep disgust. -“It’s a shame!”</p> -<p>“Don’t say a word,” put in Fred. “For -two pins I’d go over there and clear them out -at the point of a gun.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_154">154</div> -<p>“In one way they are worse off than we -are,” came from Harry. “They have nothing -but deer meat, while we have all kinds of -stores. They’ll get mighty sick of venison if -they have to stay at the lodge many days.”</p> -<p>“I hope they do get sick.”</p> -<p>With the coming of daylight the wind went -down a little. But it still snowed as hard as -ever, and old Runnell advised that the young -hunters remain in or near the shelter.</p> -<p>“I’ll go out and bring in that one deer,” he -said. “The other one we’ll let go till later. -We don’t really need it, anyway.”</p> -<p>He waited until nearly noon before starting, -and in the meantime the boys banked up the -snow all around the shelter and the fire, making -a wall six feet and more in height.</p> -<p>“Now we’ve got our house inclosed in a -yard,” came from Fred.</p> -<p>“We’ll get a good deal more of the heat than -we did before,” said Harry, and he was right. -With the wall forcing the heat into the shelter, -the place was at last really comfortable.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_155">155</div> -<p>Joel Runnell was out the best part of two -hours, and the boys waited anxiously for his -return. At last he hove into sight, covered -with snow, and dragging one of the deer behind -him. He had also brought in Harry’s -gun, which had been lost the day before.</p> -<p>“No use of talking, the storm is fearful out -on the lake,” said Runnell. “And down on -the shore there is a ridge of snow all of twelve -feet high. This will block everything for a -while in Lakeport and elsewhere.”</p> -<p>“I suppose our folks will worry about us,” -put in Harry. “It’s too bad they don’t know -we are safe.”</p> -<p>The remainder of the day passed slowly. -Harry had brought along a small measure of -corn for popping, and they amused themselves -by popping this over the fire, salting and eating -it. Joel Runnell also told them a hunting -story, which all enjoyed.</p> -<p>The next day the snow continued, and on the -day following the wind again arose, sending -the drifts higher than ever. Thus a Sunday -was passed in the shelter. It was not until -Tuesday noon that the storm passed away as -if by magic, and the sun came out brightly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_156">156</div> -<p>“Hurrah! it’s over at last, thank goodness!” -cried Harry, as he leaped outdoors. “My! but -doesn’t it feel good to see the sun once more!”</p> -<p>“That’s all right,” returned Fred. “But -if we aren’t snowed in we are next door to it.”</p> -<p>“The sun will make the snow just right for -snowshoe walking,” said Joe. “And we ought -to be able to track down some sort of game -without half trying.”</p> -<p>They found the pines above the shelter fairly -groaning with their weight of snow. But -back of these the ground was swept almost -bare.</p> -<p>“I’m going to see how the lodge looks,” said -Joe, and started off.</p> -<p>Equally curious, the others followed him.</p> -<p>They found Snow Lodge true to its name. -It was snowed in completely, only a small portion -of the roof, an upper corner of one window, -and the rough chimney being visible.</p> -<p>“Skeetles and Marcy are prisoners of the -storm,” said Harry, with a grin. “Let’s give -’em a salute.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_157">157</div> -<p>He made a snowball and threw it at the corner -of the window, which was open to admit -the air. His aim was true, and the snow went -through the opening, followed by balls thrown -by Joe and Fred.</p> -<p>An instant later Hiram Skeetles’ face appeared, -full of alarm, which quickly changed -to rage.</p> -<p>“Hi, you, stop that!” he roared. “Stop it, -I say!”</p> -<p>“How are you feeling to-day?” questioned -Joe, coolly. “We thought we’d come over -and give you a call.”</p> -<p>“Don’t throw any more snowballs. One hit -me right in the chin.”</p> -<p>“And one hit me on the top of the head,” -put in Marcy, who stood behind the real estate -dealer.</p> -<p>“What do you mean by staying around this -island after I ordered you away?” went on -Hiram Skeetles, after a pause.</p> -<p>“Did you expect us to do any traveling in -this storm?” asked Joel Runnell, in return.</p> -<p>“How far do you think you could travel, Mr. -Skeetles?” asked Fred. “The snow in some -places is ten and twelve feet deep.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_158">158</div> -<p>“Say, is it really as deep as that?” came -from Dan Marcy, in deep concern.</p> -<p>“Yes, every bit of it.”</p> -<p>“Then we are booked to stay here for several -days longer,” said the bully to the real -estate dealer. “And I must say I am dog-tired -of nothing but deer meat to eat.”</p> -<p>Marcy said this because all of the stores -taken from the other party were gone, even to -the coffee and salt pork. As Harry had surmised, -they now had nothing but the deer -meat, and the best of this was gone.</p> -<p>“Where are you stopping?” questioned -Hiram Skeetles, after another pause.</p> -<p>“That’s our business,” answered Joe, before -anybody else could speak.</p> -<p>“Have you—er—have you any stores you—er—want -to sell?”</p> -<p>“Don’t be a fool!” whispered Marcy. -“They won’t let us have a thing. If we want -anything we’ll have to take it by force.”</p> -<p>“Thanks, but we are not in business here,” -came from Fred.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_159">159</div> -<p>“You—er—might let us have a few things. -I’ll pay you a fair price for them,” went on -the real estate dealer. It galled him to ask -the favor, but he wanted the goods very much.</p> -<p>“Haven’t you got anything?” asked Runnell.</p> -<p>“We have—er—some deer meat, but that is -all.”</p> -<p>“And that is meat you stole from us,” put in -Harry.</p> -<p>“Don’t say ‘stole,’ my boy. We——”</p> -<p>“Don’t call me your boy, Mr. Skeetles. I -wouldn’t be your boy for a million dollars.”</p> -<p>“Don’t grow abusive, Westmore. I took -the deer because I found it on my property. -If I had wished to be mean I could have kept -all of your stores and traps also.”</p> -<p>“Not without a hot fight,” came from Joe.</p> -<p>“Then you—er—won’t sell me anything?” -said Hiram Skeetles, disappointedly.</p> -<p>“Wait, I’ve got a scheme,” whispered Fred -to his two chums.</p> -<p>“What is it?” both questioned, in return.</p> -<p>He told them, and both grinned and then -laughed outright.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_160">160</div> -<p>“Just the thing!” cried Harry. “That will -make him either eat humble pie or starve.”</p> -<p>“What are you going to do?” questioned -Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“I’ll show you,” answered Fred, and advanced -a little closer to the lodge window.</p> -<p>“Well, what do you say?” demanded Hiram -Skeetles.</p> -<p>“We’ll let you have some stores on one condition, -Mr. Skeetles.”</p> -<p>“And what is that?”</p> -<p>“That you will start for home as soon as it -is safe to do so, and will leave us in undisputed -possession of this lodge until our hunting -tour comes to an end.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_161">161</div> -<h2 id="c15">CHAPTER XV -<br /><span class="small">A MIDNIGHT VISITOR</span></h2> -<p>Hiram Skeetles’ surprise was great when -Fred made his declaration, and for several seconds -he felt unable to reply.</p> -<p>“You—er—want me to let you use this lodge -after all?” he said, slowly.</p> -<p>“That is what I said, Mr. Skeetles. And -let me add that it will be a good bargain for -you to make with us.”</p> -<p>“I don’t see it. I came here a-purpose to -make ye leave.”</p> -<p>“Well, ‘circumstances alter cases,’ you -know. You didn’t expect to be caught in a -blizzard, did you?”</p> -<p>“No, if I had known it was going to snow -like this I’d stayed home.”</p> -<p>“We will do the lodge no harm,” put in Joe.</p> -<p>“Fact is, we’ve already mended the roof and -the window, as you can see.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_162">162</div> -<p>“Yes, I know, but——”</p> -<p>“But what?” came from Harry.</p> -<p>“Never mind now.” Hiram Skeetles had -been on the point of mentioning his missing -pocketbook and the papers, but he checked -himself. “How long do you intend to stay?”</p> -<p>“Not over two or three weeks at the most.”</p> -<p>“Hum!” The real estate dealer paused -and scratched his head in perplexity. “What -do you say, Dan?” he questioned of Marcy.</p> -<p>“I reckon we had best make a bargain with -’em,” answered the bully, who thought much -of good eating. “Even if they stay here they -can’t do much in such a fall of snow.”</p> -<p>“Yes, but my pocketbook,” whispered Hiram -Skeetles.</p> -<p>“More than likely, if it’s around, the snow -has covered it completely.”</p> -<p>“I wouldn’t have ’em find that for a—a good -deal.”</p> -<p>“All right, do as you please. But I want -something to eat besides deer meat. You -promised to take good care of me if I came on -the trip with you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_163">163</div> -<p>“Do you want to make terms?” shouted Joe.</p> -<p>“I reckon as how I might jest as well,” came -slowly from Skeetles. “What will ye let me -have?” he asked, cautiously.</p> -<p>“Whatever we can spare that you need.”</p> -<p>“Ye ain’t going to charge me for it, are ye?”</p> -<p>“No, we’ll give it to you free and clear, on -the condition we have already named.”</p> -<p>“When do you want to come to the lodge?”</p> -<p>“As soon as you leave it.”</p> -<p>“And that must be inside of a day or two,” -added Fred.</p> -<p>“All right, I’ll agree,” said Hiram Skeetles, -with something like an inward groan. “When -do we git them stores?”</p> -<p>“You can come down to our place now and -get them.”</p> -<p>“We can’t come out by the door; we’ll have -to climb through the window,” put in Dan -Marcy.</p> -<p>“We don’t care how you come,” answered -Joe. “But you must leave your guns behind,” -he added, suddenly.</p> -<p>“What for?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_164">164</div> -<p>“Because we won’t trust you with them,” -put in Fred, bluntly.</p> -<p>This did not please Hiram Skeetles nor the -bully, but the young hunters were firm, and -were backed up by Joel Runnell, and in the end -the pair in the lodge came forth unarmed.</p> -<p>“Ye ain’t going to play no trick on us, are -ye?” questioned the real estate dealer, suspiciously.</p> -<p>“No, we’ll treat you fair and square,” said -Joe.</p> -<p>They led the way to the shelter under the -pines, and allowed those from Snow Lodge to -come in over the snow wall to the side of the -camp fire. Then all hands looked over the -stores still remaining, and Runnell announced -the articles which he thought might be spared.</p> -<p>“’Tain’t very much,” sniffed Hiram Skeetles.</p> -<p>“It’s the best we can do,” came from Joe. -“Take it or leave it.”</p> -<p>“Oh, we’ll take it,” put in Dan Marcy, -quickly, and gathered up some of the articles -as he spoke.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_165">165</div> -<p>“Hold on!” cried Harry. “Before you -touch a thing you must promise us faithfully -to leave the lodge by this time to-morrow.”</p> -<p>“We will leave—unless another heavy storm -comes up,” answered Hiram Skeetles.</p> -<p>“If you are not out, in case it stays clear, we -shall consider that we have the right to put -you out,” said Joe. “These goods pay for our -lease of Snow Lodge for three weeks, starting -from to-morrow noon.”</p> -<p>“All right,” growled the real estate dealer; -and then he and Dan Marcy were allowed to -depart with the stores which had been allotted -to them.</p> -<p>“I guess we’ve made a pretty good bargain -with them,” said Joe, when they were alone. -“Now we can move into the lodge and fix it up -to suit ourselves.”</p> -<p>“It was like pulling teeth to get old Skeetles -to consent,” came from Fred. “It gives him -a regular fit to have us on the island. I must -say I can’t understand it.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_166">166</div> -<p>“I’d really like to know if those missing -papers have anything to do with it,” mused -Harry. “If he lost them here I’d give a good -deal to find them.”</p> -<p>“Did you ever hear where that boat -struck?” asked Joe of Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“It seems to me it struck just south of Needle -Rock,” was the answer. “But I’m not -certain. I might find out, though.”</p> -<p>“Where is Needle Rock?”</p> -<p>“On the other shore of the island, about half -a mile from here.”</p> -<p>“Well, I’m going there some day and have -a look around.”</p> -<p>The rest of the day passed quietly. Some -time later Runnell went off on his snowshoes -to look for the fourth deer—the one Harry had -abandoned. When he came back he said he -had found only the head and a few bones.</p> -<p>“The wolves carried off the rest,” he said. -“And they ate up those dead wolves on the -main shore, too.”</p> -<p>“Well, I don’t want to meet any more of -those critters,” said Harry, grimly.</p> -<p>“Nor do I,” added his brother. “The only -good wolf is a dead one.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_167">167</div> -<p>“And I don’t know that he is good for -much,” laughed Fred.</p> -<p>Strange to say, with the going down of the -sun the wind came up again, a steady breeze, -gradually increasing to little short of a gale.</p> -<p>“We are going to have another wild night,” -said old Runnell. “We’ll have to watch the -fire.”</p> -<p>“By all means,” cried Fred. “We don’t -want to burn up.”</p> -<p>All hands sat up until after nine o’clock, -listening to the wind as it whistled through -the trees and hurled the snow against the shelter. -Outside the stars shone brightly, but -there was no moon.</p> -<p>“Hark! I hear a bark!” said Fred, presently. -“Can there be a dog around?”</p> -<p>“Marcy owns a dog or two,” answered Joe. -“But I didn’t know he had them here.”</p> -<p>“That was the bark of a fox,” came from -Joel Runnell. “It’s a wonder to me we -haven’t heard them before.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps the wolves have made them keep -quiet,” suggested Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_168">168</div> -<p>“More than likely, or else they have been -snowed up.”</p> -<p>The young hunters were sleepy, and it did -not take any of them very long to sink into -slumber after retiring. Then Runnell fixed -the fire for the night, and laid down close to -the opening of the shelter.</p> -<p>A half hour went by and the fire began to -die down. The wind kept on increasing, and -some of the stars went under a cloud, making -the night quite dark.</p> -<p>From the direction of Snow Lodge a form -crept into view. It was Dan Marcy, with his -coat buttoned up to his ears, and his slouch -hat pulled far down over his brow.</p> -<p>With cautious steps Marcy reached the wall -of snow and peered over into the inclosure. -By the faint firelight he saw the feet and lower -limbs of Joel Runnell, and, listening intently, -heard the old hunter snoring.</p> -<p>“All asleep,” he murmured to himself. -“Good enough. Now we’ll see if we can’t have -the stores we want, and a little more besides.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_169">169</div> -<p>As silently as a cat he climbed over the snow -wall and approached the fire. Beside the large -shelter was a small one, and here rested the -various traps and stores of our friends.</p> -<p>Dan Marcy had brought with him a large -but thin blanket, and this he now spread on -the ground, and began to place in it such articles -as he wanted, and which the young hunters -and old Runnell had denied him. There was -a tin of coffee and another of sugar, and a -fine, thick slice of bacon that made his mouth -water.</p> -<p>“I’ll have that bacon out of the way before -they get up,” he told himself. “And a cup of -strong coffee will be just the thing for washing -it down with.”</p> -<p>He had these articles and several others in -the blanket, and was on the point of making a -bundle of them, when there came a sudden and -unexpected interruption. From the top of the -wall of snow came a short, sharp bark, that -caused him to jump.</p> -<p>“A dog!” he thought. “I didn’t know they -had one.” And then, as the bark was repeated, -he leaped back in alarm.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_170">170</div> -<p>It was only a fox, but Marcy did not know -this, and felt sure he was on the point of being -discovered.</p> -<p>“Shut up!” he whispered. “Shut up, do -you hear?” And then, as the fox barked -again, he ran for the other side of the wall of -snow and began to climb to the top.</p> -<p>The barking of the fox aroused both Runnell -and Harry, and each leaped up, reaching for -his gun as he did so.</p> -<p>“What is it?” asked the young hunter.</p> -<p>“A fox—and he’s pretty close,” was the -answer. “Reckon as how I had best give him -a shot to scare him off.”</p> -<p>Running outside, Runnell looked around, -but in the semi-darkness could see but little. -Aiming high, he fired his gun. As he did this -he heard a yell some distance away.</p> -<p>“Don’t shoot me! Don’t shoot!”</p> -<p>“Who’s there?” he demanded, but this question -was not answered.</p> -<p>The discharging of the gun aroused the others -of the party, and all came rushing out to -the fireside.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_171">171</div> -<p>“What did you fire at?” asked Joe.</p> -<p>“Well, I thought I fired after a fox,” came -dryly from old Runnell. “But I kind of -reckon he was a two-legged one.”</p> -<p>“Do you mean some person was around -here?”</p> -<p>“Exactly.”</p> -<p>“But I heard a fox bark,” came from -Harry.</p> -<p>“So did I, lad, and after I fired I heard -somebody yell, ‘Don’t shoot me!’ ’Pears to -me it was Dan Marcy’s voice, too.”</p> -<p>“What could have brought him over this -time of night?” asked Fred.</p> -<p>“Here is what brought him over!” ejaculated -Harry, who had stirred up the camp fire. -And he pointed to the blanket and the things -lying in it.</p> -<p>Joe gave a low whistle.</p> -<p>“Going to rob us, eh? It’s lucky we scared -him off.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_172">172</div> -<p>“Well, that is what I call downright mean,” -said Fred. “And after we let them have those -other things, too! We ought to go over and -have it out with them right now.”</p> -<p>“Don’t do anything hasty,” interposed Joel -Runnell. “I reckon Marcy feels mean enough -at being caught in the act.”</p> -<p>“Oh, he hasn’t any feelings,” growled -Harry. “He’s a wolf in man’s clothing.”</p> -<p>The matter was talked over for some time, -and it was decided to let the affair rest until -morning.</p> -<p>“And then we can all give Marcy and Skeetles -a piece of our mind,” said Joe.</p> -<p>“Do you think they’ll come back?” asked -Fred.</p> -<p>“Not a bit of it,” answered old Runnell.</p> -<p>And satisfied of this, all turned in again to -get what sleep they could ere the sun came up.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_173">173</div> -<h2 id="c16">CHAPTER XVI -<br /><span class="small">BACK TO THE LODGE</span></h2> -<p>But the excitement of that night was not yet -at an end.</p> -<p>As mentioned before, the wind had increased -steadily, until it was blowing as fiercely -as it had during the blizzard. It tore through -the tall pines and other trees, swaying them -viciously, and causing them to creak and groan -as if in pain. It hurled the snow in long drifts -and sent every living creature for miles -around into cover.</p> -<p>But the young hunters and old Runnell were -too tired to listen to the wind, and it was not -until an extra heavy blast caused one of the -trees directly back of the shelter to split apart, -that Runnell and Fred awoke.</p> -<p>“What a wind!” cried the stout youth. -“Never heard it blow so in my whole life!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_174">174</div> -<p>“Thought I heard a tree snap,” returned -the old hunter. “Listen!”</p> -<p>The others were now awake, and all listened -as directed. Then came another gust, and all -felt the back end of the shelter move as the -roots of the biggest of the pines were loosened.</p> -<p>“Creation! I think the tree is coming -down!” ejaculated Joe. “Perhaps we had -better——”</p> -<p>“Run, boys, run!” shouted Runnell, leaping -up. “Run for your lives!”</p> -<p>They needed no second warning, but leaped -from the shelter with all the alacrity of which -they were capable. They did not stop at the -camp fire, but, led by Harry, leaped the wall -of snow and scattered to the right and the left.</p> -<p>They were not an instant too soon, for the -next gust of wind brought down, not one tree, -but two, smashing the shelter flat, and scattering -the burning sticks of the fire. The end of -one limb hit Fred, and hurled him on his breast, -and old Runnell had his left ear badly clipped.</p> -<p>“Oh, my! Sa—save me!” spluttered Fred. -“Take the tree off of me, somebody!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_175">175</div> -<p>Joe and Harry ran forward, and assisted -him to arise. Then they yelled to old Runnell, -who was in the midst of the pine branches.</p> -<p>“I’m all right,” was the answering cry. -“Got my ear pretty badly scratched, but that -don’t count in such a smash-up as this.” And -then the old hunter joined the others.</p> -<p>The two fallen trees had loosened a third, -so they did not dare to go into the branches to -rescue their traps and stores. The branches -lying over the camp fire soon caught, and then -the trees began to blaze up like huge torches.</p> -<p>“Our traps——” began Joe, when, with a -crash, the third tree came down. This hit the -fire a heavy blow, and for the moment it was -partly extinguished.</p> -<p>“Now it’s safe enough to go in!” came from -old Runnell. “Put out the blaze with snow, -boys, or everything will be burned up.”</p> -<p>They came closer, and began to pile in all -the snow they could, taking huge chunks from -what was left of the wall for that purpose. -By working steadily for five minutes, they -got the fire under control, and then went -in and kicked out what little remained.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_176">176</div> -<p>“Well, this is the worst yet!” groaned Fred, -after the excitement was over. “Here we are, -homeless, in the middle of the night, and with -the thermometer about ten degrees below nothing -at all.”</p> -<p>“We can be thankful that we are to have the -lodge to-morrow,” came from Harry. “It -would be no fun building another shelter in -such a wind as this.”</p> -<p>“And we can be thankful, too, that the fire -didn’t get the best of us. Our stores, traps, -guns and everything might have been burned -up, and then we would have been worse off -than old Skeetles and Dan Marcy.”</p> -<p>“It’s almost morning,” said old Runnell. -“I’ll try to get out a few blankets, and then we -can make ourselves as comfortable as possible -among the tree branches.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_177">177</div> -<p>This was agreed to, and with an ax that Joe -picked up, they cut out a small shelter, throwing -some of the pine brush down as a flooring, -and placing the rest over their heads. This -made a place not as comfortable as that which -had been wrecked, but something which, as -Harry declared, “was a heap sight better than -nothing at all.”</p> -<p>With the coming up of the sun the wind died -down, and by eight o’clock all of the party felt -quite comfortable once more. A fire was built -in a safe place, and while Harry prepared the -morning meal the others chopped their way -through the tree branches to where their traps -and stores lay, half buried in the snow. Only -a small portion of their things had suffered -injury, which gratified them exceedingly. -Even Harry’s camera remained intact.</p> -<p>“We might as well move over to the lodge at -once,” said Fred, while they were eating. -“There is no sense in staying out in the cold, -and, besides, we want to tell Marcy what we -think of him before he goes away.”</p> -<p>“I think one of us had best stay here and -watch the things,” said Joe.</p> -<p>Lots were cast, and it fell to Harry to remain -at the spot. A little later the others put -on their snowshoes and journeyed to the -vicinity of Snow Lodge, a tiresome walk, -for the snow now lay in all sorts of drifts.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_178">178</div> -<p>“We won’t be able to do much hunting for a -few days,” remarked Joel Runnell. “We’ll -have to wait till the sun puts something of a -crust on the snow. Then snowshoe walking -will be much easier.”</p> -<p>When they came in sight of the lodge they -were surprised to find the door and the one -window wide open. There were tracks around -the doorway, showing that Hiram Skeetles and -Dan Marcy had left not a great while before.</p> -<p>“They are gone!” burst out Harry.</p> -<p>“They were afraid we would kick up a row -over the attempt to steal our stores,” said Joe.</p> -<p>“It was mean of them to let the snow come -in through the door and the window,” was old -Runnell’s comment. “But neither of them -know the meaning of fairness.”</p> -<p>Going inside the lodge they saw that all was -in confusion and very dirty. Skeetles and -Marcy had had an early breakfast, and had left -the bones and other scraps lying where they -dropped. The fire had been put out with snow -and the smoke hung thick under the roof.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_179">179</div> -<p>“It will take us the best part of a day to -straighten out things again,” said Joe. “But -never mind, I am glad they are gone. I hope -they don’t come back.”</p> -<p>“They’ll have a rough journey to Lakeport -or to Brookfield,” said Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“Do you suppose they’ll walk the whole distance?”</p> -<p>“It isn’t likely. They probably came as far -as Paley’s farm on horseback.”</p> -<p>By noon time they had shifted their traps -and stores once more, and cut some additional -firewood. The sleeping-room of the lodge was -also cleaned out, and fresh boughs placed in -the bunks, and directly after dinner they -cleaned up the living-room, until it looked almost -as tidy as a room at home.</p> -<p>“My daughter Cora ought to see this,” said -old Runnell. “It would please her. She -thinks a hunters’ camp is the dirtiest place on -earth.”</p> -<p>“I wish she was here,” said Joe. “Then -she could keep house for us, and we’d feel quite -at home.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_180">180</div> -<p>“She can’t come, lad. When I am away she -stays with her Aunt Mary Case, who needs -help. But if she was here, she could do some -fine cooking for us, I can tell you that.”</p> -<p>After the general cleaning up, the whole -party were content to rest. It was pleasant -to sit in front of the genial fire, especially after -the sun had sunk behind the trees on the western -shore of the island.</p> -<p>They had taken account of the stores on -hand, and found they would have to economize -with certain things to make them last even ten -days.</p> -<p>“But we won’t starve,” said old Runnell. -“We have plenty of deer meat, and we can get -a good supply of small game and fish.”</p> -<p>“I feel safer in the lodge,” said Fred, on retiring. -“It would be a hard matter for the -wolves or foxes to get at us here.”</p> -<p>“How about snakes?” laughed Harry.</p> -<p>“Ugh! don’t mention them! I can feel -that thing crawling on me yet!” And the stout -youth gave a shiver.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_181">181</div> -<p>Now, that they had gotten rid of their enemies, -the lads felt particularly light-hearted, -and the mention of the snake set Harry to -thinking. Unknown to Fred, he called Joe to -one side, and both procured a bit of rope from -one of the sleds, and to this tied two long -threads, one at each end.</p> -<p>Fred occupied a bunk between that of Joe -and that of Harry, and the two threads were -run across the stout youth’s resting place in -such a fashion that the bit of heavy rope could -be moved back and forth at will.</p> -<p>Soon Fred was sleeping, and then the two -others threw the bit of rope on his breast and -began to move it back and forth. No sooner -had it touched Fred’s face than he roused up -with a start.</p> -<p>“Oh!” he cried, and tried to sit up, when the -rope glided over his breast and his shoulder. -“A snake! A snake! Oh, I’m a dead boy!” -And he leaped up, yelling like a wild Indian. -Then the rope got twisted between his legs, and -he danced around more madly than ever.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_182">182</div> -<p>“What’s the matter with you?” asked -Harry, sitting up. At a signal Joe had let go -of his thread and his brother had jerked the -rope out of sight.</p> -<p>“A snake! It crawled right over my face!”</p> -<p>“Where is it?” questioned old Runnell, and -grabbed up his gun.</p> -<p>The lantern was lit, and also a torch, and -they looked around; but, of course, no reptile -could be found.</p> -<p>“I guess you were dreaming,” said Joe, innocently. -“You were talking about that other -snake, you know.”</p> -<p>“I—I don’t think so,” answered Fred, -sheepishly.</p> -<p>“There is no snake here,” said Joel Runnell, -after a long examination. “Joe must be right; -you dreamed it, Fred.”</p> -<p>“Well, if I did, that dream was mightly life-like,” -said Fred.</p> -<p>He took the lantern and examined his bunk -closely. But nothing was wrong, and after a -while he followed the others and laid down -again.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_183">183</div> -<p>Harry and Joe waited a reasonable length -of time, and then Harry crawled forth to adjust -the rope and threads once more. Again -the rope slid over Fred’s face, and once more -he set up a howl.</p> -<p>“It’s a snake! I felt it again!” he yelled. -“He’s right here in the bunk!”</p> -<p>“Step on him!” cried old Runnell, and got -his gun a second time.</p> -<p>Harry tried to jerk the rope away, but before -he could do so Fred came down on it with -his bare foot. Then the threads broke, and the -rope remained on the floor in front of the bunk, -while Fred leaped away, as if he had stepped -on a hot plate.</p> -<p>Lantern in one hand and gun in the other, -Joel Runnell ran to kill the snake. But when -he saw the object on the floor he gave a loud -laugh.</p> -<p>“Call that a snake,” he roared. “It’s only -a bit of rope.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_184">184</div> -<p>“A—a rope?” repeated Fred. He bent forward. -“Well, I never!” Then he caught -sight of the broken threads, and like a flash -realized the joke that had been played on him. -“Oh, you—you rascals!” he cried, and catching -up the rope, he went first for Harry, and -then Joe, and belabored them soundly. Both -were laughing, and this made Fred really -angry.</p> -<p>“All right, laugh all you please!” he burst -out, suddenly. “It was a mean thing to do. -To-morrow I’m going to leave you and go -home.”</p> -<p>And then, without a word more, he retired -for the night.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_185">185</div> -<h2 id="c17">CHAPTER XVII -<br /><span class="small">A SEARCH AND A BEAR</span></h2> -<p>“Do you think he’ll really go?” whispered -Harry to Joe.</p> -<p>“I guess not, Harry. But he is mad, no -doubt of that.”</p> -<p>“I didn’t want to make him mad, Joe. And -he hit me a pretty hard one over the shoulders, -too.”</p> -<p>“Fred hates to be fooled. Perhaps we had -better talk to him about it.”</p> -<p>“No; that will make him madder than -ever.”</p> -<p>The two boys retired, but it was a long while -before either of them could get to sleep. They -hated to be on the “outs” with their chum, and -could not bear to think of Fred leaving them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_186">186</div> -<p>The stout youth <i>was</i> angry, and showed it -even at breakfast, when he scarcely replied to -the questions put to him. The bit of rope still -lay on the floor, and picking it up, he gave it a -vicious toss out of the window.</p> -<p>“There, Fred, let that end it,” said Joe, -kindly. “It wasn’t just the right thing to do, -and Harry and I are ready to acknowledge it.”</p> -<p>“Oh, yes, after it’s all over,” grumbled the -stout youth. “If I had played that joke on -you, what then?”</p> -<p>“We’d have to put up with it,” answered -Harry. “Come, call it off.”</p> -<p>“I will—after I have squared the account,” -replied Fred. But after that he seemed to feel -better.</p> -<p>The weather had moderated considerably, -and where the sun struck the snow the latter -sank rapidly.</p> -<p>“There will be a good crust by to-morrow,” -said Joel Runnell, and so it proved. All put -on snowshoes and found walking excellent.</p> -<p>“What are we going to do to-day?” questioned -Harry.</p> -<p>“I’ve been thinking that I would like to try -for that bear,” answered the old hunter. -“That is, if I can get on his track.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_187">187</div> -<p>“I’ll tell you what I’d like to do,” put in -Joe. “I’d like to pay a visit to Needle Rock -and take a look around for that missing pocketbook.”</p> -<p>“You won’t find much with the snow as deep -as it is now,” came from Fred.</p> -<p>“We might tramp around that way just for -fun,” said old Runnell. “We may bring down -some game on the way.”</p> -<p>“Will you leave the lodge alone?” asked -Joe. “Is it safe to do so? Skeetles and -Marcy may come back.”</p> -<p>“I’ve got an idea, boys. Let us fasten the -door up from the inside, and then come out -through the window. After that we can nail -that strip over the window, and then the place -will be as tight as a drum.”</p> -<p>This was agreed to, and a little later found -them on their way around the shore of Pine -Island. The weather was all that could be -hoped for, and the boys felt so happy that they -were inclined to whistle, until Joel Runnell -stopped them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_188">188</div> -<p>“You can’t go on a hunt whistling, unless -you want the game to know you’re coming,” -he said, quizzically.</p> -<p>“Oh, I forgot that,” said Joe, and stopped -at once, and the others did the same.</p> -<p>Harry had his camera with him, and took -several time exposures, using a very small stop -or opening, so that the negatives would be -sharp and clear. Then he took a snap shot of -Joel Runnell shooting at a flock of birds—a -picture which, later on, proved to be all that -could be desired. He also took pictures of -Fred and Joe aiming at an imaginary rabbit, -said rabbit being a fur cap propped up on a bit -of brushwood.</p> -<p>“I’ll have a famous collection by the time I -get home,” he said. “And I’ll print two sets -of pictures, so that Fred can have one set.” -And this promise caused Fred to forget the -last of the ill feeling he had had over the -“snake” joke.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_189">189</div> -<p>On and on they went, occasionally slipping -down an incline with their snowshoes and landing -in a heap at the bottom. Then Fred, who -was a little to the left of the others, suddenly -set up a shout.</p> -<p>“Hi, Joe and Harry, come here, quick! I -want to show you something!”</p> -<p>Both ran forward to see what their chum -had discovered, and a moment later went headlong -into a hollow several yards in diameter -and equally deep. There had been some brushwood -over part of the opening, but this gave -way with them, and let them down so rapidly -that they could not save themselves. Then -Fred pushed on a snowbank and that followed, -all but burying them.</p> -<p>“Great Scott!” spluttered Joe. “What a -tumble!” And he scraped the snow from his -face.</p> -<p>“What did you call us here for?” asked -Harry. “Don’t you think we ever saw a hole -before?”</p> -<p>“I wanted you to see if there were any -snakes down there,” answered Fred, with a -grin.</p> -<p>“Of all things!” gasped Joe. “Just you -wait till I get out.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_190">190</div> -<p>“We’ll put him down into the hole,” said -Harry, as he scooped some snow from his ear.</p> -<p>“Not much you won’t!” answered Fred, and -ran off to rejoin old Runnell.</p> -<p>Joe and Harry had all they could do to get -out of the hole, and even then the snow got -down their sleeves and collars in a fashion that -was far from comfortable. They ran after -Fred, intending to at least “wash his face,” -but the stout youth took good care to keep out -of their reach.</p> -<p>“Come, boys, you must keep quiet, or else -we won’t bring down a thing,” remonstrated -old Runnell, and after that they followed his -advice and moved on as noiselessly as possible.</p> -<p>A little ahead of them was a tiny brook -which, in the summer time, flowed from the hill -into the lake. Here some of the rocks along -the bank were swept bare of snow.</p> -<p>Without previous warning Joel Runnell -held up his hand for the others to halt. On -some of the rocks, several small weasel-like -creatures were sunning themselves. He -brought his gun up and the others did the same.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_191">191</div> -<p>“Fire!” said old Runnell, and the four firearms -rang out almost simultaneously, and two -of the game fell dead where they sat.</p> -<p>“Hurrah! that’s a haul!” cried Harry, enthusiastically.</p> -<p>“What are they?” questioned Fred. “They -look something like mink.”</p> -<p>“They are what we call mountain brook -mink, Fred,” answered the old hunter. “The -best kind to bring down, too, so far as the fur -is concerned. Those furs are quite valuable, -as you must know.”</p> -<p>“I know mink is valuable,” answered the -stout youth. “My mother has a collar made -of it.”</p> -<p>Having secured the game, they moved on -once more. Joe was now slightly in advance -and brought down a rabbit he saw scooting -over the snow.</p> -<p>After this nothing was sighted for a long -while. Then Fred, who was growing hungry, -proposed that they stop for dinner.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_192">192</div> -<p>The others were willing, and a halt was made -in the shelter of some hemlock trees and elderberry -bushes. Not far away was a hickory -tree, and the wind-swept ground was full of -nuts which even the squirrels had failed to -carry off.</p> -<p>The stop lasted for fully an hour, and then, -thoroughly rested, they pushed on. Only a -few birds were sighted, however, and these -were so far away that to bring any of them -down proved impossible.</p> -<p>“There is Needle Rock,” said Joel Runnell, -at last, and pointed out to where a rock arose -about fifty feet from the lake shore. It was a -tall, sharp-pointed affair, and the wind had -swept it entirely free from snow.</p> -<p>“And where was that boat wrecked, do you -think?” questioned Joe, with interest.</p> -<p>“Just about over yonder, Joe. Of course, -I can’t tell the exact location, but it wasn’t -over fifty yards from that point.”</p> -<p>The young hunters all moved down to the -lake front and tramped up and down, over the -rocks and among the snow-laden bushes. Here -and there they shoved some of the snow aside, -but brought nothing of interest to light.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_193">193</div> -<p>“I guess it’s a wild-goose chase, looking for -that pocketbook or those papers,” said Harry -at length.</p> -<p>“It’s a good deal like looking for a pin in a -haystack,” returned Fred.</p> -<p>“We’ll stand more chance of finding something -after the snow clears away,” put in Joe, -with a sigh. “That is, if it is really here.”</p> -<p>“And if it is here the melting snow may -carry it out into the lake,” said his brother.</p> -<p>They took another look around, Joel Runnell -prying up some old brushwood and dead -tree limbs, and by that time the descending sun -warned them that if they wished to return to -Snow Lodge before nightfall they had better -start without delay.</p> -<p>“Yes, let’s get back,” said Harry, who was -tired out. “And then we can have a bit of -roast rabbit for a change.”</p> -<p>“And I’m going to make some biscuits for -supper,” put in Joe. “We haven’t had fresh -biscuits since we were at the lodge before.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_194">194</div> -<p>Somewhat downhearted over their failure to -locate the missing pocketbook or papers, they -turned toward home. All had known it was -rather a forlorn hope at the best, yet each had -secretly hoped that something would be -brought to light.</p> -<p>“But I suppose Hiram Skeetles looked high -and low for it before he gave the hunt up,” was -Joe’s comment. “And his eyes are as sharp -as those of a hawk.”</p> -<p>The tramp to the lodge seemed a long one to -the tired young hunters, and Harry felt inclined -to rest half a dozen times. When they -at last came in sight of the snow-clad building, -it was quite dark.</p> -<p>“Now to jump through the window and open -the door!” exclaimed Joe, and, throwing down -his gun, he rushed forward. Then he uttered -an ejaculation of astonishment: “The window -is wide open. Did we leave it that way?”</p> -<p>“Certainly not,” answered Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“Somebody has been here, after all,” put in -Harry.</p> -<p>“Must have been old Skeetles and Marcy. -What will we do if they have cleaned us out?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_195">195</div> -<p>“I’ll soon find out,” continued Joe, and -leaped through the window into the living-room -of the cabin.</p> -<p>The fire had died down until there was little -or nothing left of it. Stumbling across the -floor, he kicked it into a blaze and threw on a -few extra sticks of wood. After this he -reached for the lantern and lit it.</p> -<p>“Well, what have you found?” asked -Harry, looking in at the window.</p> -<p>“Nothing, so far,” answered his brother. -“Everything seems to be all right, although the -bench is overturned and—yes—somebody has -carried off that piece of venison I hung up -near the window!”</p> -<p>“That looks as if some wild animal was -around, Joe.”</p> -<p>“Creation! I didn’t think of that. Do you -see anything outside—I mean footprints?”</p> -<p>“No, it’s too dark now to see anything. Better -open the door.”</p> -<p>Joe started to do so. But as he crossed the -floor a sound from the sleeping apartment -caused him to halt.</p> -<p>“Who’s there?” he cried.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_196">196</div> -<p>The only answer was a soft pat-pat of feet, -and a moment later a big, black bear came into -view. The beast stared at Joe in astonishment, -and then arose on its hind legs and came -for him, uttering a low, savage growl as it advanced.</p> -<p>The youth did not know what to do. He was -unarmed, and Harry had left the window, so -he could not obtain immediate assistance. He -leaped close to the fire and as he did so the bear -leaped after him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_197">197</div> -<h2 id="c18">CHAPTER XVIII -<br /><span class="small">A FIRE, AND WHAT FOLLOWED</span></h2> -<p>“Get back there!”</p> -<p>Joe uttered the words mechanically, and as -he did so he crouched close to the fire, and -snatching a burning brand from the side, held -it up in front of him.</p> -<p>As is well known, all wild beasts dread the -fire, and at once the bear paused. Then it -arose again on its hind legs and uttered a roar -that almost shook the lodge.</p> -<p>“Hello! what does that mean?” cried Fred -and Harry, in a breath.</p> -<p>“It means there’s a wild animal in the -lodge,” answered Joel Runnell, and leaped toward -the window, gun in hand.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_198">198</div> -<p>In the meantime the bear continued to stand -in front of Joe, as if meditating an attack in -spite of the fire. Once it raised a fore paw -as if to strike the brand from the young hunter’s -hand, but Joe did not permit this, and now -the boy caught up a second stick, which was -blazing at one end, and threatened the bear.</p> -<p>Again there was a roar of commingled rage -and fear, and the bear leaped back, wrecking -the table as it did so.</p> -<p>It must be confessed that Joe was badly -alarmed. He felt that he was in close quarters, -and unless somebody came to his help -very quickly, the bear would, in some manner, -get the better of him.</p> -<p>Glancing toward the window, he saw a dark -object there. It was the head of Joel Runnell, -and next followed the glistening barrel of the -old hunter’s rifle.</p> -<p>“Hold up the light, Joe,” called old Runnell, -and at the sound of his voice the bear -wheeled around and stared toward the window -with interest.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_199">199</div> -<p>Crack! It was the rifle that rang out. But -just as Joel Runnell pulled upon the trigger -the bear turned to one side, so that the ball -merely grazed its neck and side. Then came -another roar, and, leaping over the wrecked -table, the beast dove through the doorway leading -to the sleeping apartment of the lodge and -disappeared.</p> -<p>“Where did he go to?” cried old Runnell, as -he lost no time in reloading.</p> -<p>“Into the sleeping-room. I don’t think he -is hurt very much.”</p> -<p>The doorway was not far from the chimney, -and with the firebrands still in his hands, Joe -made his way to the door. Then the fastening -was removed and he plunged outside.</p> -<p>“Good!” cried Harry. “Are you hurt?”</p> -<p>“Not a scratch. But it was a close shave,” -and Joe heaved a sigh of relief.</p> -<p>“What is the bear doing?” asked Fred.</p> -<p>“I don’t know.”</p> -<p>“Fasten the door from the outside,” said -Joel Runnell. “We don’t want to lose that -animal.”</p> -<p>A stout stick of wood was handy, and this -was propped up against the door, so that it -could not be budged unless torn from its -hinges.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_200">200</div> -<p>While the young hunters were doing this -Joel Runnell watched the window, with his -rifle ready for use, should the bear make its -appearance.</p> -<p>“You don’t expect to go in there after the -bear, do you?” questioned Fred. “I wouldn’t -do that for a million dollars.”</p> -<p>“I shan’t go in there yet,” answered the old -hunter. “I know a trick worth two of that.”</p> -<p>“What will you do?” asked Harry.</p> -<p>“Let us try smoking him out. While I continue -to watch the window, you get a damp tree -branch and set it on fire. Then chop a small -hole in the side of the lodge close to the -ground, and let the smoke drift inside.”</p> -<p>“That’s a good plan,” said Joe.</p> -<p>The damp branch was procured without difficulty, -and soon it was burning slightly and -smoking thickly. While Fred and Joe held -the branch, Harry cut a small hole as directed. -In answer to the sound of the ax came a growl -from the bear, proving that the beast was on -the alert within.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_201">201</div> -<p>“Now, Joe, come alongside of me with your -shotgun!” called out old Runnell. “We’ll -make sure of him if he does come out.”</p> -<p>Both stood almost facing the window and -about twenty feet from it. Then Fred and -Harry let down the branch in the snow, so that -the thick smoke could drift directly into the -hole that had been cut.</p> -<p>In less than half a minute they could hear -the bear moving around the inside of the lodge. -They heard the beast give a snort, followed by -a sneeze.</p> -<p>“He’s catching it,” whispered Joe, with his -gun raised. “I don’t think he’ll stand it much -longer.”</p> -<p>An instant after there came a savage growl, -and then straight through the window shot the -black bear, landing at the very feet of those -standing to receive it. Crack! went the rifle, -and bang! came from the shotgun, and the -beast tumbled over and began to claw at the -air and the snow, sending the chunks of the latter -flying in all directions.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_202">202</div> -<p>“Hurrah, we’ve got him!” ejaculated Joe, -and discharged the second barrel of his gun -close to the bear’s head. This finished the -beast, and it soon stretched out and lay still.</p> -<p>“What a big fellow,” was Harry’s comment, -as he came forward to inspect the game. “Joe, -you can be glad he didn’t get his paws around -you. He might have hugged you to death.”</p> -<p>“I am thankful,” was the answer. “But, -say, won’t we have fine bear steaks now! -We’ll have all the meat we want, and some to -take home in the bargain.”</p> -<p>“Not to say anything about the skin,” put -in Fred.</p> -<p>“Oh, that is to go to Runnell,” said Joe, -quickly. “I’m sure he deserves it,” and the -others said the same.</p> -<p>All were so interested in looking the big -prize over that the burning tree branch was, -for the time being, forgotten. All had also -forgotten the fire in the lodge and the burning -sticks Joe had dropped on the floor. The -wreck of the table was near the sticks, and in a -few minutes Snow Lodge was blazing inside -and out.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_203">203</div> -<p>“Hello, the place is on fire!” shouted Harry, -who was the first to notice the condition of -affairs.</p> -<p>“So it is!” added old Runnell. He ran to -the door and threw it open. “Quick, boys, or -the lodge will be burnt to the ground!”</p> -<p>With the door and the window open, the fire -obtained a good draught, and of a sudden a -blaze shot up, inside and out, that quickly -mounted to the roof.</p> -<p>“This is worse than I supposed,” said old -Runnell, and ran in to stamp the blaze out. -But the smoke was blinding and he soon had -to retreat. Then Joe went in, but when some -sparks touched him on the cheek he fell back -also.</p> -<p>“The lodge is doomed!” groaned Fred. -“And everything inside will be burnt up!”</p> -<p>“My camera films!” cried Harry. “They -are on the shelf! I don’t want to lose them,” -and before anybody could stop him he had -leaped into the burning structure.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_204">204</div> -<p>“Harry! Harry! come out of there!” yelled -Joe. But the younger brother paid no attention -to the warning. On the shelf were all the -pictures he had taken since coming on the outing, -and he thought more of these than he did -of the traps and stores.</p> -<p>The flames were now curling all over the roof -of the lodge, and with no water at hand it was -easy to see that the structure could not be -saved. Joel Runnell ran in, and in the smoke -felt around for Harry and found him clinging -to the shelf, with the rolls of films clutched -tightly in one hand.</p> -<p>“Come out,” he said, in a choking voice. -“Come,” and he led the half-suffocated boy, -into the open air. The water was running -from Harry’s eyes, and it was fully a minute -before he could get his breath to talk.</p> -<p>Finding they could do nothing to stop the -fire, they set to work to save what stores they -could. This was not an easy task, and they -recovered little more than a couple of blankets, -a tin can of coffee, a bag of salt and a large box -of matches. One of the blankets was burnt -along the edge.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_205">205</div> -<p>Once having gained headway, the flames -roared and crackled merrily, lighting up the -clearing and the forest for a goodly distance -around. As the fire increased, they dragged -their sleds, the bear and other game, and the -saved stores to a safe distance.</p> -<p>“Do you think it will set fire to the trees?” -questioned Fred.</p> -<p>“No, there isn’t wind enough for that,” answered -Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“I guess I am responsible for that fire,” -came from Joe. “I remember now that I -dropped those burning sticks on the floor when -I opened the door.”</p> -<p>“And we left the branch at the hole,” said -Harry. “Hiram Skeetles will make us pay -for the damage done, I suppose.”</p> -<p>“The lodge wasn’t worth much,” put in -Fred. “Not over twenty or thirty dollars at -the most. The back end was almost ready to -fall down.”</p> -<p>“Well, if the courts decide that this island -and the lodge belong to Skeetles we’ll pay for -the building,” said Joe. “But you can be sure -I won’t pay him any fancy price.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_206">206</div> -<p>In less than half an hour from the start of -the conflagration the roof of the lodge fell with -a crash, sending the sparks flying in all directions. -Then one side after another followed, -and soon all that remained of the building was -a heap of smoldering timbers and the red-hot -stones of the rude chimney.</p> -<p>“That’s the end of Snow Lodge,” said Joe. -“We didn’t have very much good of the place, -after all.”</p> -<p>“The question is, where are we to go next?” -put in Fred. “The other shelter was wrecked -by the wind. We seem to be unfortunate, no -matter where we stay.”</p> -<p>“Let us have something to eat first,” said -Harry. “I’m as hungry as a—a bear.”</p> -<p>“Then you can dine on bear,” answered -Fred, and this caused a laugh in spite of their -downheartedness over the loss of the lodge.</p> -<p>Supper was cooked over the smoldering -ruins and on the hot rocks, and each ate heartily. -They talked matters over and decided to -remain in that vicinity until morning.</p> -<p>“Then we can rake the ruins and see if we -can find anything of value,” said old Runnell.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_207">207</div> -<p>The night was far from being as cold as -other nights had been, and they easily made -themselves comfortable among the trees close -by the lodge, propping up the sleds and covering -them with branches and bushes and chunks -of snow. Nothing came to disturb them, and -all slept soundly until sunrise.</p> -<p>Immediately after breakfast the ruins were -raked over as the old hunter had advised, and -they found several articles of more or less -value. But everything else had been burned -up clean and clear.</p> -<p>“And now for new quarters,” said Joe. “I -have an idea. Why not camp out near Needle -Rock? We can find a good spot among the -rocks, and that will give us a chance to look for -that pocketbook during our off hours.”</p> -<p>“I’m willing,” answered Fred.</p> -<p>So were the others, and soon preparations -were made for their departure. Inside of an -hour they were off.</p> -<p>“Good-by to Snow Lodge!” cried Harry. -“Perhaps we’ll never see this spot again.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_208">208</div> -<p>“We can build a new shelter,” said Joe. “It -needn’t be so big, but I’m sure we can make it -just as comfortable.”</p> -<p>And then they moved on, never dreaming of -the surprises that were in store for them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_209">209</div> -<h2 id="c19">CHAPTER XIX -<br /><span class="small">A GATHERING OF YOUNG HUNTERS.</span></h2> -<p>Having the two sleds with them, they did not -tramp through the woods, but took to the lake, -where the wind had swept the ice comparatively -free from snow.</p> -<p>Despite what had happened, all were in a -light-hearted humor, and Joe began to whistle -merrily, and soon Harry and Fred joined in.</p> -<p>“Well, we can’t complain of lack of adventures,” -remarked Harry, as they trudged -along, Joel Runnell in advance, looking for -some signs of possible game.</p> -<p>“I should say not,” returned Fred. “We’re -getting our full share and more.”</p> -<p>“Wonder if any of those other fellows are -going to join us?” put in Joe. “Bart Mason -said he would be sure to come, and Link Darrow -said the same.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_210">210</div> -<p>“Oh, lots of fellows think they can get away, -but at the last minute their parents say no, and -that’s the end of it.”</p> -<p>They were moving around a small arm of the -island when they saw Joel Runnell come to a -halt.</p> -<p>“Guess he has sighted game,” said Harry. -“Wait; we don’t want to spoil a shot.”</p> -<p>“I’ll go up and see what’s doing,” said Joe, -and hurried forward, with his gun ready for -use, should there be more game ahead than the -old hunter could handle.</p> -<p>“Gun Club ahoy!” suddenly rang through -the clear air. “Hullo, you fellows? Where -are you bound?”</p> -<p>And then, around the bend, appeared the -forms of three youths, dragging a long, low -sled behind them. The trio were dressed for -hunting and each carried a shotgun or a rifle. -The sled was piled high with traps and provisions.</p> -<p>“Whoop! here are some of the other fellows -now!” burst out Fred, and rushed forward. -“Hurrah!” he yelled.</p> -<p>“Hurrah!” came back instantly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_211">211</div> -<p>“Link Darrow, Bart Mason and—yes, it’s -Teddy Dugan,” came from Harry. “What -can Teddy be doing with those other chaps?” -he went on, for he had not expected to see the -Irish boy anywhere in that vicinity.</p> -<p>“How are you making it?” asked Link Darrow, -as he came closer. He was a youth of -Joe’s size and age.</p> -<p>“First rate,” answered Joe. “When did -you leave Lakeport?”</p> -<p>“Yesterday. We expected to locate you a -couple of hours ago, but Teddy Dugan stopped -us.”</p> -<p>“Sure an’ I have news for you,” put in -Teddy Dugan. “I’ve been up the lake, a-visitin’ -me Uncle Michael, and who do you think -I saw?”</p> -<p>“Those tramps,” cried Joe, quickly. “Oh, -Teddy, did you really see them?”</p> -<p>“I saw three tramps, and by the look of ’em -I think—yes, I’m sure—they are the same that -took your watch and chain. I knew you were -over to this island, so I told me uncle I’d come -over and tell you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_212">212</div> -<p>“And you ran into Link and Bart?”</p> -<p>“I did—but not until I had lost me way, -and I reckon they had lost theirs too. Ain’t -that so, Bart?”</p> -<p>“Well, I’ll admit we were a little off the -trail,” answered Bart Mason, who was very -large for his years and correspondingly lazy. -“But we weren’t lost like the babes in the -woods.”</p> -<p>“I don’t see how a big fellow like you could -get lost,” put in Fred, slyly. His head hardly -came up to Bart’s shoulder.</p> -<p>“Tell me about those tramps,” said Joe, -impatiently. “Where are they now?”</p> -<p>“The last I saw of them they were walkin’ -on the lake.”</p> -<p>“The lake!” came from Joe, Harry, and -Fred simultaneously.</p> -<p>“Yes. That’s why I came over to tell you.”</p> -<p>“Do you think they came over to this -island?” asked Harry.</p> -<p>“Either that or they crossed to the other -shore.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_213">213</div> -<p>“Tell me exactly how they looked,” went on -Joe. “We don’t want to make any mistake.”</p> -<p>Teddy Dugan had had a good look at all -three of the tramps and he described their -features and dress in detail.</p> -<p>“The very same rascals, beyond a doubt,” -said Harry. “I wish you had had them locked -up, Teddy.”</p> -<p>“Sure and I couldn’t do it when I was all -alone, Harry. I watched them walk to the -lake and out on the ice—heading this way,—and -then I ran back to my uncle’s house and -told him. But the snow was too deep to go to -town, an’ so me uncle did nothing.”</p> -<p>After this Teddy Dugan told the particulars -of the meeting between himself and the three -good-for-nothings.</p> -<p>“I heard through me uncle that a house had -been robbed near where he lives,” added Teddy. -“More than likely they were the thieves.”</p> -<p>“I shouldn’t wonder,” said Fred. “A rascal -who will take a watch and chain will take -more.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_214">214</div> -<p>Link Darrow and Bart Mason had been -bound for the lodge, thinking that the camp of -the club was located there. Both readily consented -to turn and move toward Needle Rock.</p> -<p>“You must have had a fearful time with old -Skeetles,” said Link, as the whole party moved -off. “Our family know him well, and my -father doesn’t want anything to do with him.”</p> -<p>“What a pity Dan Marcy can’t act like other -fellows do,” was Bart’s comment. “He -might be a real nice fellow if he wasn’t so overbearing.”</p> -<p>“It’s in the breed,” came from Joel Runnell. -“His father and his grandfather were -that way before him. Why, I can remember -his grandfather well. He was a boss on the -railroad, and he hounded the Italian workmen -so much that one night several of them almost -stoned him to death.”</p> -<p>“In that case, Dan is scarcely to blame for -his disposition,” said Harry.</p> -<p>“I think he is. He ought to work to overcome -it,” replied Fred. “But he just makes -himself as ugly as he can. Why, even the little -boys and girls get out of his way when they -see him coming.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_215">215</div> -<p>The three boys who had been on the island -since the beginning of the outing were anxious -to hear all the news from home and this was -told to them by Bart and Link, who had also -brought along several letters.</p> -<p>“I don’t know what we can do about those -tramps,” said Joe, after thinking the matter -over for some time.</p> -<p>“Let us get settled down in our new place -first,” returned Joel Runnell. “After that -we can go on a still hunt for them.”</p> -<p>At this all of the boys looked at Teddy Dugan, -who blushed through his many freckles.</p> -<p>“Teddy, what had you in mind to do?” -questioned Joe.</p> -<p>“I dunno,” was the slow answer. “I ain’t -got nothing to do for the next few days. -Father said I could go and visit me uncle, or -go huntin’, just as I pleased. I know what -I’d like to do.”</p> -<p>“What’s that?”</p> -<p>“Oh, I reckon I hadn’t better say. You’ve -got your club all made up, an’—an’——”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_216">216</div> -<p>“Would you like to stay with us?” asked -Harry, quickly. There was something in -Teddy’s manner which was very attractive to -him.</p> -<p>“Yes, I would,” was the blunt response. -“But, but——”</p> -<p>“Let’s take Teddy along,” said Joe.</p> -<p>“All right,” came from the others.</p> -<p>“But I ain’t a member of the club?”</p> -<p>“That don’t matter, Teddy. You’re a -member of the ball team, and that’s enough.”</p> -<p>“Especially after that home run you made -in the game with the Silver Stars,” added -Link, who was a great ball player himself.</p> -<p>“Then you really want me along?” And -the Irish lad’s face lit up in a broad grin.</p> -<p>“Yes,—but you have got to do your full -share of camp work,” said Joe.</p> -<p>“I’ll do more than my share.” Teddy did a -few steps of a double shuffle on the ice. “Say, -this just suits me to death! Come on!” And -he began to pull on one of the sled ropes with -great vigor.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_217">217</div> -<p>The breeze on the lake was so keen that nobody -cared to stay out in it longer than necessary. -Where the snow was loose the wind -often caught it up and whirled it into their -faces.</p> -<p>“Only a little further to go,” said old Runnell -at last, and in a few minutes they turned -in and came to a halt not far from where there -was a cliff twenty to twenty-five feet in height. -Against the rocks rested two immense pine -trees which the gales of the previous winter -had partly uprooted.</p> -<p>“Here is where we can fix up a real good -shelter,” said old Runnell. “We can trim off -the under limbs of the trees and use them for -the sides. Then we can roll up some big snow -balls and put ’em right on top of the pine -branches, leaving a hole for a doorway. Back -in the cliff is a split in the rocks, so it will do -for a chimney.”</p> -<p>“Then we can have a fire inside instead of -outside,” said Harry. “That will be jolly. -I was afraid we’d have to put up with a cold -sleeping place.”</p> -<p>“I’m cold now,” came from Link Darrow. -“Guess I’ll have to do a dance to get warm.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_218">218</div> -<p>“You can get warm chopping some firewood,” -said Joel Runnell. “Don’t waste any -of your strength. There is plenty of work to -do before we can settle down to enjoy ourselves.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_219">219</div> -<h2 id="c20">CHAPTER XX -<br /><span class="small">BUILDING THE NEW SHELTER</span></h2> -<p>The young hunters soon found out that what -Joel Runnell said was true. At first glance -it looked easy enough to put the necessary -shelter into shape, but when it came to clearing -and leveling the ground, cutting off a great -many tree branches and placing them as desired, -and then covering the whole with snow, -the work was hard and long lasting, and it was -not until the evening of the second day that -the task was completed.</p> -<p>Yet all worked with a will, deeming it no -labor at all, since they were doing it for their -own comfort and amusement.</p> -<p>“Say, Fred, if you had to cut wood like this -at home, what would you think of it?” whispered -Harry, while both were doing their best -to trim away an extra heavy limb of one of the -pines.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_220">220</div> -<p>“I’d think it was ha—hard work,” panted -Fred, who was almost out of breath.</p> -<p>“And wouldn’t you like to do it some Saturday -afternoon, when there was a football -match on, or fine skating?”</p> -<p>“My gracious! don’t mention it, Harry. It -would make a fellow’s heart drop to his -shoes.”</p> -<p>“No laying off there!” sang out Joe. “This -gang has got to keep at work until the job’s -finished and I blow the whistle.”</p> -<p>“Better ring the dinner bell,” put in Bart. -“I’m almost hungry enough to chew—oh!”</p> -<p>Bart broke off with an exclamation, for just -then a soft snowball hit him directly in the -back of the neck. He turned swiftly, to catch -sight of Fred working away, with an extra innocent -look on his chubby face.</p> -<p>“Oh, you needn’t play off on me!” he cried. -“I know you did it, Fred.”</p> -<p>“Did what?” asked Fred, continuing his -work. “I’m cutting tree branches. What -are you doing?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_221">221</div> -<p>“This,” continued Bart, and let drive with -a snowball that took Fred on the shoulder.</p> -<p>“Hi! hi! stop that!” was the cry, and then -Fred aimed another snowball. But it flew -past Bart and hit Link in the left ear.</p> -<p>“Oh, my ear!” came with a roar, and Link -began to dance around. “Fred Rush, I’ll -wash your face for that!”</p> -<p>He made a drive for Fred, but the latter -scrambled to the top of the cliff, where Joe was -at work. In another moment the young hunters -were having a lively snowball fight. By -chance one ball hit Joel Runnell in the -stomach.</p> -<p>“Hi! I’m not in this!” cried the old hunter. -“Stop it, boys, stop it!”</p> -<p>But nobody would listen to him. Fast and -furious flew the snowballs in all directions, -and almost before he knew it Joel Runnell was -hit again. Then he joined in the sport. As -he was at the top of the cliff and used only -huge chunks of loose snow those below had to -steer clear of being buried alive.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_222">222</div> -<p>“Want to snowball me, do ye!” he cried -cheerily. “All right, come along! But take -care or the old man will go ye one better! -Stand from under!” And down came a -chunk of snow as big as a feather bolster. It -struck Link’s head and hurled him flat on his -back. But Link soon rallied and hit old Runnell -in the leg and in the back.</p> -<p>Those at the bottom of the cliff soon sought -to get at the top, while those above did their -best to keep the others down. It became a -battle of three on one side and four on the -other. The excitement made Teddy Dugan -fairly wild and he let out whoops like an Indian, -as he danced around, delivering one -snowball after another as if he was in a baseball -game.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_223">223</div> -<p>“Whoop! There’s one for first, and another -for second!” he shrieked. “There ye -are, shortstop, and, I say, third base, don’t -miss the liner!” And bang! Joe caught the -snowball in the waist, which doubled him up -for the moment. “Here’s fer killin’ the umpire!” -And at this last speech old Runnell -caught a stinger in the ear. But the old hunter -was quick to retaliate, and Teddy went -down with a chunk of snow completely covering -his head and neck. “Wurra!” he spluttered. -“Please don’t throw the whole cliff at -me to onct!”</p> -<p>The fight was growing hotter and hotter and -in the excitement Joe stepped close to the edge -of the cliff. Then, of a sudden his feet slipped, -he made a clutch at the pine branches before -him, and shot out of sight.</p> -<p>“Hurrah! the enemy is capitulating!” came -from below.</p> -<p>“Joe! Joe! where are you?” cried Harry.</p> -<p>“I’ve retired, thank you!” came from under -the pines. “I say, let us call it off!” And -then the snowballing came to an end. Joe was -not hurt, nor had anybody else suffered during -the exciting contest.</p> -<p>The boys worked so hard the first day building -the shelter that in the morning every back -was stiff. When Harry arose it was all he -could do to straighten up.</p> -<p>“I’ll be glad when the job is finished,” he -grumbled. “A little of that sort of thing goes -a great way.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_224">224</div> -<p>“Think of how our forefathers used to build -their log cabins,” said Bart. “We can be -thankful we don’t live in such days.”</p> -<p>“And don’t have any Indians hanging -around ready to scalp us,” put in Fred.</p> -<p>“Sure, an’ I’d run for me life if I seen an -Indian,” said Teddy, and this caused a laugh.</p> -<p>Bart and Link had brought a fair supply of -provisions with them, but Teddy had brought -nothing, so it was felt by all in the camp that -they must be sparing with their things.</p> -<p>“We’ll have to go out on another hunt to-morrow,” -said old Runnell. “We don’t want -to live on just deer and bear meat.”</p> -<p>The split in the rock had been cleaned out, -and on the evening of the second day a fire was -started in the rear of the new shelter. There -was a fine draught and every bit of the smoke -went up the split without any trouble.</p> -<p>“This looks more like home,” said Harry, -after the fire had begun to warm them up. “A -camp isn’t a camp at all unless one has a good -fire. Even in the summer time a fellow likes -to look at the blaze.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_225">225</div> -<p>“Right you are, lad,” answered old Runnell. -“I’ve been out many a time all alone, and I -always found a fire the most friendly thing I -could think of to drive away the blues. Even -in the hottest of weather I start up some kind -of a little blaze between the rocks.”</p> -<p>While the others were sitting close to the -fire, Harry drew Link aside.</p> -<p>“Did you hear what Teddy said about Indians,” -he whispered.</p> -<p>“Of course I did,” answered Link. He -gave a knowing wink. “I guess I know what -you are up to.”</p> -<p>“Give him a scare?”</p> -<p>“Exactly, Harry. But how can we do it? -We haven’t any Indian costumes.”</p> -<p>“Haven’t we though? That’s all you know -about it. Haven’t we blankets, and plenty of -birds’ feathers, and some turkey feathers, too, -come to think of it. And we can rub a little -red dirt on our cheeks.”</p> -<p>“Good! That’s worth remembering. But -we can’t do it right away.”</p> -<p>“Not to-night. I’m too tired.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_226">226</div> -<p>“What are you fellows whispering about?” -demanded Joe.</p> -<p>“I just said I was tired,” answered Link, -innocently. “I’m going to turn in.”</p> -<p>“I’ll wager you are up to some mischief.”</p> -<p>“Say, if anybody plays a trick on me to-night -I’ll—I’ll shoot him,” came from Fred.</p> -<p>“No tricks to-night, boys,” said old Runnell. -“Everybody needs a good sleep after such -work as we’ve had.”</p> -<p>On each side of the shelter inside fresh pine -boughs had been spread. The heat made the -boughs give forth a delicious odor, which was -as healthy as it was pleasing. So far none of -the lads had taken cold and old Runnell sincerely -hoped that all would continue to remain -well.</p> -<p>“Teddy, you want to keep one ear open for -bears,” said Link, just before retiring.</p> -<p>“I don’t want to see any bears to-night.”</p> -<p>“But one may come in, you know, and try -to sample your foot or your hand.”</p> -<p>“Do you think any bears will be around?” -questioned the Irish lad in quick alarm.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_227">227</div> -<p>“Oh, not more than six or seven, Teddy.”</p> -<p>“Then I’ll not go to sleep at all, at all!”</p> -<p>“Teddy, don’t let them fool you,” remonstrated -Joel Runnell. “If a bear comes I’ll -take care of him.”</p> -<p>“I met a bear once,” said Teddy, after a -pause. “I was that close to him,” and he -measured off a distance of but a few feet.</p> -<p>“Oh, Teddy, what did you do?” questioned -Bart.</p> -<p>“I’ll wager you was scared half to death,” -came from one of the others.</p> -<p>“Did he try to bite you, or hug you to -death?” questioned still another.</p> -<p>“Were you armed?”</p> -<p>“Where was this, out around here?”</p> -<p>“No, it wasn’t. It was over to Dackerville.”</p> -<p>“Dackerville?”</p> -<p>“That’s what I said. I can tell you that -bear was a lively one. Me father was along, -but he wasn’t as close to that bear as I was.”</p> -<p>“Well, what did you do to him?” asked -Link, impatiently.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_228">228</div> -<p>“Do? Didn’t do nuthin’.”</p> -<p>“You didn’t! What did the bear do?”</p> -<p>“Rolled over on his head, and walked off.”</p> -<p>“Teddy, are you going crazy? A bear -wouldn’t do that.”</p> -<p>“He did, I tell you.”</p> -<p>“He couldn’t have been very savage.”</p> -<p>“I don’t know about that. He had a leather -muzzle on, and a chain around his neck.”</p> -<p>“A tame bear!” screamed Harry, and began -to laugh. “Oh, that’s the best yet. Link, -I guess you are sold.”</p> -<p>“Was it a tame bear?” asked Link, weakly.</p> -<p>“Sure. He could dance, and roll over on -his head, and do lots of stunts,” went on -Teddy, and now a broad grin crept over his -freckled face.</p> -<p>“Teddy, you’re the worst I ever met,” -groaned Link, and then after the laughter had -subsided he added: “I’ll get square for that. -Just you wait and see!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_229">229</div> -<h2 id="c21">CHAPTER XXI -<br /><span class="small">THE FIGHT OF THE PINE MARTENS</span></h2> -<p>“Now, boys,” said Joel Runnell on the following -morning, after all of the young hunters -had enjoyed a good night’s rest, “I’m going to -get you at something new.”</p> -<p>“What is it?” queried several, in chorus.</p> -<p>“So far all the game we have had has either -been caught by a hook and line or brought -down with a gun. Now I’m going to show you -how to set traps for rabbits and other small -animals, and also how to spear some big fish -through a hole in the ice.”</p> -<p>“That’s the talk!” cried Joe. “I’ve been -wanting to know something about traps for -years.”</p> -<p>“Well, a small trap isn’t much of a thing to -make,” answered the old hunter.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_230">230</div> -<p>“I know how to make one kind of a rabbit -trap,” came from Bart. “My uncle showed -me how to make it.”</p> -<p>“There are a good many kinds of traps, -aren’t there?” asked Fred.</p> -<p>At this Joel Runnell smiled.</p> -<p>“I should say so, my boy. I can make at -least a dozen kinds, and I once knew a hunter -from Canada who boasted of being able to -make forty-six different kinds of traps and -death-falls.”</p> -<p>“Gracious! that man hadn’t much use for a -gun,” was Harry’s comment.</p> -<p>“It’s a good thing to know something about -traps,” went on the old hunter. “There might -come a time when you were out in the woods -and mighty hungry, without a single charge -of powder left. In such a case a trap may -keep you from starving to death.”</p> -<p>The old hunter told them that he would first -set a few rabbit and squirrel traps, and after -that a death-fall for larger animals.</p> -<p>“I think I can locate the run of the rabbits -on this island pretty well,” said he.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_231">231</div> -<p>A good hot breakfast was had, and as soon -as it was over Teddy insisted on washing up -the few dishes which had been used. Then -off they set in a crowd, satisfied that nobody -would come to disturb their new shelter during -an absence of only an hour or two.</p> -<p>Joel Runnell led the way around the cliff -and then into a thicket where the pine trees -fairly touched the ground.</p> -<p>“Here are hundreds of traps fairly waiting -for us,” he said.</p> -<p>“I don’t see any,” said Teddy, gazing -around vacantly.</p> -<p>“You’ll see one in a few minutes.”</p> -<p>Finding a spot that suited him, Joel Runnell -cleared away some of the snow, which was but -a few inches deep. Then, with a hatchet he -had brought along, he cut two short sticks and -near the top of each cut a sharp notch, the -opening pointing downward.</p> -<p>“Now I’ll drive these two sticks into the -ground, about eight inches apart,” said he; -and put them down until the notches he had -cut were less than a foot from the soil. “Joe,” -he added, “you cut a strong, flat stick -that will reach from one notch to the other.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_232">232</div> -<p>While Joe was doing this, old Runnell put -down another stick, this time with a sharp upper -point. The three sticks in the ground -formed a triangle. Then a stick was cut, -sharp at one end and blunt at the other. This -the old hunter called the catch stick.</p> -<p>Several feet away was a sapling and this -was readily bent down in the direction of the -imperfect trap. To the sapling Joel Runnell -tied a stout cord and to the lower end of the -cord fastened a bit of wire in the form of a -running loop.</p> -<p>“Now we’ll proceed to set our trap,” he said, -and taking the catch stick he placed the blunt -end under the stick Joe had put in the two -notches and balanced the sharp end on the -equally sharp end of the stick in front.</p> -<p>The sapling was now bent over until the -loop, or noose, was low to the ground, between -the two sticks in the ground and that in the -notches. Then the string, just above the noose, -was fastened to the blunt end of the catch stick.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_233">233</div> -<p>“Now all we’ve got to do is to bait our trap -and it will be ready for business,” went on -Joel Runnell, and around the sharp stick in -the ground fastened some extra tender twigs -of brushwood he had found on the way. “You -see, the minute Mr. Rabbit begins to eat the -twigs, he’ll shake the stick. That will make -the catch stick slip down at the sharp end. -Up will fly the blunt end and so will the noose, -with Mr. Rabbit dangling in it by the neck or -by the body.”</p> -<p>“But he may go at the bait from the back,” -said Bart.</p> -<p>“The trap is done, but we’ve got to persuade -Mr. Rabbit to go at the bait from the front,” -said the old hunter, and banked up the snow -and dead brushwood around the three sides, -leaving only the spot by the loop clear.</p> -<p>When the trap was completed they walked -off and at a distance set another. By this time -all the young hunters were at it, and in less -than two hours nine traps, large and small, -had been set and baited in various ways.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_234">234</div> -<p>“If we wanted to, we could make some box -traps for birds,” said old Runnell. “But I -guess you won’t care for them this trip. It’s -better to catch birds in the summer.”</p> -<p>“I’d rather not catch them at all,” said -Fred. “They are not much good for food—that -is, they don’t go aground like rabbits, or -turkeys, or a deer. I don’t believe in killing -them just for the fun of it.”</p> -<p>“What is a death-fall?” questioned Link.</p> -<p>“A death-fall is simply a heavy trap, for -killing big game,” answered the old hunter. -“Some are made simply of a heavy log, so -placed that when the bait is disturbed the log -comes down and crushes the beast. Others are -made with a tough stick and a big rock.”</p> -<p>“Some hunters dig pitfalls for bears, don’t -they?” asked one of the boys.</p> -<p>“Yes, but it’s not likely we’ll catch a bear -in any such hole—they are too scarce around -here. Besides, pitfalls are dangerous. Some -years ago a hunter I knew fairly well fell into -a pitfall dug the season before by some other -hunters, and he broke his leg and two ribs.”</p> -<p>“It was mean to leave the pitfall unmarked,” -said Joe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_235">235</div> -<p>“When you are in the woods there are several -things worth remembering, lads. One is, -never leave a fire without you’re certain it -won’t do damage.”</p> -<p>“Yes, we’ve learned what fire can do,” said -Fred, grimly.</p> -<p>“Another thing is, don’t fool with your firearms, -and don’t point a gun at the other fellow -just because you think the gun isn’t loaded. -And another thing, never point your gun -at yourself or at anybody else when you are -climbing a fence, or crawling through the -brushwood. The hammer may catch on something -and somebody may be killed.”</p> -<p>“Yes, I knew of a boy who was killed that -way,” said Harry. “He was climbing a rail -fence and the charge nearly took the top of -his head off.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_236">236</div> -<p>“And finally,” said Joel Runnell, “when -you leave a camp, don’t break up everything -in sight just for the sport of it, thinking you’ll -never come back that way again. You may -want to come back the very next season, or, if -you don’t, somebody else may happen that way -and it will be a pleasure for that party to find -things in shape for use, just as we found Snow -Lodge ready for use.”</p> -<p>By the time the young hunters had returned -to the shelter the wind was rising once more, -and they were glad enough to sit around the -fire and get warm. While they ate their midday -meal Joel Runnel explained many traps -and their workings to the boys, and told of -what animals he had caught from time to time -by such means.</p> -<p>They were just preparing to go out for the -afternoon when Link, who was at the doorway, -called softly to his companions.</p> -<p>“Don’t make any noise,” he said. “I think -there is some kind of an animal around.”</p> -<p>“Is it a bear?” queried Bart.</p> -<p>“I don’t know what it is.”</p> -<p>“Where did you hear it, Link?” asked Joe.</p> -<p>“Down near the lake. It made a very odd -sound.”</p> -<p>By this time all had reached for their guns -and were coming forth from the shelter.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_237">237</div> -<p>“Come with me, Link,” said old Runnell. -“You others hang back a little. We’ll find -out what it is that is prowling around. I don’t -believe it’s a bear.”</p> -<p>With extreme caution Joel Runnell led the -way in the direction Link had pointed out. -The snow covered the rough rocks so that -walking was extremely difficult.</p> -<p>Just as they were to pass from under some -pine trees into the open there came a cat-like -cry from a tree to their right. Wheeling -around, the old hunter caught sight of two animals -facing each other on a sloping tree limb. -Each animal was rather larger than a good -sized house cat and had a long, bushy tail and -short, stout legs.</p> -<p>“What are they, cats?” whispered Link.</p> -<p>“No, pine martens,” returned the old hunter, -in a low voice. “Get back and perhaps -we’ll see some fun.”</p> -<p>He caught Link by the arm, and both drew -back a few paces. Then the others were -motioned to keep silent.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_238">238</div> -<p>The two pine martens soon began to growl -and spit at each other exactly as do two house -cats when on a back fence to settle a long-standing -dispute. They were so much in earnest -that neither noted the approach of the -hunters, although usually a pine marten is -very shy and quick to detect danger.</p> -<p>“What a battle!” remarked Joe, when each -had made a savage claw at the other. “You’d -almost think they were two old Toms, wouldn’t -you?”</p> -<p>“Perhaps you’d better heave a boot-jack at -them,” came dryly from Bart.</p> -<p>“Hush, lads,” put in Joel Runnell. “Be -prepared to fire the minute they try to run -away. Remember, they may disappear like -magic.”</p> -<p>“Let me shoot one,” pleaded Link. “I -haven’t had any chance at game yet.”</p> -<p>“And let me try for the other,” came from -Bart.</p> -<p>“All right. But take careful aim, or the -martens will get away from you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_239">239</div> -<h2 id="c22">CHAPTER XXII -<br /><span class="small">TEDDY MEETS “THE INDIANS”</span></h2> -<p>In order to get a better view of the pine martens, -who had shifted slightly from where they -were first fighting, Link and Bart moved cautiously -along among several big pine trees.</p> -<p>“I’ll take the lighter one,” said Bart.</p> -<p>“All right, I’ll try for the darker,” said his -chum. Both of the martens were brown, but -there were several shades of difference between -the pair.</p> -<p>“Are you ready?” came a few seconds later.</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>“Then fire!”</p> -<p>Crack! crack! went the two guns in rapid -succession and up into the air leaped both of -the animals. Then they came down into the -snow and whirled over and over. One was -mortally wounded and quickly expired, but -the one shot by Bart, tried to crawl away.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_240">240</div> -<p>“He’s going to get away from ye!” cried -Teddy Dugan, in strong excitement. “Let me -give him a shot, won’t ye?”</p> -<p>“Yes,” answered Bart, and no sooner had -he spoken than the Irish boy blazed away, and -over on its back went the pine marten, as dead -as a stone.</p> -<p>All of the young hunters rushed up to inspect -the prizes. They found the pine martens -of a strong odor, but with beautiful furs.</p> -<p>“Those pelts are worth something,” said -Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“Can we eat the meat?” asked Bart.</p> -<p>“I don’t think you’ll care particularly for -the flavor. But you want to save the furs.”</p> -<p>“We shall certainly do that,” said Link, and -then old Runnell showed them how to skin the -game so that the fur would not be damaged.</p> -<p>Now that they were out with their guns they -continued the hunt until sunset. During that -time they were lucky enough to get three rabbits -and two squirrels and also some more nuts -out of the hole of one of the latter creatures.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_241">241</div> -<p>It was growing colder steadily and by sunset -all of the young hunters were more than -glad to get back to the shelter.</p> -<p>“Oh, but this night is going to be a stinger!” -predicted Joe, and he was right. They -brought in a large quantity of firewood and set -the blaze to going as hard as they dared. The -pine trees leaning against the cliff were getting -dry and they had to be careful that no sparks -should set them ablaze.</p> -<p>“We’ve burnt down one shelter, we don’t -want to burn down another,” said old Runnell, -and Joe, Harry and Fred agreed with him.</p> -<p>By midnight it was so cold that several of -the boys could not sleep. Wrapped up in -their blankets they huddled so close to the fire -that one of them, Bart, had one corner of his -wrap badly singed.</p> -<p>“Look out, you’re on fire!” came from Joe, -in a warning, and Bart leaped up and did a -war dance in an effort to brush away the -sparks which had reached him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_242">242</div> -<p>Some water had been brought into the shelter -for drinking purposes, but long before -morning this was frozen into a solid chunk, -which Teddy Dugan surveyed with a comical -look on his face.</p> -<p>“Sure an’ nobody will be after drinkin’ -that,” he said. “If you want water you’ll -have to chew it!”</p> -<p>“This is the banner cold snap so far,” observed -Harry. “I trust the thermometer -doesn’t go much lower.”</p> -<p>“If it does the bottom will drop out sure,” -added Link, with a grin.</p> -<p>“I don’t feel much like stirring from the -fire,” came from Fred.</p> -<p>“See Fred, doubled up like a squaw,” cried -Bart. “Fred, are you toasted yet?”</p> -<p>“Never mind, I noticed you grumbled as -much as I did, during the night,” returned the -stout youth.</p> -<p>“Did I?”</p> -<p>“Did you? Well, I just guess. You -wanted all the extra blankets, you did.”</p> -<p>“Never mind, boys,” said Joel Runnell. -“We’ll have a good hot breakfast, and that -will warm us all up.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_243">243</div> -<p>Pancake flour had been brought along by -Link and Bart, and that morning they had -coffee, pancakes, and fried rabbit. They did -full justice to the meal, and as old Runnell had -said, all felt warm and in better humor after -the repast was finished.</p> -<p>It remained cold all day, and the boys spent -the time around the shelter, cutting more firewood, -and fixing the place up so that the wind -could not get in quite so freely. Link started -another snowball fight, but it did not last.</p> -<p>Yet Link was out for some fun, and at supper -time he reminded Harry of the trick to -be played on Teddy.</p> -<p>“I’m willing,” came from Harry, readily. -“But I think we ought to let the others know, -so they can enjoy the fun.”</p> -<p>“I shouldn’t tell Runnell. He might want -to stop us.”</p> -<p>So it was agreed to tell the other boys. All -were much interested and did what they could -to make Harry and Link look like Indians.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_244">244</div> -<p>First some reddish dirt was dug up and -thawed out, after which it was mixed with a -little rabbit grease and smeared on their faces. -Then some feathers were put in bands and -stuck around their heads, and each wrapped -himself in a camp blanket, in true Indian style.</p> -<p>“You’ve got to have weapons,” said Joe. -“Here, each take a hatchet.”</p> -<p>“I brought along a bow and some arrows,” -said Bart. “Link can take that.”</p> -<p>“And I’ll take my gun,” put in Harry.</p> -<p>“See that it is empty first,” said Joe, warningly. -“We don’t want any accident.” And -the weapon was discharged on the spot.</p> -<p>All these preparations were made in secret, -while old Runnell was out looking for game. -The boys had persuaded Teddy to go out, too.</p> -<p>When Joel Runnell and the Irish lad returned -to camp Link and Harry were missing.</p> -<p>“They went up the north shore,” said Joe. -“Teddy, they wanted to know if you wouldn’t -follow them up. I think they have something -they want you to help carry home.”</p> -<p>“All right,” answered the Irish lad, willingly, -and set off at once, whistling merrily as he -trudged along.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_245">245</div> -<p>As luck would have it, Joel Runnell was -busy skinning some rabbits found in the traps. -Consequently he did not notice the actions of -the boys and inside of a minute after Teddy -left the camp they were following him up.</p> -<p>“Don’t let him see you,” whispered Joe to -the others. “If he does the game will be -spoilt.”</p> -<p>“You keep out of sight yourself,” returned -Bart.</p> -<p>“And don’t talk so loud,” came from Fred. -“Remember, it’s so quiet just now a fellow’s -voice carries further than you imagine.”</p> -<p>After that they remained silent and took -good care that Teddy should not see them.</p> -<p>All unconscious of the trick about to be -played upon him, the Irish lad trudged on and -on, until he was quarter of a mile from camp.</p> -<p>“Hello, boys!” he called out. “Where are -you?”</p> -<p>No answer came back, and he continued to -move on, until a sudden stir in some bushes -caused him to halt. It was after sunset and -the woods appeared dim and ghostly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_246">246</div> -<p>“I say, where are you?” he went on. -“Link! Harry!”</p> -<p>Again there was no answer, but now he saw -two forms moving silently from the bushes to -a spot behind him.</p> -<p>Joe had seen to it that Teddy did not take -his gun along, so the Irish lad was totally unarmed. -He watched the figures in considerable -alarm.</p> -<p>“Sure an’ they can’t be the boys,” he told -himself. “Link! Harry!”</p> -<p>Slowly the figures drew closer and as they -did so Teddy’s hair almost stood on end.</p> -<p>“Indians!” he cried. “Indians! Oh, I’m -a dead b’y now!”</p> -<p>“Pa-wa! Pa-wa!” cried one of the advancing -figures. “Bunk-a-bunk a busta-bust! Pa-wa!”</p> -<p>“Nunk-a-nuck!” came from the other. -“White boy Injun prisoner!”</p> -<p>“Mercy on me!” shrieked poor Teddy. -“Don’t touch me! Don’t touch me, Mr. Indian!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_247">247</div> -<p>“White boy big chief’s prisoner,” came -from the second figure. “Maybe scalp white -boy!”</p> -<p>At this Teddy clasped his hands in terror.</p> -<p>“Don’t ye do it!” he yelled. “Help! somebody, -help! The Indians have come to murder -us all in our beds! Don’t touch my hair! -I nade it, I do!”</p> -<p>He wanted to run, but one of the wrapped-up -figures caught him by the arm, while the -other raised his hatchet threateningly.</p> -<p>“White boy be silent!” was the command. -“No speak a word.”</p> -<p>“Fer the sake o’ me family!” groaned -Teddy. “Please let me go!”</p> -<p>“White boy good to eat maybe?”</p> -<p>“To eat is it! Oh, my! just to hear o’ that -now! No, I’m no good to eat! I’m tough, -terribul tough! If ye try to eat me ye’ll break -yer teeth!”</p> -<p>At this came a snicker from behind the -trees.</p> -<p>“Say, but he’s scared right enough,” murmured -Bart.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_248">248</div> -<p>“Down on your knees—your Japanese,” -went on Harry, giving his hatchet a wild flourish.</p> -<p>“Oh! oh! Don’t sca—scalp me!” groaned -Teddy, and fell on his knees.</p> -<p>“Injuns let white boy go on one condition,” -said Link, who had a wild desire to burst out -laughing.</p> -<p>“What is that?” was the eager question.</p> -<p>“White boy stand on head and sing big -song.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_249">249</div> -<h2 id="c23">CHAPTER XXIII -<br /><span class="small">PIKE SPEARING THROUGH THE ICE</span></h2> -<p>“Well, did you ever hear the beat of that?” -asked Fred, in a whisper, after Link had made -his outrageous request.</p> -<p>“Hush, we may miss something,” came -from Joe.</p> -<p>“Stand on me head, is it?” asked Teddy, -thinking he had not heard aright.</p> -<p>“Yes. Sing big song.”</p> -<p>“What shall I sing?”</p> -<p>“Sing, De Wacht am Rhine.”</p> -<p>“Eh? I can’t sing a Dutch song.”</p> -<p>“Did you hear that?” came with a suppressed -laugh from Joe. “De Wacht am -Rhine of all things for Teddy!”</p> -<p>“No sing Dutch song, sing Chinese song—Chow -Chow Chippy Chow!” went on Link.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_250">250</div> -<p>“Sure an’ I can’t sing Chinese ayther!” said -poor Teddy. “I’ll sing The Wearin’ o’ the -Green, if ye want me to.”</p> -<p>“White boy sing French song—La Loopa de -Loopa,” came from Link.</p> -<p>“Sing Russian song—Tvitsky Smoultskyitvalitz,” -put in Harry. At this there came -a distinct snicker from behind the nearby -trees.</p> -<p>“What a name for a song!” murmured -Fred. “His teeth will fall out if he don’t take -care!”</p> -<p>“Don’t know Frinch, or Russian,” said -Teddy.</p> -<p>“Too bad, big Injun weep much tears,” -sighed Link. “White boy sing Mary Has a -Little Ox?”</p> -<p>“Eh? Do you mean, Mary Has a Little -Lamb?” queried Teddy, in perplexity.</p> -<p>“No. Injun no like lambs—bad for Injun -complexion. White boy sing What is Home -Without Um Alarm Clock. Sing nine verses -and can go home.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_251">251</div> -<p>“Sure an’ I niver heard o’ the song,” said -Teddy. “Tell ye what I’ll sing,” he added, -brightening. “I’ll sing ye a song me father -made up.”</p> -<p>“Good!” shouted both “Indians.” “But -must stand on head,” added one.</p> -<p>“Oh, dear,” groaned Teddy. “I never sang -standin’ on me head before. Are ye sure -you’ll let me go if I do it?”</p> -<p>“Yes, white boy run to bosom of family.”</p> -<p>With a great effort Teddy managed to stand -on his head, balancing himself on his hands, a -feat he had learned after visiting a circus -which had once stopped at Lakeport. Then -with even a greater effort he began to sing:</p> -<div class="verse"> -<p class="t0">“Me father had an old blind mule,</p> -<p class="t">An’ he was very frisky,</p> -<p class="t0">To git upon that muley’s back</p> -<p class="t">He said was very risky.</p> -<p class="t0">The mule was swift upon his feet,</p> -<p class="t">Could run a mile a minit!</p> -<p class="t0">He beat the hosses at the track—</p> -<p class="t">Not wan of thim was in it!”</p> -</div> -<p>“Fine song! Make Injun heap laugh!” -cried Link and began to dance around as if -greatly pleased.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_252">252</div> -<p>“White boy sing more such song,” put in -Harry. “Injun learn ’em.” And almost out -of breath poor Teddy went on, wobbling from -side to side as he did so:</p> -<div class="verse"> -<p class="t0">“Me father’s mule he loved to eat</p> -<p class="t">Green grass and ripe pertaters,</p> -<p class="t0">But niver cared a single cent</p> -<p class="t">To swallow ripe termaters!</p> -<p class="t0">Wan day that mule stood on his head,</p> -<p class="t">A-facin’ two big Injuns,</p> -<p class="t0">The Injuns roared to see him there—</p> -</div> -<p>“But he got up and walked away, fer he -saw it was all a joke an’ he wasn’t goin’ to -stand fer such nonsense any longer,” concluded -Teddy, and arising to his feet, he -squinted comically first at Link and then -Harry. “Yer fine lads to play such a trick on -me,” he added. “Supposin’ I’d had me gun -an’ shot off both yer heads?”</p> -<p>The end of this speech was lost in a burst of -laughter from behind the trees, and Joe, Bart -and Fred ran into view.</p> -<p>“Hullo, Teddy, how do you like Injuns?” -queried Fred.</p> -<p>“Teddy, your voice is fine when you stand -on your head and sing,” came from Bart.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_253">253</div> -<p>“Oh, stop yer foolin’,” said the Irish boy, -calming down. “Sure, didn’t I know it was -a joke all along.”</p> -<p>“Oh, Teddy, did you know it?” asked Harry.</p> -<p>“To be sure I did.”</p> -<p>“I don’t believe it.”</p> -<p>“All right then,” and the Irish lad tossed -his head into the air. “I wasn’t goin’ to -spoil——”</p> -<p>“Teddy, you’re drawing on your imagination,” -burst in Link. “But we’ll let it pass.”</p> -<p>“Wait till I’m after gettin’ square,” said -Teddy, and put up one finger warningly.</p> -<p>“Never mind, the song was O. K.,” said -Fred. “Did your father really make it up?”</p> -<p>“And what’s the end of the second verse?” -queried Link.</p> -<p>“No, me father had nothin’ to do wid it. -I got it out of an old joke book, an’ I’ve forgotten -the end of it. That’s the reason I made -up an endin’.”</p> -<p>“Three cheers for Teddy, the acrobatic -songster,” cried Fred, and the cheers were -given with a will. The cheers put the Irish -lad in a better humor; but it was a long time -before he forgot how they had played Indian -on him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_254">254</div> -<p>“What’s all the cheering about?” asked Joel -Runnell, as they came back to camp, Link and -Harry having first wiped the red mud off their -faces and hidden away the feathers and -blankets.</p> -<p>“We’ve been initiating Teddy into a secret -society,” said Link.</p> -<p>“Didn’t know you had a secret society.”</p> -<p>“This is the Forest Wanderers,” put in -Harry. “Teddy is now Head Chief of the -Royal Frying Pan.”</p> -<p>“You’ve been cutting up high jinks,” said -old Runnell, with a smile. “Well, it’s all -right, but don’t none o’ you git hurt, that’s -all,” and there the affair ended.</p> -<p>Joe and Harry had not forgotten about the -three tramps, and were anxious to make a hunt -for the rascals, but the next morning Joel Runnell -asked all hands to go down to the lake -front with him and help erect a shelter on the -ice, from which they might spear some pike -and other fish.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_255">255</div> -<p>“It’s too cold to stay out there without a -shelter,” said he, and directly after breakfast -they set to work.</p> -<p>The fishing-wigwam, as the boys named it, -was a primitive affair, built up of long tree -branches, set in a circle of snow. The -branches were fastened together at the top, like -the poles of an Indian wigwam, and then snow -was packed around on the outside to a point -just above their heads.</p> -<p>“Now this will make a comfortable place to -fish in,” said Joel Runnell, and with a sharp -axe began to chop a hole in the ice about a foot -and a half square. “Of course this hole will -freeze over from time to time, but once we are -through the main ice it will be an easy matter -to cut away whatever forms later.”</p> -<p>The tree branches made the fishing shelter -rather dark inside. On this account they -could look down into the water with ease, for -the latter was lit up by the light on the outside -of the shelter.</p> -<p>“This is great!” cried Joe. “Why the -water is almost as bright as day!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_256">256</div> -<p>At last the hole was cut and finished off to -old Runnell’s satisfaction. In the meantime -the boys had prepared a fishing bait which the -old hunter approved. The bait was nothing -but a little imitation fish, made of wood and a -bit of tinfoil.</p> -<p>“Now, wait till I have my spear ready,” said -Joel Runnell, and brought out the weapon -mentioned, which was fairly long and with a -razor-like point.</p> -<p>In a few minutes he was ready for the test, -and he showed Joe how to drop the bait into -the hole and jerk it around in the water below.</p> -<p>For quite a while Joe jerked the imitation -fish around in vain. Once a lazy looking fish -came fairly close, but not close enough for old -Runnell to use the spear.</p> -<p>“Perhaps we had better try a line and -hook,” said Harry.</p> -<p>“Be patient,” said the old hunter. “You’ll -never have any success at fishing if you are -not patient. You must—ah, I guess we’ll get -something now.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_257">257</div> -<p>Joel Runnell bent directly over the hole. A -good-sized pike had shown himself. He -darted off, but soon reappeared. Then, as -Joe gave the bait another jerk, the pike came -directly under the hole and sniffed at it.</p> -<p>It was a splendid chance and old Runnell -was not slow to take advantage of it. His -spear was up, and down it came with force and -directness, taking the pike directly through -the back. There was a twist and a short struggle, -and in a twinkling the pike lay on the floor -of the fishing shelter, breathing its last.</p> -<p>“Oh, but that’s a prize!” cried Bart, enthusiastically. -“He must weigh three -pounds!”</p> -<p>“You’d have a fine time bringing him in on -a line,” was Joe’s comment. “He’d tire you -out sure, or maybe break the line on the edge -of the ice.”</p> -<p>All inspected the pike with great interest, -and then Joel Runnell passed the catch over to -Teddy to be cleaned.</p> -<p>“Can we get another one, do you think?” -asked Bart, who was anxious to try his luck.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_258">258</div> -<p>“Perhaps, although a big pike like this usually -keeps his territory to himself. More than -likely his home was under yonder overhanging -tree.”</p> -<p>This time Bart took the spear and Link the -bait, and nearly half an hour went by. But -then a pike larger than the first appeared.</p> -<p>“Oh, my, what a chance!” murmured Link. -“Now, Bart, don’t miss him!”</p> -<p>“I’ll do my best,” answered Bart, who was -quivering with excitement.</p> -<p>All of the others were interested and drew -around the hole hardly daring to breathe. -Three times the pike came fairly close and -then swam away. Once he passed directly -across the opening, but so swiftly that Bart -did not take the chance to hit him.</p> -<p>“He has gone,” said Fred, after a few minutes -more had passed, but just as he spoke the -pike reappeared and came up directly under -the hole, where he began to turn around.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_259">259</div> -<p>“Now!” cried old Runnell, and down went -the spear, in something of a sideway fashion. -But it passed through the pike near the tail, -and with a whirl and a great splashing, he -came up to the surface and out of the hole.</p> -<p>“Hurrah, you’ve got him!” cried Link, as -he wiped the cold water from his face. “Say, -he gave me a regular shower bath, didn’t he?”</p> -<p>“Oh, you mustn’t mind that,” put in Fred. -“Why such a pike as that is worth a dip into -the lake.”</p> -<p>“Not in this freezing weather,” came from -Joe. “But he’s a beauty and no mistake. -Four inches longer than the other and at least -half a pound heavier.”</p> -<p>“There are a great many kinds of pike, -aren’t there?” asked Link.</p> -<p>“Yes, a great number,” answered old Runnell. -“The big muskalonge, the pike-perch, -the pickerel, the wall-eye or glass-eye pike, and -the gray pike, and half a dozen other varieties. -The pike-perch of the Great Lakes -sometimes grows to three feet and weighs fifteen -or eighteen pounds.”</p> -<p>The fishing was continued for over two -hours longer and one more small pike was -obtained. Then Fred tried his hook and line -and very soon brought in several small fish.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_260">260</div> -<p>“Now, we’ll have fish to last us for awhile,” -said Joel Runnell. “What we don’t use at -once we can let freeze in the ice.” And this -was done by simply throwing the fish in a hollow -and pouring clean water over them.</p> -<p>The party had used up a good share of their -deer meat, but the best part of one of the -halves still remained—or rather, had been left -at the camp when they went fishing. But now, -when they got back, strange to say, the deer -meat was gone.</p> -<p>“Hullo, what does this mean?” cried Joe. -“Have we had another visit from Dan Marcy -and old Skeetles?”</p> -<p>“Somebody has taken the meat, that is certain,” -put in Bart.</p> -<p>Joel made a careful examination. The meat -had been left hanging on one of the pine trees.</p> -<p>“An animal took that meat,” said the old -hunter. “And I am pretty certain I know -what kind of a beast it was.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_261">261</div> -<h2 id="c24">CHAPTER XXIV -<br /><span class="small">A BATTLE WITH A WOLVERENE</span></h2> -<p>All of the young hunters listened to Joel -Runnell’s words with deep interest.</p> -<p>“An animal took the meat?” questioned -Joe. “What sort of an animal?”</p> -<p>“Unless I am greatly mistaken, lad, it was a -wolverene.”</p> -<p>“A wolverene!” cried several in chorus.</p> -<p>“Oh, do you think it was really a wolverene?” -came from Link. “Why, they are very -fierce, aren’t they?”</p> -<p>“About as fierce a beast as you can bring -down in these parts, Link, and just about as -hard to track, too.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_262">262</div> -<p>“I’ve never seen a live wolverene,” came -from Harry. “I saw a dead one once at my -father’s store—Jerry Daley brought it down. -It was about as long as a wolf, but a good deal -heavier, and was black, with a lightish streak -running around each side toward the tail. It -had a sort of cat head, with the ears laid low, -and an awful savage looking mouth.”</p> -<p>“Yes, and Jerry Daley was almost killed by -the beast, too,” put in Joe. “It ripped up his -arm and gave him a fearful scratch on one -knee. Jerry put two bullets into it and then -cut its throat with his hunting knife.”</p> -<p>“I’ve heard a lot of stories about wolverenes,” -said Fred. “A good many hunters -fight shy of them.”</p> -<p>“And the wolverenes fight shy of the hunters,” -put in old Runnell. “Can’t blame ’em -either.”</p> -<p>“Maybe we had better not go after this -beast,” put in Teddy. “I don’t want to be -chewed up.”</p> -<p>“Oh, yes, let us go after him,” came from -Bart. “I’m not afraid. Remember, he stole -our deer meat.”</p> -<p>“Better let that meat go,” went on Teddy.</p> -<p>“Oh, I don’t want to eat the meat after a -wolverene has chewed on it,” added Bart. -“But we ought to teach the beast a lesson.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_263">263</div> -<p>“Wolverenes are great for stealing hunters’ -meat,” said Joel Runnell. “And not only -that, they soon learn how to get at rabbits and -other animals that have been trapped. I once -heard tell of how a hunter went out to look at -his traps and he discovered a wolverene watching -’em. He kept out of sight, and pretty soon -a rabbit got into one of the traps. As soon as -the rabbit was a prisoner, Mr. Wolverene came -out of hiding and pulled the rabbit out of the -trap, and just then the hunter killed the -beast.”</p> -<p>The matter was talked over, and it was decided -that two of the boys should go with old -Runnell after the wolverene. Lots were cast, -and the choice fell upon Joe and Bart.</p> -<p>“Bart, that ought to suit you,” said Fred.</p> -<p>“And it does,” was the quick answer.</p> -<p>“It suits me, too,” came from Joe. “Sorry -you can’t go, Harry,” he added to his brother.</p> -<p>“Well, such is luck,” was the reply. “Perhaps -next time I’ll go and you’ll have to stay -home.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_264">264</div> -<p>A hasty lunch was had, and in less than half -an hour old Runnell, Bart, and Joe were on -the way.</p> -<p>The track of the wolverene was plainly to -be seen, and they followed it with ease over -the rocks where the wind had blown a good -deal of the snow away.</p> -<p>“Are your guns ready for use?” questioned -old Runnell. “It may be that we may fall in -with some other kind of game besides the -wolverene.”</p> -<p>The weapons were in proper condition and -both were held in such a fashion that they -could do no harm as the party traveled along. -They had now to enter the woods, with thick -pines on one side and a variety of small hemlocks -and scrub bushes on the other. They -were going uphill, and walking at every step -became more difficult.</p> -<p>“Here are the marks very plainly,” said -Joe. “The wolverene got tired of carrying -the meat and dragged it.”</p> -<p>“Make no more noise,” said Joel Runnell. -“We may be closer to the beast nor you think.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_265">265</div> -<p>After that they proceeded in utter silence. -The trail led around a number of pointed rocks -and then among the pines.</p> -<p>Suddenly Joel Runnell came to a halt and -motioned for the others to do likewise. Looking -ahead, Joe and Bart saw a spot where the -snow was much disturbed, and there lay the -best part of the deer meat which had been -stolen.</p> -<p>Crouching low, Joel Runnell began to look -in among the pine trees, for he felt certain that -the beast he was after could not be far away. -Evidently the wolverene had been disturbed -while devouring a portion of the game and had -leaped out of sight among the pine branches.</p> -<p>The wolverene is well called the glutton, for -it loves to gorge itself upon any meat which it -can obtain. When it has such meat in its possession -to give it up is almost out of the question, -and it becomes maddened to the last degree.</p> -<p>All this Joel Runnell knew, and he also -knew that if he advanced to where the meat -was lying more than likely the wolverene -would leap upon him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_266">266</div> -<p>But it was not the old hunter who first -caught sight of the beast. Happening to -glance over his shoulder Bart saw a sight -which filled him with sudden terror. The wolverene -was there, in a high branch, ready to -leap down upon his head!</p> -<p>“Oh!” yelled the boy, and then, more by instinct -than reason, he swung his gun around -and fired. The firearm held a fair charge of -shot, and this took the wolverene partly in the -breast and left foreleg. There was a fierce -snarl, and down came the powerful creature at -Bart’s very feet.</p> -<p>As the wolverene landed both Joe and old -Runnell wheeled around. The latter would -have fired, but Joe was in his way.</p> -<p>“Look out, boys!” yelled the old hunter. -“Back for your lives!”</p> -<p>He spoke none too soon, for the wolverene -was now ready for a second leap. Bart sprang -back, and the beast caught sight of Joe, who -was trying to get a shot.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_267">267</div> -<p>Bang! went Joe’s weapon, but the wolverene -leaped as he fired, and all that was hit of the -creature was the bushy tail, which was -knocked completely to pieces at such close -range.</p> -<p>Dazed and bewildered, the wolverene now -backed to the nearest tree, and leaped out of -sight among the low-hanging branches. The -pain of its wounds made it snarl and growl -viciously, and had it been able to reach one or -another of the hunters it might have done -great damage.</p> -<p>“Look out,” cried Bart. “Guess he’s trying -to come up behind us.”</p> -<p>“I’ve got my eye on him now,” answered -Joel Runnell. “Both of you stay where you -are, and reload.”</p> -<p>Neither had thought of reloading, but now -they did so with all possible speed. In the -meanwhile Joel Runnell was moving down -among the pines. They listened and heard the -wolverene make a leap from one branch to -another, then all became suddenly silent.</p> -<p>“Oh, I hope Runnell don’t get hurt,” muttered -Bart.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_268">268</div> -<p>There followed a short spell of silence, and -then the firearm of the old hunter rang out. -The report was followed by a cat-like screech, -loud and of short duration. Then from one -limb to another tumbled the wolverene, striking -the ground with a whirl and sending the -snow flying in all directions. But the shot was -a fatal one, and in a few minutes the savage -beast gave a shudder, stiffened out, and lay -still.</p> -<p>“Is he—he dead?” asked Bart, almost in a -whisper.</p> -<p>“Dead as a door nail, boys,” answered Joel -Runnell. “He was a fighter right enough, -wasn’t he?”</p> -<p>“I never want to go after another wolverene,” -declared Joe.</p> -<p>“You are right; one is enough,” returned -Bart. For once his face was strangely white.</p> -<p>“What shall we do with the animal?” went -on Joe.</p> -<p>“May as well keep the hide,” answered the -old hunter. “That will pay us back for our -deer meat. You can make a mat of it when -you get home.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_269">269</div> -<p>“I believe now some of the stories I have -heard about wolverenes,” declared Bart. -“Why, this creature is about as bad to meet -as a bear.”</p> -<p>“Worse than some bears.”</p> -<p>“Do you boys know what the wolverene is -sometimes called?” asked the old hunter.</p> -<p>“I don’t know. What?” asked Joe.</p> -<p>“The skunk bear, on account of its peculiar -colorings. Yes, after this, fight shy of wolverenes -if you can help it.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_270">270</div> -<h2 id="c25">CHAPTER XXV -<br /><span class="small">TEDDY EVENS THE SCORE</span></h2> -<p>“You must have had a close call,” said -Harry, when the others returned to the camp -and told their story. “I am mighty glad that -wolverene didn’t get a chance at me.”</p> -<p>“Sure an’ if I see wan of them bastes I’ll -run for me life,” came from Teddy. “It’s -worse nor a—a tiger they must be.”</p> -<p>“Worse than Injuns, Teddy,” said Link, -dryly.</p> -<p>“Ah! Go run after your own shadow,” -growled Teddy, in deep disgust. And then, as -he turned away there was a merry twinkle in -his eyes. “Sure an’ I’ll fix ’em to-night,” he -murmured to himself.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_271">271</div> -<p>Link and Harry had employed their spare -time in making for themselves two pillows of -pine needles. This was easy, for they had -brought along some bags for nuts and had -merely to fill these and then sew up the open -ends.</p> -<p>Watching his chance, Teddy got hold of the -two pillows and also the box containing pepper. -Into each pillow he poured some pepper -and also sprinkled the outside liberally.</p> -<p>It had been decided that an early start -should be made the next morning in a search -for the three tramps, and Joel Runnell advised -that all hands turn in early.</p> -<p>“I’m willing,” said Fred, and was the first -to lie down and go to sleep. Then the fire was -fixed for the night and the others followed his -example.</p> -<p>The silence in the shelter did not last long. -Suddenly Link gave a terrific sneeze and -Harry followed suit.</p> -<p>“Boys, get out of the draught or you’ll take -cold,” came from Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>“I’m not in any—ker-chew!—draught,” answered -Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_272">272</div> -<p>“I am—ker-chew—I think—ker-chew—” -spluttered Link, and ended with a series of -sneezes that brought all in the shelter to a sitting -position.</p> -<p>“Hullo, what’s the matter?” sang out Bart.</p> -<p>“I-ker-chew! I think I’ve got the—ker-chew!” -spluttered Harry.</p> -<p>“I think so myself,” went on Bart. “Got -’em bad, too.”</p> -<p>“Ker-chew!” exploded Link. “Ker-chew! -Oh, my! Ker-chew!”</p> -<p>“Well, I never,” came from Fred. “Is this -a sneezing match?”</p> -<p>“I’ll bet on the feller that wins,” piped up -Teddy. “Now then, both start together.”</p> -<p>“Ker-chew!” began Link.</p> -<p>“Ker-chew!” came from Harry, directly -afterwards.</p> -<p>“Didn’t start together,” went on Teddy, -calmly. “Try it over again and see——”</p> -<p>“Ker-chew!” came from both.</p> -<p>“Teddy Dugan, did you—ker-chew!” began -Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_273">273</div> -<p>“No, I didn’t ker-chew,” answered the Irish -lad, with a wink at the others. “I don’t chew -at all. My father won’t let me use tobacco, -and so I——”</p> -<p>“Ker-chew!” broke in both of the sufferers.</p> -<p>“This is certainly queer,” said Joel Runnell, -seriously. “What set you to sneezing?”</p> -<p>“Perhaps they tickled their noses wid -straws,” suggested the irrepressible Teddy.</p> -<p>“I—I—ker-chew!—think there is pepper on -my—ker-chew!—pillow,” spluttered Link.</p> -<p>Harry caught up his pillow and smelt of it.</p> -<p>“Sure as you—ker-chew! ker-chew!—are -born,” he cried. “Now, who did this?”</p> -<p>He and Link looked at first one and then -another of the party. All but Teddy looked -perplexed. The twinkle in the Irish lad’s eyes -was brighter than ever.</p> -<p>“Teddy Dugan, you did—ker-chew—this?” -stormed Link, and made a dive for him.</p> -<p>“It’s snazin’ Injuns ye are now,” returned -Teddy.</p> -<p>“Oh, I’ll fix you for this!” roared Harry, -and catching up his pillow he hurled it at the -Irish boy’s head. Link did the same, and -down went Teddy flat on his back.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_274">274</div> -<p>“Oh, stop!” he yelled. “I—ker-chew! Oh! -Oh!”</p> -<p>He threw one of the pillows at Link. It -struck Joe instead, and Joe sent it at Fred. -Then the stout lad hurled it into the crowd. -But it sailed too high, struck the fire, and the -pillow burst open.</p> -<p>“Hi! hi!” called out Joel Runnell. “Take -that out of the fire!”</p> -<p>“Can’t—it’s bursted,” answered Joe. He -bent forward over the blaze. “Oh, what a -smell! Ker-chew!”</p> -<p>The pepper was now burning, and the smell -speedily became so strong that everybody had -to sneeze and rush for the doorway. Into the -open tumbled the boys, one on top of the other.</p> -<p>“Watch out; the shelter may get on fire!” -said Fred.</p> -<p>“Oh, don’t say that,” groaned Teddy, becoming -frightened on the spot. “Sure an’ I -didn’t mane to carry the joke so far.”</p> -<p>“Then you did do it after all?” murmured -Fred. “Well, it was a good joke all right -enough.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_275">275</div> -<p>From the doorway Joel Runnell watched the -progress of the fire. The pine needles soon -died out, and the camp-fire became as before. -But it was some time before they could stand -the smell of the burnt pepper. The unburnt -pillow was thrown out into the snow.</p> -<p>“It was only to git square for the Indian -trick,” said Teddy. “Won’t you call it off -now?”</p> -<p>“Yes, Teddy,” said Harry, promptly, and -shook hands, and then Link did the same.</p> -<p>All would have overslept on the following -morning had not old Runnell called them up -ere it was daylight. He had already started -the breakfast, and soon some of the others were -helping him.</p> -<p>“Oh, must I get up so soon,” sighed Harry. -“I could sleep three hours more.”</p> -<p>“No lazybones in this camp, young man,” -cried Joe. “Remember, we are going to try to -locate those tramps.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_276">276</div> -<p>It was a perfect day, with the sun shining -brightly over the long stretches of ice and -snow. There was no wind, and on every side -all was as silent as a tomb, saving for the occasional -cry of a winter bird, or the distant barking -of a fox.</p> -<p>“This is genuine life in the open,” said Joe. -“I tell you what, boys, we couldn’t have a finer -outing.”</p> -<p>“I must try for some more pictures,” said -Harry, and before he left the camp he loaded -his camera with films, so that he would be prepared -to “shoot” whatever struck his fancy.</p> -<p>From Teddy they had obtained all the information -possible concerning the three -tramps, and as soon as they were well on the -road to the shore Joel Runnell allowed Teddy -to go in the lead.</p> -<p>“Mind ye, I don’t say I can spot the rascals,” -said the Irish lad. “But I’ll do me -best.”</p> -<p>“That is all anybody can do, Teddy,” answered -Joe. “Even if we don’t catch ’em it -won’t be such a terrible disappointment, although -I’d like to see the fellows brought to -justice.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_277">277</div> -<p>“They ought to be brought to justice,” put -in old Runnell. “Nobody in these parts will -be safe with such rascals at large.”</p> -<p>“I wonder what has become of Dan Marcy -and Hiram Skeetles,” mused Harry. “It’s a -wonder they are not watching us, isn’t it?”</p> -<p>“Guess the cold snap was too much for -them,” answered Fred. “I don’t believe old -Skeetles cares much for an outing anyway. -He’d rather stay in town and make money.”</p> -<p>“I’ve heard that he has been very mean to a -great many persons,” said Link. “There was -one old Irish washerwoman that owed him ten -or fifteen dollars and he pestered the life out -of her trying to get it.”</p> -<p>“That’s right,” came from Teddy. “It was -the Widdy O’Rourke, an’ my folks and a lot -of others made up a purse for her, so she could -buy a railroad ticket to Caleville, where her -married daughter lives. The daughter was too -poor to pay for the ticket, but she wrote that -if her mother would come on she would do the -best she could to give her a home.”</p> -<p>“And did old Skeetles get the ten or fifteen -dollars?” asked Bart.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_278">278</div> -<p>“Sure he did. He wouldn’t let her leave -town till she had paid. Oh, he’s a skinflint, -he is,” concluded Teddy.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_279">279</div> -<h2 id="c26">CHAPTER XXVI -<br /><span class="small">THE HOUSE IN THE WOODS</span></h2> -<p>They reached the shore at a point where a -long stretch of pines bent down heavily with -their weight of snow. The scene was so beautiful -that Harry stopped long enough to get -two time exposure pictures, using very small -stops, so that the outlines might be extra sharp.</p> -<p>“There must be a whole lot about photography,” -observed old Runnell. “Those men -that are in the business take fine pictures without -half trying, while on the other hand I’ve -been out with amateurs, as they called themselves, -and they’d take picture after picture, -but none of ’em seemed to amount to much. -Some would be crooked, some wouldn’t be -sharp and clear enough, and some would be -printed too light or too dark.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_280">280</div> -<p>“Well, I just guess there is a good deal about -it,” came from Bart. “I have a cousin who -is learning the business in Boston, and he -writes that I can’t imagine how many details -there are. First one must have the right light -and shade and the proper focus, and then, after -the picture is taken, the plate has got to be developed -just so, to bring out the negative to its -best point, and then one must take great care -in printing the paper. He tells me that sometimes -a single drop of a certain kind of chemical -will spoil everything.”</p> -<p>“Reckon, lad, it’s a good bit like hunting, -after all,” said old Runnell. “Some folks -think they can put a gun over their shoulder, -run to the forest, and shoot down jest what -they want to. Well, they can’t at all—you -know that already. They have got to learn -to shoot straight, and keep cool, and have lots -of patience, and then they have got to learn -about the habits of their game.”</p> -<p>“And some folks never become good hunters -any more than they can become good photographers,” -said Joe. “I guess one has got to -have a strong fancy for it, in the first place.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_281">281</div> -<p>“Yes, and a strong fancy for anything that -he really wants to succeed in,” said Joel Runnell.</p> -<p>When they went into a temporary camp for -dinner Harry took a picture of the group, and -then Joe took another, with Harry in the middle, -holding a coffee pot in his hand. Nearly -every young hunter had something—a gun, or -a hatchet, or some kitchen utensil, and this -photograph caused a great deal of laughter -when it was shown around after they got home.</p> -<p>By moving slowly along the shore, and making -a close examination of every sheet and -drift of snow, Joel Runnell at last found the -tracks of three persons who had come from the -lake. The tracks were those made by three -pairs of boots or shoes of good size.</p> -<p>“Those must be the tramps’ tracks,” declared -Joe. “Teddy was right; they came almost -directly across from the opposite shore.”</p> -<p>“And now the question is, How far have -they gone since they crossed the lake?” put in -Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_282">282</div> -<p>“That’s the worst of it,” said Fred. “For -all we know, they may be miles and miles away -from here by this time.”</p> -<p>“Tramps are great for stealing rides on -freight trains,” ventured Bart. “How far is -the railroad from this point?”</p> -<p>“At least four miles,” answered Joel Runnell, -“and a very rough road at that. The -nearest station is six miles. They couldn’t -very well board a freight train that was moving.”</p> -<p>“I don’t believe tramps like to ride much in -such freezing weather,” came from Link. -“More than likely they have found some sort -of a hangout around here, and are living off of -what they can pick up, by honest or dishonest -means.”</p> -<p>The matter was discussed for a short while, -and it was concluded to follow up the footprints -until nightfall if no longer.</p> -<p>“We may run across them sooner nor you -expect,” said old Runnell.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_283">283</div> -<p>The tracks led directly through the woods -and then toward a rise of rocks which was -swept almost clear of snow. Beyond the rocks -was level ground, and here was a country road, -connecting two small villages of that vicinity -with Lakeport.</p> -<p>“We’re getting into civilization,” said Joe. -“This feels almost as if we were going home.”</p> -<p>“I don’t want to go home yet,” said Harry.</p> -<p>“Nor I,” came in a chorus from the others.</p> -<p>The tracks led along the roadway for perhaps -half a mile, and then turned still further -from the lake.</p> -<p>“Well, I declare!” cried Joel Runnell. -“Wonder if those chaps went over to Ike Slosson’s -house.”</p> -<p>“Where is that?” asked Fred.</p> -<p>“About half a mile from here.”</p> -<p>“Who is Ike Slosson?” asked Link.</p> -<p>“He is a very peculiar man, who lives by -himself up in yonder woods. Some folks say -he is very rich, while others have it that he is -poor.”</p> -<p>“Do you say he lives all alone?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_284">284</div> -<p>“Yes, and has for years. He used to have -a son live with him, but the boy died and that -kind of made the old man queer in his head. -But he isn’t a bad sort by any means. Once, -when I was caught in the woods in a blizzard -he took me in and treated me well. But he -don’t care for company.”</p> -<p>“He would be just the sort of man those -tramps would rob,” put in Joe.</p> -<p>The tracks of the feet in the snow were -plainly to be seen, and as they continued on -their way Joel Runnell became more and more -convinced that the three tramps had gone to -Ike Slosson’s house.</p> -<p>“When we come in sight of the house, I want -you to halt,” said the old hunter. “For all we -know it may not be safe to show ourselves.”</p> -<p>On and on they went. In spots the way was -very rough, and they had to help each other -over the rocks. At one point they could see -where the tramps had halted for a meal, and -here in the snow lay an empty liquor flask.</p> -<p>“That is evidence to me that the persons are -the tramps we are after,” said Joe. “They -were all drinking men.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_285">285</div> -<p>They had now to force their way through -some short undergrowth and then cross a small -stream, which in the summer time flowed into -the lake. The stream was now a solid mass of -ice.</p> -<p>“The house is just beyond yonder belt of -trees,” said Joel Runnell, at last. “You had -better stay here while I investigate.”</p> -<p>“Let us go a little closer and hide behind -the nearest trees,” suggested Joe, and after a -few words this was done.</p> -<p>With his gun over his shoulder Joel Runnell -continued to advance until he was crossing the -small clearing directly in front of the house, -which was an old affair, a story and a half -high, and containing but four rooms. The -place looked to be closed and deserted.</p> -<p>“Hullo, Ike Slosson,” sang out the old -hunter, when within fifty feet of the doorway. -“Hullo, I say!”</p> -<p>Scarcely had he called out when there was a -commotion in the house. He heard a shuffling -of feet and some excited talking.</p> -<p>“Go away!” cried a high-pitched voice. -“Go away, I say! I want no strangers around -my house! Go away!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_286">286</div> -<h2 id="c27">CHAPTER XXVII -<br /><span class="small">A PLAN FOR A CAPTURE</span></h2> -<p>The words used were those which Ike Slosson -had often uttered when folks of that neighborhood -came around his house and he did not -wish to entertain them. As Joel Runnell had -said, the old man was very peculiar and at -times he refused utterly to see even those he -knew to be his friends. For strangers he had -no welcome whatever. He knew old Runnell, -however, and had treated him better than he -had many another man. The hunter had once -given him some fine rabbits and a partridge, -and this had won Ike Slosson’s heart.</p> -<p>Joel Runnell halted, but did not retreat. -The shuffling of several pairs of feet had not -escaped his sharp ears, and now those ears told -him that it was not Ike Slosson who was speaking, -but somebody who was trying, in a crude -manner, to imitate the hermit.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_287">287</div> -<p>“I say, go away!” came in the same voice. -“I want no strangers here.”</p> -<p>“Whose place is this?” asked old Runnell, -calmly.</p> -<p>“It is my place, and I want you to go away, -or I’ll set the dog on you.”</p> -<p>This reply made Joel Runnell smile to himself, -for he knew very well that Ike Slosson -despised dogs and would never have one near -him.</p> -<p>“Who are you?”</p> -<p>“Never mind who I am. I want you to go -away.”</p> -<p>“Won’t you sell me a supper?”</p> -<p>“No. I have hardly enough for myself.”</p> -<p>“I’ll pay you well.”</p> -<p>“Can’t help it. I have nothing to sell. -Now go away, or I’ll put out the dog.”</p> -<p>“Don’t send out your dog; I’ll go,” cried -Joel Runnell, in pretended alarm, and then -turning, he made his way to the shelter of the -trees.</p> -<p>“How did you make out?” whispered Joe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_288">288</div> -<p>“Hush! don’t speak,” said the old hunter, -warningly. “Crawl back, or somebody may -see you.”</p> -<p>The boys moved to a safe place, and then -clustered around the old hunter for information. -Joel Runnell was chuckling quietly to -himself.</p> -<p>“Thought they’d play a joke on me, didn’t -they?” he said. “But I’ll soon have the boot -on the other leg.”</p> -<p>“What do you mean?” asked Harry.</p> -<p>The old hunter then told of what had been -said. “It wasn’t Ike Slosson who was speaking -at all,” he added. “It was some other -man, and his voice was thick with liquor. I’ve -a notion those fellows have done something to -Slosson and taken possession of his house and -all of his goods and money.”</p> -<p>“Can they have killed the old man?” asked -Link, in quick alarm.</p> -<p>Joel Runnell shrugged his shoulders. -“There is no telling.”</p> -<p>“Let us rush out, surround the house, and -capture the rascals,” came from Bart.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_289">289</div> -<p>“Hurrah!” shouted Teddy, enthusiastically. -“Sure an’ we’ll have a regular Donnybrook -Fair, such as me father often tells about.”</p> -<p>“No! no!” answered old Runnell. “Some -of you would be sure to get shot or hurt in some -way.”</p> -<p>“But we came for the express purpose of -catching those tramps,” cried Joe. “I’m not -afraid to tackle them.”</p> -<p>“We are seven to three,” said Fred. “Perhaps -they’ll surrender, when they see how -many there are of us.”</p> -<p>“Not if they have done something to Ike -Slosson, lad. They’ll fight hard to get away. -I have another plan. Five of us can watch the -house while the other two tramp to the nearest -village and get some officers. Then we can -pounce on ’em while they are asleep.”</p> -<p>This was considered excellent advice, and it -was speedily decided that Harry and Bart -were to go to the village of Bralham, two miles -away. The others were to surround the house -and keep a close watch so that none of those -inside could escape.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_290">290</div> -<p>The sun had now set and it was quite dark -by the time Harry and Bart struck the road -leading to Bralham, a place consisting of half -a dozen houses, a store and a grist mill. What -help they could muster at such a place was still -a question.</p> -<p>“Perhaps nobody will care to take hold with -us,” observed Harry, as they trudged along. -“Some of these country constables are mighty -afraid of their hides, when it comes to catching -a criminal.”</p> -<p>There was no moon, but countless stars -shone in the dear sky, making the path fairly -light. All was very quiet, until directly over -their heads an owl let out a mournful hoot.</p> -<p>“Oh!” cried Bart, and leaped back several -feet. “What was that?”</p> -<p>“An owl,” answered Harry, with a laugh.</p> -<p>“How he scared me.”</p> -<p>They could not see the owl, or Bart might -have taken a shot at the creature. The scare -made the lad nervous, and he trembled a little -as they continued on their journey.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_291">291</div> -<p>“I don’t know as I should care to walk this -road alone at night,” he said. “I am glad we -live in the town and not out in the country or -in the woods.”</p> -<p>“I fancy it is what one gets used to, Bart. -I’ve heard it said a countryman can’t sleep in -the city for the noise, and some city folks can’t -sleep in the country because it’s too quiet.”</p> -<p>“Yes, I’ve heard that, too. But I think—Oh, -my, what was that?”</p> -<p>Both boys halted as some dark object passed -across the road a couple of rods in front of -them. What the object was they could not -discern.</p> -<p>“I guess it was a rabbit or else a fox,” said -Harry, as lightly as he could. “Come on.”</p> -<p>“Could it have been a—a bear?”</p> -<p>“No, it wasn’t large enough for that. Come -on,” and now Harry urged Bart along. A little -while after this they came within sight of -the light in a farmhouse kitchen, and then both -boys felt much relieved.</p> -<p>Going up to the door of the house they -knocked, and a burly farmer answered their -summons.</p> -<p>“Good evening,” said Harry, politely.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_292">292</div> -<p>“Good evening, lad, what can I do for you?” -questioned the farmer, gazing at both boys curiously. -He saw that they had guns, but no -game, and concluded they were hungry and -wanted supper.</p> -<p>“Will you tell us where we can find a constable, -or some other officer?”</p> -<p>“Want a constable, eh? Did somebody steal -your game?” And the farmer smiled, quizzically.</p> -<p>“No, we want the constable to arrest three -tramps who are wanted for stealing.”</p> -<p>“Shoo! You don’t say!” Farmer Libby -was all attention. “Where are the tramps?”</p> -<p>“Over to Ike Slosson’s house. They have -taken full possession.”</p> -<p>“Where is Slosson?”</p> -<p>“We don’t know. The tramps must have -done something to him.”</p> -<p>“I always said somethin’ would happen to -Ike,” put in the farmer’s wife. “It hain’t -human for him to be a-livin’ alone as he does. -Samuel, you must help in this.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_293">293</div> -<p>“Guess I must,” said Samuel Libby. “But -I’ll have to tell Constable Peabody, and big -Jim Bowman, too. Jim’s a powerful fellow -when there’s trouble to be met.”</p> -<p>The farmer wanted the two boys to tell their -tale, and they did so without delay. While -they talked he put on his overcoat and got -down his shotgun; and five minutes later all -three were on their way to where Constable -Peabody resided, in the center of the village.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_294">294</div> -<h2 id="c28">CHAPTER XXVIII -<br /><span class="small">THE LAST OF THE TRAMPS</span></h2> -<p>The constable was found in the village store, -comfortably fixed on a soap box, and narrating -for probably the fiftieth time how he had once -caught two lumber thieves on the lake single-handed. -The crowd had heard the tale many -times, but as the constable always added fresh -particulars at each telling, they were willing to -listen again.</p> -<p>“So you want me, do you?” he said to Samuel -Libby and the two young hunters. “All -right, I’m your man. What is it, fire away?”</p> -<p>When he was told what was desired he -looked grave.</p> -<p>“This ain’t no ordinary case,” he argued. -“Them tramps must be des’prit characters. -I’ll have to take a posse along.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_295">295</div> -<p>“No posse needed, Peabody,” said Farmer -Libby. “Take Jim Bowman and myself. Remember, -old Joel Runnell is a-watchin’ ’em -with four young fellows. Ten men and boys -ought to be enough to capture three good-for-nothing -tramps.”</p> -<p>“Are you going back with us?” asked the -constable of Bart and Harry.</p> -<p>“Certainly we are,” answered Harry. “My -brother and I want to learn what became of his -watch, if we can.”</p> -<p>It was not long after this that big Jim Bowman -was found, a lumberman reputed to be the -strongest fellow for miles around. He said he -would go willingly, and took with him a stout -club.</p> -<p>“Don’t much need it,” he said to the young -hunters. “When I get in a mix-up I like to -use my fists.”</p> -<p>“Well, it’s a good thing to know how to use -your fists sometimes,” answered Bart.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_296">296</div> -<p>The late moon was now coming up, so the -roadway was lighter than it had been. Both -Bart and Harry were tired because of all the -tramping they had done, yet they did their best -to keep up with the others. Jim Bowman led -the way, taking strides that no one could have -equaled.</p> -<p>“He must know how to handle lumber,” -whispered Harry to Bart. “Just notice how -muscular he is.”</p> -<p>“It is the constant outdoor life that has -made him so strong, Harry.”</p> -<p>On they went until the bypath was gained. -The constable had brought along a lantern, but -this was not lit, for the rising moon was making -it lighter every minute.</p> -<p>At last they halted and Harry gave a low -whistle—a signal which had been agreed upon. -A low whistle came in return, and almost immediately -Joel Runnell came into view. He -knew the constable by sight and Samuel Libby -personally and nodded to them.</p> -<p>“Haven’t heard anything more out of ’em,” -he said. “I’ll guess they think I went away.”</p> -<p>“Any light in the place?” asked the constable.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_297">297</div> -<p>“Yes, a candle light in the kitchen. I -wanted to crawl up and take a peep inside, but -thought I wouldn’t risk it, for fear they’d spot -me and try to dust out.”</p> -<p>After this the others were called up and a -regular council of war ensued. Constable Peabody -took charge, and he asked all to march up -with him and surround the house. Then, taking -Jim Bowman with him, he knocked loudly -on the back door.</p> -<p>“Who’s there?” asked a rough voice, and -then the voice was changed to an imitation of -Ike Slosson’s and the speaker continued: “Go -away! I want no strangers here. Go away!”</p> -<p>“Look here, this Tom-foolery won’t do!” -cried the constable. “Open the door, or I’ll -have it broken down.”</p> -<p>At this there was an added commotion in the -house. Two men came to a window and -peeped out.</p> -<p>“Hullo! there are half a dozen men out -there,” muttered one.</p> -<p>“And they have got guns,” growled the -other. “Muley, I reckon de jig’s up.”</p> -<p>“Who are you?” asked Noxy, the man at the -door.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_298">298</div> -<p>“An officer of the law, and I demand that -you surrender,” shouted Constable Peabody, -pompously.</p> -<p>“Boys, we must skip,” whispered the tramp -called Stump. “If we don’t we’re sure to do -time.”</p> -<p>“Are you going to open up or not?” demanded -the constable.</p> -<p>To this there was no answer.</p> -<p>“Jim, I reckon you had better try your -strength,” went on the officer.</p> -<p>The big lumberman was only too willing. -He put his shoulder to the door and it went in -with a crash.</p> -<p>“Now come out of that, one at a time,” sang -out the constable. “And remember, we are -ten to three, so it won’t do you any good to -fight.”</p> -<p>“Are there ten o’ ’em?” gasped Noxy.</p> -<p>“Shouldn’t wonder,” growled Stump. -“That feller who was here before must have -told the sheriff. Say, wot are we goin’ to do?”</p> -<p>“Hang me if I know.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_299">299</div> -<p>The three tramps stared blankly at one another. -They were caught like rats in a trap. -They tiptoed their way to the next room, and -looked forth from the windows.</p> -<p>“I see four men and boys,” said one.</p> -<p>“An’ three on this side,” came from another. -“There must be ten o’ ’em after all. Boys, our -goose is cooked.”</p> -<p>“Are you coming out, or have we got to fire -on you?” continued Constable Peabody.</p> -<p>“I’ll give ’em a dose of buckshot,” put in -Joel Runnell, although he had no idea of firing -for the present.</p> -<p>“That’s it,” sang out Joe, who was likewise -fooling.</p> -<p>“No! no! don’t shoot!” howled Stump, who -was the most cowardly of the trio. “Don’t -shoot!”</p> -<p>“Will you come out?”</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>“Then come, and put your hands over your -head.”</p> -<p>Looking decidedly sheepish the tramp -marched out of the house, holding both hands -over his head. In a moment Constable Peabody -was behind him and had the rascal handcuffed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_300">300</div> -<p>“Now you other fellows come out, too,” said -the officer. “One at a time, and with your -hands up. If you try any funny work I’ll order -my men to fire.”</p> -<p>There was a pause for a moment and then -Noxy slouched out. He was quickly followed -by Muley, who looked as if he wanted very -much to run away. But the tramps were -given no chance to escape, and soon all were -tightly handcuffed.</p> -<p>“Well, how do you like the situation?” -asked Joe, as he faced Muley. “Can’t you tell -me what time it is?”</p> -<p>The tramp looked at the young hunter and -then fell back a step.</p> -<p>“You!” he gasped.</p> -<p>“I say, can’t you tell me what time it is? -If you’ll remember, you have my watch and -chain.”</p> -<p>“Say dis beats de nation,” murmured -Muley. “Did youse fellers follow us up?”</p> -<p>“We did.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_301">301</div> -<p>“What have you done with my brother’s -watch?” asked Harry.</p> -<p>“I ain’t got de watch,” growled the tramp. -But later on, when he was searched, the watch -and chain were found in his pocket, he having -no chance to sell or pawn the articles.</p> -<p>While this talk was going on Constable Peabody -was questioning Stump and Noxy about -what had been done to Ike Slosson. At first -neither of the tramps wanted to talk, but at last -Stump confessed that they had gotten the old -man away from home by delivering to him a -bogus telegram, stating that a rich relative had -died in Springfield and that there was much -money awaiting him. The hermit had been -just simple-minded enough to go away, and as -soon as he was gone they had taken possession -of his house, where they had expected to remain -until it was time for Slosson to get back.</p> -<p>“Well, you’ll not stay here any longer,” said -Constable Peabody, grimly. “You’ll spend a -good part of the future in the lockup, if I know -anything about it.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_302">302</div> -<p>“I reckon I missed it when I took dat young -man’s watch an’ chain,” said Muley, with a -hitch of his shoulders. “But I never t’ought -he’d follow us like dis, never.”</p> -<p>Another conference was held, and as a result -it was decided that the constable, assisted by -big Jim Bowman and Farmer Libby, should -march the prisoners to a temporary lockup and -later transfer them to the Lakeport jail, there -to await the action of the court. It may be -added here that this was done, and the three -tramps received sentences which kept them -from doing further harm for some time to -come.</p> -<p>“Well, we won out that time,” said Joe, as -the young hunters and Joel Runnell started, -the next day, for the camp on Pine Island. “I -am glad we went after those tramps before -they had a chance to leave Ike Slosson’s -house.”</p> -<p>“We’ll have to give Teddy credit,” said -Harry. “He’s the one who made this capture -possible.” And the Irish lad was warmly -praised, much to his satisfaction.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_303">303</div> -<h2 id="c29">CHAPTER XXIX -<br /><span class="small">A GREAT MOOSE CHASE</span></h2> -<p>All were anxious to learn if the shelter on -the island had been disturbed during their absence. -When they arrived at the spot they -found everything as they had left it, much to -their satisfaction.</p> -<p>“I’m going to take it easy for a day,” said -Joe. “I think we all deserve a rest.”</p> -<p>“Second the commotion,” said Fred, and so -they rested.</p> -<p>“I’ve got to go home,” said Teddy. “I’m -sorry to leave you all, but it can’t be helped.” -And he left them that noon, all hands giving -him a rousing cheer as he departed. He carried -with him four rabbits taken from the -traps and also a very fat turkey which Joel -Runnell managed to lay low for him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_304">304</div> -<p>The boys all felt that their hunting tour -must soon come to an end, and having rested, -they resolved to make the most of the time that -still remained to them.</p> -<p>“We may never get another chance to go out -like this,” said Harry. “One thing I’d like to -bring down before we leave. That is a -moose.”</p> -<p>“I guess a moose would suit all of us,” cried -Link. “But I don’t think we are going to get -any. Moose are mighty scarce around here.”</p> -<p>“Link is right,” put in Joel Runnell. “But -for all that we may spot one before we go.”</p> -<p>“Oh, have you seen any signs of a moose?” -ejaculated Harry.</p> -<p>“I’ve seen some signs that may have been -made by a moose, although a big deer would -leave the same marks.”</p> -<p>The shelter was now a very cozy place, for -all of the boys spent their leisure time in fixing -it up. They had long ago named it Two-Tree -Lodge, and Fred had cut out a sign with his -jackknife and this was hung over the doorway.</p> -<p>“If folks only knew what a fine camping-out -spot this island is, I dare say there would be -many more people here,” declared Bart.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_305">305</div> -<p>It must not be imagined that Joe and Harry -had forgotten about Hiram Skeetles’ missing -pocketbook, that which contained the papers of -so much value.</p> -<p>“We must hunt for those papers, Joe,” said -Harry, and they went out not once but several -times. But, although they hunted high and -low, among the bushes, rocks, and in the snow, -the pocketbook and the valuable papers failed -to come to light. The most they found was the -real estate dealer’s business card, which Joe -picked up late one afternoon.</p> -<p>“Hullo! I’ve found old Skeetles’ card,” he -sang out, and Harry rushed to his side to look -it over.</p> -<p>“Anything else, Joe?”</p> -<p>“No. But this card shows that we are on -the right track.”</p> -<p>“That is true.”</p> -<p>After the card was found they hunted -around until long after dark, but nothing else -was discovered, much to their disappointment.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_306">306</div> -<p>“Perhaps the pocketbook was washed into -the lake after all,” said Fred, who was very -much interested, and who had hunted some on -his own account. “If you’ll remember, we -had some pretty hard rains before winter set -in.”</p> -<p>One day all of the boys went gunning deep -into the woods back of the shelter. They went -on their snowshoes, and managed to scare up -eight rabbits, four squirrels, and seven partridges. -It was a beautiful day for such sport, -and in addition to bringing down his share of -the game, Harry procured several photographs, -one showing Joe in the act of bringing -down two partridges with one shot.</p> -<p>“That will prove that you are an out-and-out -hunter, Joe,” said Harry, after the snap shot -was taken. “They can’t go back on a picture.”</p> -<p>“Oh, you must remember, there are lots of -trick photos,” said Joe, with a laugh. “Don’t -you remember that one we saw of a man shooting -at himself?”</p> -<p>“Yes,” put in Link, “and I once saw a picture -of a man riding himself in a wheelbarrow. -But we can all testify that this is no trick -photo.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_307">307</div> -<p>Sunday the boys took it easy, and it was a -rest well earned and well needed.</p> -<p>“Now for the last of our outing,” sighed -Harry. “This week will wind it up.”</p> -<p>“Let us look at the traps,” came from Bart, -and he and Link and Fred did so, and found in -them two rabbits and a squirrel. There were -also signs of a wolf around two of the traps, -but they did not catch sight of the beast.</p> -<p>“I fancy that wolf wanted to get one of our -rabbits,” said Link. “Perhaps we scared him -off just in time.”</p> -<p>“I want nothing to do with wolves,” said -Bart. “If they’ll let me alone, I’ll let them -alone.”</p> -<p>A couple of days later old Runnell came in -somewhat excited. “Unless I am greatly mistaken, -I have seen the track of a moose,” he -said. “I am going to follow up the tracks. -Who wants to go along?”</p> -<p>Who? All of them, and they said so in -chorus, while each reached for his gun. Old -Runnell made them put on their snowshoes and -fill their game bags with provisions.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_308">308</div> -<p>“We may be gone until to-morrow,” he said. -“Running down a moose is no easy thing, even -if the snow is deep.”</p> -<p>The route lay along the shore and then across -the lake to the mainland. They struck the -shore at a point where the pines were heavy, -and Joe Runnell showed the young hunters -where the moose had stopped to feed.</p> -<p>“He’s after some tender bark,” said the old -hunter. “See how he nosed around in the -snow for it.”</p> -<p>After a brief rest they continued their journey, -but night found the game still out of sight, -and they had to go into camp in the best shelter -they could find.</p> -<p>“Never mind,” said Harry. “A moose isn’t -to be found here every day.”</p> -<p>“No, nor every week, either,” added old -Runnell. “So far I haven’t heard of a single -one being brought down this winter.”</p> -<p>They were up again before sunrise and following -the tracks as before. These now led up -a rise of ground and Joel Runnell went in advance.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_309">309</div> -<p>“The tracks are getting fresher,” he announced. -“I don’t think he’s a mile off at the -most.”</p> -<p>They went on for a short distance farther, -and then Joe put up his hand.</p> -<p>“Hark!” he said, in a low voice. “What -sort of a noise is that?”</p> -<p>They listened, and from a distance heard a -scraping and sawing that was most unusual.</p> -<p>“We’ve got him!” said old Runnell. -“That’s the moose rubbing himself on a tree.”</p> -<p>He crept forward, with the others close behind. -Soon they came to a little opening in -the forest. Here were several rocks backed up -by a clump of hemlocks. Against one of the -hemlocks stood a tall, magnificent moose, with -wide-spreading antlers. He had been scraping -his back on the rough bark, and now he -proceeded to repeat the operation.</p> -<p>“You boys can all fire at the same time,” -whispered Joel Runnell. “I’ll wait and see -what you can do.” And giving them time to -take aim, he gave the signal.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_310">310</div> -<p>The guns rang out together almost as one -piece, causing a tremendous report to echo -throughout the forest, and filling the little -opening with smoke.</p> -<p>“You’ve got him!” shouted Joel Runnell, -with as much joy in his voice as if he had -brought the game down himself. And when -the smoke lifted they saw the moose totter and -pitch headlong. Once, twice the animal tried -to rise up, then over he went with a thud on the -rocks, gave a kick or two, and lay still.</p> -<p>With loud shouts of triumph the young -hunters rushed in. But old Runnell held them -back.</p> -<p>“Beware,” he cried. “He may give a last -kick that will split some one’s head open. -Wait!” And they waited until they were certain -that life was extinct.</p> -<p>“What a beautiful haul!” came from Bart. -“And see, every one of us hit him in the neck -and breast.”</p> -<p>“I’m glad we didn’t hit him in the face,” -said Joe. “We can mount that head and it -will be something fine.”</p> -<p>“Yes, but who is to keep it?” asked Harry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_311">311</div> -<p>“We can take turns,” was the answer, and -this caused a laugh.</p> -<p>To get such large game back to the camp at -Needle Rock was not easy, and it took them -until long after nightfall to cover the distance, -and then all were thoroughly exhausted. The -moose was placed in a safe place, and they retired -without taking the trouble to cook a regular -supper.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_312">312</div> -<h2 id="c30">CHAPTER XXX -<br /><span class="small">THE FIND—END OF THE OUTING</span></h2> -<p>Noon of the next day found Joe walking -along the lake shore some distance below the -camp. On the outing the day before he had -lost a glove and he was trying to locate it in the -snow.</p> -<p>“I’m pretty sure I dropped it somewhere -along here,” he told himself. “I know I had -it on just before we came to those bushes yonder.”</p> -<p>He was still some distance from the bushes -when he espied a dark object hanging from one -of the branches, among some dried leaves. -Thinking it was either the lost glove or the -remains of an old bird’s nest, he went over to -investigate. The next instant he set up a shout -of joy:</p> -<p>“The pocketbook! The pocketbook at last!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_313">313</div> -<p>He was right; the pocketbook was there, -hanging down from the long string which had -been wrapped around it—a dingy, brown affair, -well worn at all of the corners and containing -two pockets.</p> -<p>With a heart that thumped wildly in his -breast, Joe took hold of the pocketbook to examine -it. Scarcely had he done so when he -gave a groan and his hopes fell as rapidly as -they had risen.</p> -<p>The pocketbook was empty. It contained -absolutely nothing at all.</p> -<p>“Sold!” he muttered, laconically. “Sold, -and just when I thought I had it!”</p> -<p>“What have you found, Joe?” came in -Harry’s voice, and a moment later his brother -came up.</p> -<p>“Here is Hiram Skeetles’ pocketbook—but -it is empty.”</p> -<p>“You don’t say!” Harry looked at the object -a moment. “Was it hanging like that -when you first saw it?”</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>“Then perhaps the contents dropped out, or -was shaken out by the wind.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_314">314</div> -<p>“To be sure.” Joe went down on his knees -at the roots of the bush and began to scrape -away the snow. “I hope we do find something.”</p> -<p>Harry began to assist, and soon the snow -was gone and they began to dig in among the -dead leaves and sticks. Then Joe hauled up -several cards with Hiram Skeetles’ name on -them and a memorandum of some property located -near the lake.</p> -<p>“Here is something belonging to old Skeetles,” -said he.</p> -<p>“Here is another paper,” said Harry. “It’s -a bill of sale for a town lot,” he added, looking -it over hastily.</p> -<p>An instant later Joe came across a large envelope -containing several legal-looking documents. -He brushed the dirt from the covering -and tried to make out some handwriting on it.</p> -<p>“The papers!” he shouted, joyfully. -“Grandfather Anderson’s papers as sure as -you are born!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_315">315</div> -<p>“Let me see!” ejaculated Harry, and bent -over the find. They hauled the papers from -the envelope and looked them over. Their -grandfather was mentioned in a number of -places, and also two plots of land they had -heard their parents discuss. Clearly these -were the papers that were so much needed.</p> -<p>“We’ll take them to camp and read them -over carefully,” said Joe. “And if they are -what we want we had best go right home with -them.”</p> -<p>“Won’t mother and father be astonished -when they get the news,” added Harry.</p> -<p>They were soon back to camp, and here sat -down to look over their find. They had just -concluded to their satisfaction when Fred, who -was outside cutting firewood, set up a shout:</p> -<p>“Here comes old Skeetles and Dan Marcy!”</p> -<p>“Quick, Joe, put the papers out of sight,” -whispered Harry, and this was done.</p> -<p>In a few minutes Hiram Skeetles and Dan -Marcy reached the shelter.</p> -<p>“So ye burnt the lodge down!” exclaimed -the real estate dealer. “I’ll have the law on -ye fer that!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_316">316</div> -<p>“The lodge was burnt down by accident,” -answered Joe. “We are willing to pay a fair -amount for the damage done.”</p> -<p>“Humph! And what made ye come over -here to camp out?” asked Skeetles, anxiously.</p> -<p>“Because we felt like it,” answered Fred.</p> -<p>“I said ye could stay over to the lodge, not -here.”</p> -<p>“Well, we came here,” put in Joe. “But we -are not going to stay very long. I and Harry -are going home, and I guess the rest will go -with us.”</p> -<p>The real estate dealer looked at the Westmore -boys sharply.</p> -<p>“Did ye find—er—anything belongin’ to me -around here?” he asked, suspiciously.</p> -<p>“We did—a pocketbook and these cards and -papers,” answered Joe, boldly, and handed -over what belonged to the miserly man.</p> -<p>“What!” Hiram Skeetles turned first red -and then white. “Did ye—er—find anything -else?”</p> -<p>“Nothing belonging to you, Mr. Skeetles.”</p> -<p>“Nothin’ belongin’ to me, eh? What else -did ye find?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_317">317</div> -<p>“You’ll learn about that later,” said Harry.</p> -<p>“Ha! you’re keepin’ something back! I can -see it in yer faces! Give it up, I say, give it -up!” And Hiram Skeetles took a savage step -forward.</p> -<p>“Leave the lads alone,” came sternly from -Joel Runnell. “What they’ve got belongs to -them.”</p> -<p>“He’s got them papers!” screamed Skeetles, -losing all self-control. “Take ’em from him, -Dan!” And he pointed at Joe.</p> -<p>Marcy took a step forward as if to catch hold -of Joe, but a well-directed blow from old Runnell’s -hand sent him sprawling in the snow.</p> -<p>“Clear out,” said the old hunter, wrathfully. -“If you don’t——”</p> -<p>He tapped his gun, but it was unnecessary. -The bully staggered to his feet and retreated -without delay. Seeing this, Hiram Skeetles -also fell back, glaring angrily at our friends as -he did so.</p> -<p>“What are ye goin’ to do?” he asked, after -a pause.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_318">318</div> -<p>“I am going to help my folks get back the -property that belongs to them,” answered Joe. -“Hiram Skeetles, you are found out, and the -less fuss you make the better off you’ll be.”</p> -<p>“Those papers ain’t no good.”</p> -<p>“That remains to be seen. What I want to -know is, how did you manage to steal them?”</p> -<p>“Steal ’em?” Hiram Skeetles’ lips quivered. -“Didn’t steal ’em. Dan Marcy got——”</p> -<p>“Don’t you lay it off on me,” howled the -bully. “Skeetles told me they belonged to -him, and that’s why I got ’em. If I had -known——” He stopped short.</p> -<p>“My opinion of it is, you are both a precious -pair of rascals,” came from Joel Runnell. -“And that being so, I want you to leave these -boys alone.”</p> -<p>A wordy war followed, but old Runnell and -the young hunters were obdurate, and at last -Hiram Skeetles and Dan Marcy withdrew, the -former trembling for what the future might -have in store and the bully like a dog that has -been thoroughly whipped.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_319">319</div> -<p>“I move we start for home at once,” said -Joe, and Harry seconded the motion. The -others were willing, and they started less than -an hour after, dragging their diminished stores -and the balance of the moose after them.</p> -<p>The coming into Lakeport with such big -game attracted considerable attention, and -they were loudly congratulated on the success -of their hunting tour; but the majority of the -people did not know the full extent of their -success until some time later, when the truth -concerning the missing papers was announced.</p> -<p>“They are the real papers,” said Mrs. Westmore. -“It is wonderful how you managed to -locate them.”</p> -<p>“We will start proceedings against Hiram -Skeetles without delay,” said Mr. Westmore, -and this was done. The real estate dealer put -up a feeble fight, but the evidence was all -against him, and in the end the property came -into the Westmore possession. Then it was -also decided that Skeetles had no claim upon -Pine Island. The real estate dealer grew so -unpopular in that neighborhood that soon -he moved to another section of the country and -that was almost the last seen or heard of him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_320">320</div> -<p>“I guess Dan Marcy feels rather mean,” -said Joe. “He knows he didn’t treat us right.”</p> -<p>“Oh, Marcy has a thick hide and wouldn’t -feel mean over anything,” answered Fred. -“As soon as this affair blows over he’ll go -around bullying folks just as much as ever.” -And this proved true, although Marcy, for a -long while to come, gave the Westmores, Fred, -and old Runnell a wide berth.</p> -<p>The young hunters never tired of talking of -the grand outing they had had.</p> -<p>“It was a dandy,” said Fred. “I declare, -I feel like a regular hunter now.”</p> -<p>“I guess we all do,” said Link. “Although -Bart and I weren’t out as long as you fellows.”</p> -<p>“Never mind—I had my share of the fun,” -put in Bart.</p> -<p>“We had our sports and hardships pretty -well mixed,” came from Joe. “But as everything -came out as it should in the end we -needn’t complain.”</p> -<p>“Complain!” cried Harry. “I’d like to -have another outing just like it next winter.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_321">321</div> -<p>The others said the same. And here let us -for the present say good-by to the Gun -Club Boys of Lakeport. More good times -were in store for them, and what some of -these were will be told in another volume, -to be called, “The Baseball Boys of Lakeport; -or, The Winning Run.” Baseball is -our great national sport, as all my readers -know, and when clubs play each other the -rivalry is of the keenest.</p> -<p> </p> -<hr /> -<p> </p> -<h2 id="tn">Transcriber’s Note</h2> -<ul> -<li>Silently corrected obvious typographical errors; non-standard -spellings and dialect not changed.</li> -</ul> - -<p> </p> -<p> </p> -<hr class="full" /> -<p class="pg">***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE GUN CLUB BOYS OF LAKEPORT***</p> -<p class="pg">******* This file should be named 52386-h.htm or 52386-h.zip *******</p> -<p class="pg">This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> -<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/2/3/8/52386">http://www.gutenberg.org/5/2/3/8/52386</a></p> -<p class="pg"> -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed.</p> - -<p class="pg">Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. -</p> - -<h2 class="pg">START: FULL LICENSE<br /> -<br /> -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</h2> - -<p class="pg">To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license.</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works</h3> - -<p class="pg">1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed:</p> - -<blockquote><p class="pg">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United - States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost - no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use - it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with - this eBook or online - at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this - ebook.</p></blockquote> - -<p class="pg">1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that</p> - -<ul> -<li>You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation."</li> - -<li>You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works.</li> - -<li>You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work.</li> - -<li>You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.</li> -</ul> - -<p class="pg">1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. </p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm</h3> - -<p class="pg">Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life.</p> - -<p class="pg">Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org.</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation</h3> - -<p class="pg">The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.</p> - -<p class="pg">The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact</p> - -<p class="pg">For additional contact information:</p> - -<p class="pg"> Dr. Gregory B. Newby<br /> - Chief Executive and Director<br /> - gbnewby@pglaf.org</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation</h3> - -<p class="pg">Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS.</p> - -<p class="pg">The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/donate">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.</p> - -<p class="pg">While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate.</p> - -<p class="pg">International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.</p> - -<p class="pg">Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.</h3> - -<p class="pg">Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support.</p> - -<p class="pg">Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition.</p> - -<p class="pg">Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org</p> - -<p class="pg">This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.</p> - -</body> -</html> - diff --git a/old/52386-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/52386-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 28929e0..0000000 --- a/old/52386-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52386-h/images/p00.jpg b/old/52386-h/images/p00.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 62dfd27..0000000 --- a/old/52386-h/images/p00.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52386-h/images/p01.jpg b/old/52386-h/images/p01.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c67e8e7..0000000 --- a/old/52386-h/images/p01.jpg +++ /dev/null |
